DK143621B - PROCEDURE FOR THE PREPARATION OF A PHYSICAL SENSITIVE CONDENSATION PRODUCT OF AN AROMATIC DIAZONIUM COMPOUND - Google Patents

PROCEDURE FOR THE PREPARATION OF A PHYSICAL SENSITIVE CONDENSATION PRODUCT OF AN AROMATIC DIAZONIUM COMPOUND Download PDF

Info

Publication number
DK143621B
DK143621B DK253570AA DK253570A DK143621B DK 143621 B DK143621 B DK 143621B DK 253570A A DK253570A A DK 253570AA DK 253570 A DK253570 A DK 253570A DK 143621 B DK143621 B DK 143621B
Authority
DK
Denmark
Prior art keywords
parts
weight
condensation
diazo
acid
Prior art date
Application number
DK253570AA
Other languages
Danish (da)
Other versions
DK143621C (en
Inventor
H Steppan
Original Assignee
Hoechst Ag
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Hoechst Ag filed Critical Hoechst Ag
Publication of DK143621B publication Critical patent/DK143621B/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of DK143621C publication Critical patent/DK143621C/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G61/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carbon-to-carbon link in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G12/00Condensation polymers of aldehydes or ketones with only compounds containing hydrogen attached to nitrogen
    • C08G12/02Condensation polymers of aldehydes or ketones with only compounds containing hydrogen attached to nitrogen of aldehydes
    • C08G12/04Condensation polymers of aldehydes or ketones with only compounds containing hydrogen attached to nitrogen of aldehydes with acyclic or carbocyclic compounds
    • C08G12/06Amines
    • C08G12/08Amines aromatic
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G12/00Condensation polymers of aldehydes or ketones with only compounds containing hydrogen attached to nitrogen
    • C08G12/02Condensation polymers of aldehydes or ketones with only compounds containing hydrogen attached to nitrogen of aldehydes
    • C08G12/04Condensation polymers of aldehydes or ketones with only compounds containing hydrogen attached to nitrogen of aldehydes with acyclic or carbocyclic compounds
    • C08G12/22Condensation polymers of aldehydes or ketones with only compounds containing hydrogen attached to nitrogen of aldehydes with acyclic or carbocyclic compounds with carboxylic acid amides
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G16/00Condensation polymers of aldehydes or ketones with monomers not provided for in the groups C08G4/00 - C08G14/00
    • C08G16/02Condensation polymers of aldehydes or ketones with monomers not provided for in the groups C08G4/00 - C08G14/00 of aldehydes
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G8/00Condensation polymers of aldehydes or ketones with phenols only
    • C08G8/04Condensation polymers of aldehydes or ketones with phenols only of aldehydes
    • C08G8/08Condensation polymers of aldehydes or ketones with phenols only of aldehydes of formaldehyde, e.g. of formaldehyde formed in situ
    • C08G8/10Condensation polymers of aldehydes or ketones with phenols only of aldehydes of formaldehyde, e.g. of formaldehyde formed in situ with phenol
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G8/00Condensation polymers of aldehydes or ketones with phenols only
    • C08G8/28Chemically modified polycondensates

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Low-Molecular-Weight Compounds And Preparation Thereof (AREA)
  • Non-Silver Salt Photosensitive Materials And Non-Silver Salt Photography (AREA)
  • Heat Sensitive Colour Forming Recording (AREA)
  • Photosensitive Polymer And Photoresist Processing (AREA)
  • Indole Compounds (AREA)
  • Phenolic Resins Or Amino Resins (AREA)
  • Furnace Details (AREA)

Description

(19) DANMARK (¾)(19) DENMARK (¾)

|p oz) FREMLÆGGELSESSKRIFT <n> 143621 B| p oz) PUBLICATION <n> 143621 B

DIREKTORATET FOR PATENT- OG VAREMÆRKEVÆSENETDIRECTORATE OF THE PATENT AND TRADEMARKET SYSTEM

(21) Ansøgning nr. 2535/70 (51) |nt.CI.* 8 03 F 7/08 (22) Indleveringsdag 19· ®β·ί 1970 C 08 Θ 16/00 (24) Løbedag 1 9 · ma j 1 970 (41) Aim. tilgængelig 21. nov. 1970 (44) Fremlagt 1 ^· 6ep. 1 981 (86) International ansøgning nr. ~ (86) International indleveringsdag ~ (85) Videreførelsesdag -(62) Stamansøgning nr. " (30) Prioritet 20. maj 1969* 826296* U5 (71) Ansøger H0ECHST AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT, 6230 Frankfurt am Main 80, DE.(21) Application No. 2535/70 (51) | nt.CI. * 8 03 F 7/08 (22) Submission day 19 · ®β · ί 1970 C 08 Θ 16/00 (24) Race day 1 9 · ma j 1 970 (41) Aim. available Nov. 21; 1970 (44) Presented 1 ^ · 6ep. 1 981 (86) International Application No. ~ (86) International Filing Day ~ (85) Continuation Day - (62) Master Application No. "(30) Priority 20 May 1969 * 826296 * U5 (71) Applicant H0ECHST AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT, 6230 Frankfurt am Main 80, DE.

(72) Opfinder Hartmut Dfceppan, DE.(72) Inventor Hartmut Dfceppan, DE.

(74) Fuldmægtig Ingeniørfirmaet Hofman-Bang & Boutard.(74) Associate Engineer Hofman-Bang & Boutard.

(54) Fremgange måde til fremstilling af et lysfølsomt kondensationsprodukt af en aromatisk diazoniumfor= bindelse.(54) Methods for preparing a photosensitive condensation product of an aromatic diazonium compound.

Opfindelsen angår en fremgangsmåde til fremstilling af et kondensationsprodukt af en aromatisk diazoniumforbindelse og en dermed kon-denserbar forbindelse. Det ved fremgangsmåden ifølge opfindelsen fremstillede kondensationsprodukt er en lysfølsom forbindelse. I den foreliggende beskrivelse beskrives tillige et lysfølsomt reproduktionsmateriale, der omfatter et underlag med et reproduktionslag der-DQThe invention relates to a process for preparing a condensation product of an aromatic diazonium compound and a condensable compound thereof. The condensation product produced by the process of the invention is a photosensitive compound. The present description also describes a photosensitive reproduction material comprising a substrate having a reproduction layer der-DQ

på, hvilket i det mindste indeholder et af de nye, lysfølsomme kon- Γ“on, which contains at least one of the new, photosensitive con-

Tvj densationsprodukter, der fremstilles ved fremgangsmåden ifølge opfin- delsen.Two densification products prepared by the process of the invention.

urclock

Det er kendt at anvende lysfølsomme aromatiske diazoniumforbindelser til sensibilisering af reproduktionsmaterialer, der er anvendeligeIt is known to use photosensitive aromatic diazonium compounds to sensitize reproductive materials useful

QQ

2 143621 til produktion af enkelte kopier eller trykkeplader.2 143621 for the production of individual copies or printing plates.

Man har med fordel anvendt højmolekylære diazoniumsalte med adskillelige diazoniumgrupper i molekylet, især ved fremstilling af gulbrune billeder eller pianografiske trykkeforme, hvis reproduktionslag skal gøres uopløseligt eller oleofilt under lysets påvirkning. Disse diazoniumforbindelser er sædvanligvis af en harpiksagtig karakter og fremkommer f.eks. ved indføring af diazoniumgrupper i phenol-formaldehyd-kondensationsharpikser enten ved nitrering, reduktion og diazotering eller ved andre kendte reaktioner. De således fremkomne diazoforbindelser har dog visse ulemper, f.eks. en meget begrænset holdbarhed, og de har derfor ikke vundet større indpas i praksis.Advantageously, high molecular weight diazonium salts with several diazonium groups in the molecule have been used, especially in the preparation of yellow-brown images or pianographic printing forms, the reproduction layer of which must be made insoluble or oleophilic under the influence of light. These diazonium compounds are usually of a resinous nature and appear e.g. by introducing diazonium groups into phenol-formaldehyde condensation resins either by nitration, reduction and diazotization or by other known reactions. However, the diazo compounds thus obtained have certain disadvantages, e.g. a very limited shelf life, and therefore they have not gained much in practice.

Man har fremstillet polyfunktionelle diazoniumsalte på anden måde, idet man nemlig har kondenseret visse aromatiske diazoniumsalte i et surt kondensationsmedium med aktive carbonylfor-bindelser, især formaldehyd. Denne type af højmolekylære diazoniumforbindelser anvendes i storindustriel målestok til fremstilling af reproduktionsmaterialer·, især til fremstilling af trykkeforme. Blandt disse forbindelser, der f.eks. er beskrevet i TJ.S.A. patent nr. 2.063.631 og 2.667.415, har især kondensationsprodukterne af diphenylamindiazoniumsalte med formaldehyd fået stor teknisk betjening.Polyfunctional diazonium salts have been prepared by other means, since certain aromatic diazonium salts have been condensed in an acidic condensation medium with active carbonyl compounds, especially formaldehyde. This type of high molecular weight diazonium compounds is used on a large-scale industrial scale for the production of reproduction materials, especially for the production of printing molds. Among these compounds, e.g. is described in TJ.S.A. Patents Nos. 2,063,631 and 2,667,415, in particular, the condensation products of diphenylamine diazonium salts with formaldehyde have received great technical service.

Fremstillingen af sådanne og lignende diazoharpikser er desuden beskrevet i TJ.S.A. patenterne nr. 2.679.498, 3.050.502, 3.311 .605, 3.163.633, 3.406.159 og 3.277.074.The preparation of such and similar diazo resins is further described in TJ.S.A. patents Nos. 2,679,498, 3,050,502, 3,311 .605, 3,163,633, 3,406,159 and 3,277,074.

Fremstillingen af gulbrune billeder ved at kombinere sådanne diazoharpikser med hydrofile kolloider og om ønsket farvestoffer eller pigmenter i reproduktionslag er f.eks. beskrevet i TJ.S.A. patenterne nr. 2.100.063, 2.687.958 og 3.010.389.The preparation of yellow-brown images by combining such diazo resins with hydrophilic colloids and, if desired, dyes or pigments in reproduction layers is e.g. described in TJ.S.A. patents Nos. 2,100,063, 2,687,958 and 3,010,389.

Disse diazoharpikser finder imidlertid deres mest udbredte anvendelsesområde som reproduktionsmaterialer til fotomekanisk reproduktion af pianografiske trykkeforme og øffsettrykkeforme. Diazoharpikser-ne kan anvendes i reproduktionslagene i disse materialer uden yderligere additiver eller f.eks. i kombination med vandopløselige 3 U3621 kolloider eller med vanduopløselige polymere, der ikke er lysfølsomme. Eksempler på passende bærere for sådanne reproduktionslag er vandresistente papirsorter med passende litografiske overflader, d.v.s. overfladisk hydrolyseret celluloseacetat, metalbærere, såsom aluminium, zink, kobber, messing, chrom, nlob og tantal; multi-metalliske bærere, litografisk sten og lignende. Metalbærere foretrækkes til store trykkeoplag, og der anvendes sædvanligvis aluminium. Anvendelsen af metal som et understøttende materiale til reproduktionslag, der indeholder de angivne diazoharpikser, har blandt andet den ulempe, at adhæsionen af de ved exponeringen på basis af diazoharpikseme fremkomne produkter på metalunderlaget sædvanligvis ikke er særligt god, og at metaller ydermere kan have en dekomponerende virkning på diazoharpikseme.These diazo resins, however, find their most widespread application as reproduction materials for photomechanical reproduction of pianographic and open-print forms. The diazo resins can be used in the reproduction layers of these materials without additional additives or e.g. in combination with water-soluble 3 U3621 colloids or with water-insoluble polymers that are not photosensitive. Examples of suitable carriers for such reproduction layers are water resistant paper types with suitable lithographic surfaces, i.e. superficially hydrolyzed cellulose acetate, metal carriers such as aluminum, zinc, copper, brass, chromium, nlob and tantalum; multi-metallic carriers, lithographic stones and the like. Metal carriers are preferred for large printing presses, and aluminum is usually used. The use of metal as a support material for reproduction layers containing the indicated diazo resins has the disadvantage, among other things, that the adhesion of the products obtained on exposure to the diazo resins is usually not very good and that metals can further have a decomposing agent. effect on the diazo resins.

Man har foreslået et større antal muligheder for at undgå disse vanskeligheder, f.eks. at forbehandle metaloverfladen med sili-cater (U.S.A. patent nr. 2.714.066), med organiske polysyrer (U.S.A. patent nr. 3.136.636), med phosphonsyrer og deres derivater (U.S.A. patent nr. 3.220.832), med kaliumhexafluorzireonat (U.S.A. patent nr. 2.946.683), yderligere at anvende diazoharpikser, fremstillet i phosphorsyre (U.S.A. patent nr. 3.235.384), at tilsætte phosphorsyre til diazoharpikseme og at anvende dem i en metalsaltfri tilstand (U.S.A. patent nr. 3.236.646) og at anvende anodiserede aluminiumoverflader.A greater number of options have been proposed to avoid these difficulties, e.g. to pretreat the metal surface with silicates (U.S. Patent No. 2,714,066), with organic polysacids (U.S. Patent No. 3,136,636), with phosphonic acids and their derivatives (U.S. Patent No. 3,220,832), with potassium hexafluorosironate (U.S. Patent No. 2,946,683), further employing diazo resins prepared in phosphoric acid (U.S. Patent No. 3,235,384), adding phosphoric acid to the diazo resins and using them in a metal salt-free state (U.S. Patent No. 3,236,646) and using anodized aluminum surfaces.

På trods af, at de kendte diazo-harpikser har fundet vid teknisk udbredelse, har de andre ulemper. Med de lavmolekylære kondensater, der med fordel anvendes, opnås der, hvad angår lagerhold-barheden, kun utilfredsstillende sværteoptagelsesevne af de exponerede produkter på ikke-metalliske bærere, ind i hvilke massen let kan penetrere, f.eks. på overfladisk hydrolyseret cellulose-acetatfilm.Although the known diazo resins have found wide technical spread, they have other drawbacks. With the low molecular weight condensates used advantageously, in terms of the storage durability, only unsatisfactory ink absorption capacity of the exposed products is obtained on non-metallic supports into which the mass can easily penetrate, e.g. on superficially hydrolyzed cellulose acetate film.

En anden ulempe ved de kendte diazoharpikser ligger i, at deres sædvanligt anvendte dobbeltsalt med zinkchlorid, og især de metalsaltfrie produkter, der indeholder phosphorsyre eller lignende syrer, giver anledning til dannelse af repdoduktionslag, der har en høj følsomhed over for fugtighed og således over for fingeraftryk.Another disadvantage of the known diazo resins is that their commonly used double salt with zinc chloride, and in particular the metal salt-free products containing phosphoric acid or similar acids, gives rise to the formation of repdoduction layers having a high sensitivity to moisture and thus to moisture. fingerprint.

I tilfælde af skødesløs behandling kan reproduktionslaget let beskadiges.In case of careless treatment, the reproductive layer can be easily damaged.

4 1436214 143621

Por at overvinde denne vanskelighed har det været forslået, f.eks. i U.S.A. patent nr. 5.300.309» at omsætte diazoharpikserne med visse phenoliske koblingskomponenter til opnåelse af additionsprodukter, der var tungtopløselige i vand, og som gav anledning til dannelsen af reproduktionslag, der er mindre følsomme over for fugtighed. Disse additionsprodukter, der indeholder relativt løse bindinger, der har karakter af et salt eller et komplex, kan let dekomponeres igen, f.eks. med organiske opløsningsmidler, og deres stabilitet er således ikke tilstrækkelig under alle betingelser.To overcome this difficulty it has been suggested, e.g. in USA. U.S. Patent No. 5,300,309 "to reacting the diazo resins with certain phenolic coupling components to obtain water-soluble addition products which gave rise to the formation of moisture-less reproductive layers. These addition products, which contain relatively loose bonds having the character of a salt or complex, can be readily decomposed, e.g. with organic solvents, and thus their stability is not sufficient under all conditions.

Ydermere er lysfølsomheden ikke tilfredsstillende, især i tilfælde af de kendte diazoharpikser, der har udmærket termostabilitet, f.eks. kondensationsprodukter af 3-alkoxy-4-diazo-diphenylamin og formaldehyd.Furthermore, the light sensitivity is not satisfactory, especially in the case of the known diazo resins which have excellent thermostability, e.g. condensation products of 3-alkoxy-4-diazo-diphenylamine and formaldehyde.

En almindelig ulempe, der knytter sig til de diazoharpikser, der hidtil fortrinsvis har været benyttet, ligger ydermere i, at de kun med vanskelighed kan separeres i en metalsaltfri form, f.eks, som chlorider eller sulfater, eller som salte af simple, organiske sulfonsyrer, og deres salte er ofte kun utilstrækkeligt opløselige i organiske opløsningsmidler.Furthermore, a common disadvantage associated with the diazo resins used so far has been that they can only be readily separated into a metal salt-free form, for example, as chlorides or sulfates, or as salts of simple organic compounds. sulfonic acids, and their salts are often only insoluble in organic solvents.

Ulemperne ved den kendte teknik kan elimineres, eller i det mindste reduceres betydeligt, når man anvender nye diazokondensa-tionsprodukter i stedet for de diazoniumsalte, der hidtil har været anvendt til de ovenfor angivne anvendelser.The disadvantages of the prior art can be eliminated, or at least significantly reduced, when new diazocondensation products are used in place of the diazonium salts used heretofore for the above applications.

I dansk patentansøgning nr. 2533/70 beskrives der nye lysfølsomme forbindelser og et lysfølsomt reproduktionsmateriale, der omfatter et underlag med et reproduktionslag derpå, hvilket sidste indeholder i det mindste en af de nye forbindelser, der er lysfølsomme kondensationsprodukter af aromatiske diazonium-forbindelse, hvilke kondensationsprodukter består af enheder af de • almene typer: A - N2X og B, der er sammenknyttet med en divalent, mellemliggende gruppe, som er 5 143621 afledet af en carbonylforbindelse, der er i stand til at kondensere, idet enheden A-N^ er afledt af mindst en forbindelse med den almene formel (¾ - Rj - )p Ra - n2x hvor X er anionen af diazoniumforbindelsen, p betyder 1, 2 eller 3, R^ er en isocyklisk eller heterocyklisk, aromatisk gruppe med mindst en kondenserbar position, R2 er en arylengruppe af benzen- eller naphthalenrækken,Danish Patent Application No. 2533/70 discloses new photosensitive compounds and a photosensitive reproduction material comprising a substrate having a reproduction layer thereon, the latter containing at least one of the novel compounds which are photosensitive condensation products of aromatic diazonium compounds, which condensation products consist of units of the general types: A - N2X and B, which are linked to a divalent intermediate group which is derived from a carbonyl compound capable of condensing, the unit AN1 being derived from at least one compound of the general formula (¾ - R 1 -) p Ra - n 2x where X is the anion of the diazonium compound, p means 1, 2 or 3, R 1 is an isocyclic or heterocyclic aromatic group having at least one condensable position, R 2 is an arylene group of the benzene or naphthalene series,

Rj er en enkeltbinding eller en af grupperne -(CH2)q-NR4- -(CH2)q-NR4-(CH2)r -NR5- -0-(CH2)r-NR4- -S-(CH2)r-NR4- -s-ch2-conr4- -o-r6-o -0- -s- -C0-NR4- eller —so2—nr4— , hvor q betyder 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 eller 5, r betyder 2, 3, 4 eller 5> R4 er hydrogen, et alkyl med 1-5 carbonatomer, et aralkyl med 7-12 carbonatomer eller et aryl med 6-12 carbonatomer,Rj is a single bond or one of the groups - (CH2) q-NR4- - (CH2) q-NR4- (CH2) r -NR5- -0- (CH2) r-NR4- -S- (CH2) r-NR4 - -s-ch2-conr4- -o-r6-o-O- - s -CO-NR4- or -so2-no4-, where q means 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, r means 2 3, 4 or 5> R 4 is hydrogen, an alkyl of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an aralkyl of 7 to 12 carbon atoms or an aryl of 6 to 12 carbon atoms,

Rej er hydrogen eller et alkyl med 1-5 carbonatomer, og Rg er en arylengruppe med 6-12 carbonatomer, og enheden B er afledet af mindst en af følgende forbindelser: aromatiske aminer, phenoler, thiophenoler, phenolethere, aromatiske thio-ethere, aromatiske carbonhydrider, aromatiske, heterocykliske forbindelser eller organiske syreamider, idet disse forbindelser er fri for diazoniumgrupper, og er i stand til at kondensere på mindst en position med en aktiv carbonylforbindelse i et surt medium, 6 1436¾1 og hvorved kondensationsproduktet gennemsnitlig indeholder 0,01 til 50 B enheder pr. enhed A-^X.Shrimp is hydrogen or an alkyl of 1-5 carbon atoms and Rg is an arylene group of 6-12 carbon atoms and the unit B is derived from at least one of the following compounds: aromatic amines, phenols, thiophenols, phenol ethers, aromatic thioethers, aromatic hydrocarbons, aromatic, heterocyclic compounds or organic acid amides, these compounds being free of diazonium groups and capable of condensing at least one position with an active carbonyl compound in an acidic medium, the average of which is about 0.01 to 50 in the condensation product. B units per unit. unit A- ^ X.

Denne ansøgning beskriver yderligere en fremgangsmåde til fremstilling af de nye, lysfølsomme kondensationsprodukter, hvilken proces omfatter, at man omsætter mindst en forbindelse med formlen (R-.-R,-) R0-N0X med mindst en forbindelse B i nærværelse af en kon-' 1 3 P 2 2 denserbar carbonylforbindelse i et stærkt surt medium.This application further describes a process for the preparation of the new photosensitive condensation products, comprising the process of reacting at least one compound of formula (R -.- R, -) R0-NOX with at least one compound B in the presence of a compound. 1 3 P 2 2 densifiable carbonyl compound in a highly acidic medium.

Denne proces kan ofte anvendes med fordel, når bestanddelene A-^X og B er tilstrækkeligt opløselige i kondensationsmediet. Mens mange diazoforbindelser udviser denne opløselighed, er kun en del af de her omhandlede bestanddele B tilstrækkeligt opløselige i kondensations bland ingen.This process can often be used advantageously when the components A - X and B are sufficiently soluble in the condensation medium. While many diazo compounds exhibit this solubility, only a portion of the components of the present invention are sufficiently soluble in condensation among none.

Men uheldigvis har sådanne forbindelser B, som giver anledning til dannelsen af blandede kondensater, der fører til reproduktionsmaterialer med særligt fordelagtige egenskaber, en meget lav opløselighed i de stærke syrer med høj koncentration, der foretrækkes som kondensationsmedier. Dette gælder f.eks. for de aromatiske carbonhydrider, phenolethere og visse ikke-basiske, hete-rocykliske forbindelser.Unfortunately, however, such compounds B, which give rise to the formation of mixed condensates leading to reproductive materials with particularly advantageous properties, have a very low solubility in the high concentration strong acids preferred as condensation media. This applies for example. for the aromatic hydrocarbons, phenol ethers and certain non-basic, heterocyclic compounds.

Et antal sådanne forbindelser er tilstrækkeligt opløselige i 96 til 98 io svovlsyre, der er meget effektivt som kondensationsmedium, men der forekommer let sulfonering af bestanddelene B som bireaktion i dette medium, og de ønskede blandede kondensater opnås ikke i disse tilfælde. Mesitylen, anisol og diphenylether opløses f.eks. i 96 til 98 i* svovlsyre ved 30 til 40° C under sulfonering, Denne vanskelighed forekommer næsten ikke i 80 i» svovlsyre, men på den anden side er opløseligheden af de anførte, foretrukne sekundære bestanddele relativt lav.A number of such compounds are sufficiently soluble in 96 to 98 µl of sulfuric acid, which is very effective as a condensation medium, but there is slight sulfonation of the constituents B as a reaction in this medium and the desired mixed condensates are not obtained in these cases. The mesitylene, anisole and diphenyl ether are dissolved e.g. in 96 to 98 in * sulfuric acid at 30 to 40 ° C during sulphonation. This difficulty does not occur almost in 80 in. sulfuric acid, but on the other hand, the solubility of the preferred secondary constituents listed is relatively low.

Man foretrækker ydermere ikke i høj grad koncentreret svovlsyre som reaktionsmedium, fordi et antal diazoforbindelser, f.eks.Furthermore, highly concentrated sulfuric acid is not preferred as the reaction medium because a number of diazo compounds, e.g.

7 143621 3-alkoxy-diphenylamin-4- diazoniumsaltene, der giver anledning til dannelsen af særligt værdifulde kondensater, er meget følsomme over for denne syre. 80 til 100 $ phosphorsyre er et væsentligt mildere kondensationsmedium, men opløseligheden af mange foretrukne bestanddele B er særligt lav i denne syre.The 3-alkoxy-diphenylamine-4-diazonium salts, which give rise to the formation of particularly valuable condensates, are very sensitive to this acid. 80 to 100 $ phosphoric acid is a significantly milder condensation medium, but the solubility of many preferred constituents B is particularly low in this acid.

Det er muligt at opnå en vis forbedring af homogeniteten under kondensationen ved tilsætning af organiske opløsningsmidler, f.eks. iseddikesyre eller methanol, men det må tages i betragtning, at effektiviteten af kondensationsmediet ofte forringes fpr meget derved, i sammenligning med den rene syre, og at der forekommer fare for bireaktioner, Når man anvender bestanddelene A-NgX og B med meget forskellige reaktionshastigheder i forhold til den aktive carbonylforbittdelse, er det ikke let at forebygge dannelsen af homokondensater af den hurtigere reagerende bestanddel og at gennemføre kondensationen på en sådan måde, at der opnås kondensationsprodukter med en relativt ensartet struktur. På grund af de extraordinære, talrige reaktionsmuligheder af de tre reaktionspartnere er det vanskeligt altid at opnå de samme kondensationsprodukter på basis af de samme udgangsprodukter. Hvis man skal fremstille kondensationsprodukter med nøjagtigt reproducerbare egenskaber, er det sædvan-» ligvis nødvendigt at bibeholde de samme reaktionsbetingelser omhyggeligt.It is possible to achieve some improvement in the homogeneity during the condensation by adding organic solvents, e.g. glacial acetic acid or methanol, but it must be borne in mind that the efficiency of the condensation medium is often greatly reduced, in comparison with the pure acid, and that there is a danger of side reactions when using the components A-NgX and B at very different reaction rates. relative to the active carbonyl bitterness, it is not easy to prevent the formation of homocondensates of the faster reacting component and to conduct the condensation in such a way as to obtain condensation products of a relatively uniform structure. Due to the extraordinary, numerous reaction possibilities of the three reaction partners, it is difficult always to obtain the same condensation products on the basis of the same starting products. If condensation products with exactly reproducible properties are to be prepared, it is usually necessary to maintain the same reaction conditions carefully.

Det er opfindelsens formål at angive en fremgangsmåde til fremstilling af et kondensationsprodukt af en aromatisk diazoniumforbindelse og en dermed kondenserbar forbindelse, som også under varierende betingelser giver anledning til dannelsen af kondensationsprodukter med nøjagtigt reproducerbare og tilfredsstillende egenskaber.It is an object of the invention to provide a process for the preparation of a condensation product of an aromatic diazonium compound and a condensable compound which also gives rise, under varying conditions, to the formation of condensation products with accurately reproducible and satisfactory properties.

Fremgangsmåden ifølge opfindelsen er ejendommelig ved det i den kendetegnende del af krav 1 angivne.The method according to the invention is characterized by the method of claim 1.

I den ovenfor angivne formel er R& fortrinsvis hydrogen og R^ er fortrinsvis hydrogen, methyl, ethyl eller acetyl.In the above formula, R 1 is preferably hydrogen and R 2 is preferably hydrogen, methyl, ethyl or acetyl.

Selv om man kan anvende lasngere alkylkæder eller acylgrupper, reducerer de normalt på uønsket måde opløseligheden af bestandde- 8 143621 lene B1 i kondensationsblandingen og vanskeliggør således kondensationsprocessen og gør den mere kostbar.Although lower alkyl chains or acyl groups can be used, they usually undesirably reduce the solubility of constituents B1 in the condensation mixture, thus making the condensation process more difficult and making it more expensive.

Afhængigt af molekylets størrelse kan værdien af m ligge mellem 1 og ca. 10. Fortrinsvis overskrider den ikke 4.Depending on the size of the molecule, the value of m can be between 1 and approx. 10. Preferably, it does not exceed 4.

Det kan antages, at bestanddelen under kondensationen reagerer fuldstændigt eller partielt med bestanddelen A-^X eller med sig selv (især når der er et overskud af bestanddelen B^ til stede), under intermolekylær afspaltning af R^OH, idet kondensa-tionsprodukteme herved dannes. Forløbet af og sammensætningen af reaktionsprodukteme kan forklares ved en sådan kondensationsproces.It can be assumed that the component during the condensation reacts completely or partially with the component A-X or with itself (especially when there is an excess of the component B ^ present), during intermolecular decomposition of R 2 OH, the condensation products thereby is formed. The course and composition of the reaction products can be explained by such a condensation process.

Kondensationen ifølge opfindelsen forløber overraskende glat, d.v.s. i mange tilfælde allerede under meget moderate betingelser, f*eks. praktisk taget kvantitativt ved 10 til 40° C i 80 til 100 i° phosphorsyre under dannelse af blandede kondensater.The condensation according to the invention goes surprisingly smoothly, i.e. in many cases already under very moderate conditions, e.g. practically quantitatively at 10 to 40 ° C in 80 to 100 in ° phosphoric acid to form mixed condensates.

Fremgangsmåden ifølge opfindelsen til fremstilling af blandede kondensater ud fra diazoforbindelser A-^X og B1 har blandt andet følgende fordele i forhold til reaktionen mellem A-^X og B med carbonylforbindelse: 1) I tilfælde, hvor der anvendes bestanddelen B, som har meget forskellige reaktionshastigheder i forhold til diazoforbindeisen, favoriserer overgangen til forbindelse B^ sædvanligvis den blandede kondensation i sammenligning med homokondensationen af den hurtigere kondenserende partner.The process according to the invention for preparing mixed condensates from diazo compounds A-X and B1 has, inter alia, the following advantages over the reaction between A-X and B with carbonyl compound: 1) In cases where the component B, which has a lot of at different reaction rates relative to the diazo compound requirement, the transition to Compound B usually favors the mixed condensation as compared to the homo condensation of the faster condensing partner.

2) I mange tilfælde er kondensationen af A-^X med B^ mulig under mere moderate betingelser end den tilsvarende kondensation af A-^X B og aktiv carbonylforbindelse. Dette er en fordel, når A-N2X eller B er følsomme overfor i høj grad aktive kondensationsmedier, f.eks. koncentreret svovlsyre.2) In many cases, the condensation of A- ^ X with B ^ is possible under more moderate conditions than the corresponding condensation of A- ^ X B and active carbonyl compound. This is an advantage when A-N2X or B are sensitive to highly active condensation media, e.g. concentrated sulfuric acid.

3) I tilfælde af kondensation af A-N^X med B^ er det sædvanligvis muligt at opnå mere ensartede og bedre definerede kondensationsprodukter af bedre kvalitet og i højere udbytte.3) In the case of condensation of A-N ^ X with B ^, it is usually possible to obtain more uniform and better defined condensation products of better quality and in higher yields.

9 U3&21 4) Bestanddelene er sædvanligvis lettere opløselige i de sædvanlige, stærkt sure kondensationsmedier end forbindelsen B. En tilsætning af organiske opløsningsmidler under kondensationen kan således undgås i de fleste tilfælde. Særligt velegnet er anvendelsen af lavtsmeltende, især flydende bestanddele .9 U3 & 21 4) The components are usually more easily soluble in the usual highly acidic condensation media than the compound B. An addition of organic solvents during the condensation can thus be avoided in most cases. Particularly suitable is the use of low-melting, especially liquid constituents.

De lave alkylethere (R^= alkyl) er derfor en foretrukken gruppe af bestanddele .The low alkyl ethers (R 1 = alkyl) are therefore a preferred group of constituents.

5) Processen er mindre følsom over for forstyrrelser og betydeligt bedre reproducerbar, fordi den i mange tilfælde kan gennemføres i homogen fase.5) The process is less sensitive to interference and significantly better reproducible because in many cases it can be implemented in a homogeneous phase.

En gruppe blandede kondensater, der fremstilles i henhold til fremgangsmåden ifølge opfindelsen, er også tydeligt forskellige hvad angår væsentlige egenskaber fra de blandede kondensater, der fremstilles i henhold til fremgangsmåden ifølge den samtidigt verserende ansøgning ud fra de tilsvarende bestanddele A-N^, B og formaldehyd. Denne gruppe hidrører fra bestanddele B^, der -fortrinsvis under moderate kondensationsbetingelser, f.eks. i 80 til 100 $> phosphorsyre ved temperaturer fra 10 til 40°C - ikke undergår nogen væsentlig afspaltning af formaldehyd.A group of mixed condensates prepared according to the process according to the invention is also distinctly different in terms of essential properties of the mixed condensates produced according to the process according to the co-pending application from the corresponding components A-N 2, B and formaldehyde. This group is derived from constituents B 2, which are preferably under moderate condensation conditions, e.g. in 80 to 100 $> phosphoric acid at temperatures from 10 to 40 ° C - does not undergo any significant decomposition of formaldehyde.

Denne gruppe omfatter isår sådanne bestanddele B^, som afledes af bestanddele, der hører til kategorierne aromatiske carbonhydrider, phenolethere, aromatiske thioethere, og ikke-basiske heterocycler, f.eks. diphenylensulfid, diphenylenoxid, phenoxathiin og lignende.This group includes, in particular, such constituents B 1, which are derived from constituents belonging to the categories aromatic hydrocarbons, phenol ethers, aromatic thioethers, and non-basic heterocycles, e.g. diphenylene sulfide, diphenylene oxide, phenoxathiine and the like.

Disse bestanddele har som et fælles træk den egenskab, at de kan undergå en kondensationsreaktion med formaldehyd, ikke i et alkalisk medium, men kun i et surt medium.As a common feature, these components have the property that they can undergo a condensation reaction with formaldehyde, not in an alkaline medium, but only in an acidic medium.

Det bør dog også bemærkes, at phenolalkoholér, der er fremstillet i et alkalisk medium ud fra phenoler eller estere og e*there deraf med en fri, phenolisk OH-gruppe, undergår en overraskende ringe afspaltning af formaldehyd under de ovenfor angivne, moderate betingelser.However, it should also be noted that phenolic alcohols prepared in an alkaline medium from phenols or esters and their derivatives with a free phenolic OH group undergo a surprisingly low degree of decomposition of formaldehyde under the above-mentioned moderate conditions.

N-methylolforbindelser samt ethere og estere deraf har imidlertid en større tendens til afspaltning af formaldehyd under kondensationsbetingelser.However, N-methylol compounds, as well as ethers and esters thereof, have a greater tendency for decomposition of formaldehyde under condensation conditions.

10 U3S2110 U3S21

Den angivne gruppe af kondensationsprodukter, der fremstilles i henhold til fremgangsmåden ifølge opfindelsen, adskiller sig hvad angår anordningen af enhederne fra de kondensater, der fremstilles på basis af Α-3ϋΓ2Χ, B og formaldehyd. I kondensaterne ifølge opfindelsen er enhederne A-N2X i det væsentlige kun sammenknyttet via bindingsgrupper, der er afledt af et eller flere molekyler B^. Dette betyder, at afstanden fra diazogruppe til diazogruppe i det blandede kondensat normalt har i det mindste en miniumværdi hidrørende fra strukturen af E, hvorimod kondensater fremstillet i henhold til den fremgangsmåde, der er beskrevet i den samtidigt verserende ansøgning, indeholder enhederne A-N^X og B sammenknyttet med methylenbroer, der i det væsentlige er statistisk fordelt eller som er anordnet på blandet måde, hvilke påvirkes af reaktiviteten af A-N2X og B og af den måde, hvorpå A-N2X, B og formaldehyd er indført i syren. Sådanne produkter omfatter naturligvis også kondensater med flere enheder A-N2X, der kun er bundet til hinanden med methylenbroer, en type, der praktisk talt ikke forekommer i de kondensater, der fremstilles i henhold til opfindelsen, fordi de angivne bestanddele B1 ikke kan betragtes som midler, der afspalter formaldehyd under moderate kondensationsbetingelser, f.eks. 10 til 40 C og 80 til 100 phosphorsyre som kondensationsmedium.The specified group of condensation products prepared according to the process according to the invention differs in terms of the arrangement of the units from the condensates prepared on the basis of Α-3ϋΓ2Χ, B and formaldehyde. In the condensates of the invention, the units A-N2X are essentially only linked via bonding groups derived from one or more molecules of B1. This means that the distance from diazo group to diazo group in the mixed condensate usually has at least a minimum value derived from the structure of E, whereas condensates prepared according to the process described in the co-pending application contain the units AN ^ X and B, linked to methylene bridges, which are substantially statistically distributed or arranged in a mixed manner, which are influenced by the reactivity of A-N2X and B and by the way in which A-N2X, B and formaldehyde are introduced into the acid. Of course, such products also comprise multi-unit A-N2X condensates bonded only to methylene bridges, a type practically absent in the condensates produced in accordance with the invention because the components B1 disclosed cannot be considered as agents which decompose formaldehyde under moderate condensation conditions, e.g. 10 to 40 C and 80 to 100 phosphoric acid as a condensation medium.

Inden for rammerne af opfindelsen er de vigtigste procesprodukter de, under hvis fremstilling B^ anvendes i en sådan mængde, at i det mindste en -CHRgOR^ gruppe forekommer i hvert molekyle å-N2X. Særligt foretrukne er sådanne blandede kondensater, som indeholder ca. 0,5 til 2 mol B^ pr. enhed A-N2X.Within the scope of the invention, the most important process products are those under whose manufacture B 1 is used in such an amount that at least one -CHRgOR 2 group is present in each molecule of N-N 2 X. Particularly preferred are such mixed condensates which contain approx. 0.5 to 2 moles of B unit A-N2X.

Inden for denne store gruppe bør der angives en anden foretrukken gruppe af kondensationsprodukter, der er fremstillet under moderate kondensationsbetingelser ud fra de i det foregående angivne bestanddele B^, der praktisk talt ikke afspalter formaldehyd under kondensationen, og ud fra let kondenserbare diazoniumsalte, af den almene formel R»x - R»3 - R»2 - N2X, hvor 11 143621 R*2_ er en phenylgruppe, der enten er usubstitueret eller substitueret med en eller flere alkyl- eller alkoxygrupper, R'2 er en benzenring, der udover diazoniumgruppen kan bære en eller to identiske eller forskellige substituenter, der kan være halogenatomer, alkylgrupper med 1 til 4 carbonatomer, eller alkoxygrupper med 1 til 5 carbonatomer, og R’^ er en homopolar binding omfattende en af grupperne - 0 - - S - - NH -.Within this large group, another preferred group of condensation products prepared under moderate condensation conditions should be indicated from the components listed above, which practically do not decompose formaldehyde during the condensation, and from easily condensable diazonium salts. is a phenyl group that is either unsubstituted or substituted by one or more alkyl or alkoxy groups, R'2 is a benzene ring which is in addition to the diazonium group may carry one or two identical or different substituents which may be halogen atoms, alkyl groups of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or alkoxy groups of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and R 1 is a homopolar bond comprising one of the groups - 0 - - S - - NH -.

I den sidste foretrukne gruppe af kondensationsprodukter, der er fremstillet ifølge opfindelsen, foretrækker man fortrinsvis sådanne, 3om fremstilles med i kemisk henseende ensartede forbindelser B.j, d.v.s. ikke med isomere blandinger.Preferably, in the last preferred group of condensation products prepared according to the invention, such as are prepared with chemically similar compounds B.j, i.e. not with isomeric mixtures.

Sådanne særligt foretrukne forbindelser er: di-methoxymethyl-diphenylether, især den 4,4'-isomere, di-methoxymethyl-diphenylsulfid, især den 4,4'-isomere, di-methoxymethyl-diphenyl, især den 4,4'-isomere, 4,4'-bis-methoxymethyl-diphenylmethan.Such particularly preferred compounds are: di-methoxymethyl-diphenyl ether, especially the 4,4'-isomer, di-methoxymethyl-diphenyl sulfide, especially the 4,4'-isomer, di-methoxymethyl-diphenyl, especially the 4,4'-isomer. , 4,4'-bis-methoxymethyl-diphenylmethane.

Ved anvendelse af disse ensartede forbindelser opnår man udover den før angivne, fortrinsvis alternerende struktur af kondensaterne en grad af ensartethed af produkterne, som sædvanligvis ikke kan opnås ved kondensationen af Δ-Ν2Χ, B og formaldehyd. De blandede kondensater, der er fremstillet ifølge opfindelsen, har sædvanligvis en mere ensartet kemisk struktur end de, der fremstilles i henhold til den sidst angivne fremgangsmåde. Det er også muligt i henhold til fremgangsmåden ifølge opfindelsen at opnå blandede kondensater med højere molekylvægte selv under anvendelse af mere moderate betingelser.By using these uniform compounds, in addition to the previously stated, preferably alternating structure of the condensates, a degree of uniformity of the products is not obtained, which usually cannot be obtained by the condensation of Δ-Ν2Χ, B and formaldehyde. The mixed condensates prepared according to the invention usually have a more uniform chemical structure than those prepared according to the last process. It is also possible according to the process of the invention to obtain higher condensate mixed condensates even using more moderate conditions.

12 14362112 143621

Dette samt den mere ensartede struktur af produkterne fremstillet ved fremgangsmåden ifølge opfindelsen kan være grunden til den særligt lette adskillelighed deraf fra vandige opløsninger i form af tungtopløselige salte (se eks. 97 og 98), de høje udbytter under produktionen og de bedre anvendelsesegenskaber deraf i lysfølsomme reproduktionslag.This, as well as the more uniform structure of the products prepared by the process of the invention, may be the reason for the particularly easy separability thereof from aqueous solutions in the form of heavily soluble salts (see Examples 97 and 98), the high yields during production and the better application properties thereof. photosensitive reproduction layers.

Dette gælder især kondensationsprodukterne afledet af 3-alkoxy--diphenylamin-4-diazoniumsalte og 0,75 til 2 mol , hvorved afledes af diphenylether, diphenylsulfid, diphenyl, og diphenyl-methan, hvorved m er 2, og hvorved der anvendes ensartede forbindelser B.j, især sådanne, hvis CHUgOR^ grupper er i p,p'stilling.This is particularly true of the condensation products derived from 3-alkoxy-diphenylamine-4-diazonium salts and 0.75 to 2 moles, thereby derived from diphenyl ether, diphenylsulfide, diphenyl, and diphenylmethane, where m is 2 and using similar compounds Bj , especially those whose CHUgOR ^ groups are ip, p 'position.

Selv om de særlige fordele ved kondensationsprocessen ifølge opfindelsen opnås i fravær af den aktive carbonylforbindelse, er det også muligt i visse tilfælde under reaktionen mellem A-NgX og B^ at tilsætte en vis mængde aktiv carbonylforbindelse, især formaldehyd. Dette er f.eks. tilfældet, hvis man skal fremstille kondensater med højere molekylvægte, selv i tilfælde af et betydeligt underskud af B1. Men denne fremgangsmåde foretrækkes ikke.Although the particular advantages of the condensation process of the invention are obtained in the absence of the active carbonyl compound, it is also possible in certain cases to add a certain amount of active carbonyl compound, especially formaldehyde during the reaction between A-NgX and B This is e.g. the case if condensates with higher molecular weights are to be produced, even in the case of a significant deficit of B1. But this approach is not preferred.

Mr det drejer sig om særligt reaktive, basiske forbindelser B (= EHm), kan forbindelserne B^ fremstilles ved tilsætning af aktive carbonylforbindelser i et alkalisk eller neutralt medium til de basiske forbindelser (såsom phenoler, sulfonamider eller carbonamider). De primært dannede additionsprodukter af alkohol-typen kan let omdannes til de tilsvarende ethere eller estere, der normalt er mere stabile.In the case of particularly reactive basic compounds B (= EHm), compounds B 2 can be prepared by adding active carbonyl compounds in an alkaline or neutral medium to the basic compounds (such as phenols, sulfonamides or carbonamides). The primarily formed alcohol-type additives can easily be converted to the corresponding ethers or esters that are usually more stable.

I tilfælde af de basiske forbindelser B, der ikke danner additions produkter med aktive carbonylforbindelser i et alkalisk medium, men som reagerer i et surt medium (såsom aromatiske carbonhydri-der og phenolethere), er en indirekte produktion af forbindelserne B.j tilrådelig, fordi det normalt er umuligt at separere de intermediære produkter af typen B^ i et tilfredsstillende udbytte, når man omsætter en forbindelse B med en aktiv carbonylforbindelse i et surt medium, fordi de yderligere reagerer for hurtigt under de herskende reaktionsbetingelser.In the case of the basic compounds B, which do not form addition products with active carbonyl compounds in an alkaline medium, but which react in an acidic medium (such as aromatic hydrocarbons and phenol ethers), an indirect production of the compounds B It is impossible to separate the intermediate B-type products in a satisfactory yield when reacting a compound B with an active carbonyl compound in an acidic medium because they further react too quickly under the prevailing reaction conditions.

13 14362113 143621

Den indirekte fremstilling af forbindelserne af typen kan gennemføres ved f.eks, følgende metoder: 1. Ved halogenmethylering af forbindelserne B og påfølgende omdannelse af de fremkomne halogenmethylforbindelser til de tilsvarende alkoholer, estere eller ethere.The indirect preparation of the compounds of the type can be carried out, for example, by the following methods: 1. By halo-methylation of the compounds B and subsequent conversion of the resulting halo-methyl compounds to the corresponding alcohols, esters or ethers.

2. Ved sidekædehalogenering af forbindelserne B, der bærer methyl -grupper i den aromatiske kerne, d.v.s. omdannelse af disse methyl-grupper til mono-halogenmethylgrupper, der derpå omsættes som angivet under 1).2. By side chain halogenation of the compounds B bearing methyl groups in the aromatic core, i.e. converting these methyl groups to mono-halo methyl groups, which are then reacted as indicated under 1).

3. Ved spaltning af reaktionsprodukter fra en Mannich-reaktion med eddikesyreanhydrid.3. By cleavage of reaction products from a Mannich reaction with acetic anhydride.

4. Ved reduktion af forbindelser B, der bærer aldehyd-, ketoneller carboxylsyreestergrupper i deres aromatiske ringe, til alkoholtrinnet og om ønsket en yderligere etherifikation eller este-rifikation.4. By reducing compounds B which carry aldehyde, ketone or carboxylic acid ester groups in their aromatic rings to the alcohol stage and, if desired, further etherification or esterification.

* 5. Ved reaktion mellem aromatiske, metalorganiske forbindelser og formaldehyd eller andre aldehyder, eller reaktion mellem aromatiske aldehyder, hvis CHO gruppe er knyttet til den aromatiske kerne, og metalorganiske forbindelser.* 5. By reaction between aromatic, metal-organic compounds and formaldehyde or other aldehydes, or reaction between aromatic aldehydes whose CHO group is attached to the aromatic core and metal-organic compounds.

Fremstillingen af forbindelser svarende til den almene formel er kendt og beskrevet detaljeret i litteraturen. Nogle forbindelser af typen B1 er kommercielt tilgængelige.The preparation of compounds similar to the general formula is known and described in detail in the literature. Some B1 type compounds are commercially available.

Forbindelserne med den almene formel B^ kan anvendes i form af blandinger af isomere og/eller som blandinger af forbindelser, der har forskellige værdier for parameteren m. Det er imidlertid, som anført i det foregående, en fordel at anvende ensartede forbindelser af typen B1 eller godt afbalancerede blandinger . af sådanne forbindelser til kondensation, fordi antallet af kemiske variationer i strukturen af kondensationsprodukterne på denne måde reduceres betydeligt, således at man særligt let kan fremstille reproducerbare kondensationsprodukter. Man foretrækker forbindelser af typen B^, i hvilke de aromatiske, nucleære positioner, 14 143621 der er i stand til at kondensere med carbonylforbindelser eller med grupper -CHRa-OR^, eller i det mindste nogle af disse positioner, optages af sådanne grupper eller andre grupper.The compounds of general formula B 1 can be used in the form of mixtures of isomers and / or as mixtures of compounds having different values for the parameter m. However, as stated above, it is advantageous to use uniform compounds of type B 1 or well-balanced mixtures. of such compounds for condensation, because in this way the number of chemical variations in the structure of the condensation products is greatly reduced, so that reproducible condensation products can be produced particularly easily. Preferred are compounds of type B 1 in which the aromatic nuclear positions are capable of condensing with carbonyl compounds or with groups -CHRa-OR 2, or at least some of these positions are taken up by such groups or other groups.

fremgangsmåden ifølge opfindelsen kan varieres på et større antal måder, bvad angår kondensationsbetingelserme og de anvendte kvantitative forhold.the process according to the invention can be varied in a number of ways, for example with regard to condensation conditions and the quantitative conditions used.

Kondensationen ifølge opfindelsen gennemføres i nærværelse af et stærkt surt kondensationsmedium. Man anvender fortrinsvis koncentrerede, moderat stærke til stærke syrer, hvor syreindholdet er større end indholdet af fortyndingsmiddel. Kondensationsmediet bør yderligere udvælges sådan, at det er væskeformigt under kondensationsbetingelserne.The condensation according to the invention is carried out in the presence of a strongly acidic condensation medium. Preferably concentrated, moderately strong to strong acids are used where the acid content is greater than the diluent content. The condensation medium should be further selected to be liquid under the condensing conditions.

Den lavere grænse af mængden af surt kondensationsmedium, der anvendes til de blandede kondensationer under hensyntagen til alle de beskrevne variationer i processen, bestemmes ved blandingens viskositet, og den øvre grænse bestemmes af processens økonomi. Kremgangsmåden er fortrinsvis af en sådan art, at man på den ene side anvender en så lille syremængde som muligt, og at man på den anden side opnår en kondensationsblanding, der let kan bringes i omrøring og let kan blandes. Mr man vælger typen og mængden af den syre, der skal anvendes, bør man tage hensyn til kondenser-barheden og opløseligheden af bestanddelene i syren.The lower limit of the amount of acidic condensation medium used for the mixed condensations, taking into account all the described variations in the process, is determined by the viscosity of the mixture and the upper limit is determined by the economics of the process. The creaming process is preferably such that one uses as little acid quantity as possible and, on the other hand, obtains a condensation mixture which can be easily stirred and easily mixed. When choosing the type and amount of the acid to be used, consideration should be given to the condensability and solubility of the constituents in the acid.

De gunstigste betingelser for hver kombination A-^X og bé-stemmes ved foreløbige forsøg. Man bør føre særligt tilsyn med den exotherme kondensationsreaktion, således at den ikke skrider for voldsomt frem, fordi dette ville forringe kontrollen af reaktionen og yderligere kan føre til dekomposition af diazoforbin-delserne.The most favorable conditions for each combination A-X and are voted on by preliminary trials. Particular attention should be paid to the exothermic condensation reaction so that it does not proceed too violently, as this would impair the control of the reaction and may further lead to decomposition of the diazo compounds.

Eksempler på syrer, der er velegnet som kondensationsmedier, er anført i TT.S.A. patent nr. 3.235.382, spalte 1, linie 71 til spalte 2, linie 5.Examples of acids suitable as condensation media are listed in TT.S.A. Patent No. 3,235,382, column 1, line 71 to column 2, line 5.

Kondensationsmedier, der er anvendelige til den foreliggende opfindelse, er phosphorsyre, methansulfonsyre og svovlsyre, hvilke syrer anvendes i en koncentration på mindst 40 vægt-$, fortrinsvis ^ 1*3β31 mellem 70 og 100 vægt-$. Den resterende del er sædvanligvis vand, men den kan også fuldstændigt eller delvist bestå af opløsningsmidler, f.eke. methanol, eddikesyre og N-methyl-pyrroli-don. F.eks. har man med godt resultat anvendt 85 % phosphorsyre, 80 % svovlsyre og 90 methansulfonsyre eller blandinger af disse syrer.Condensation media useful for the present invention are phosphoric acid, methanesulfonic acid and sulfuric acid, which acids are used at a concentration of at least 40 wt.%, Preferably 11 * 3β31 between 70 and 100 wt. $. The remainder is usually water, but it may also consist wholly or partially of solvents, e.g. methanol, acetic acid and N-methyl-pyrrolidone. Eg. 85% of phosphoric acid, 80% sulfuric acid and 90 methanesulfonic acid or mixtures of these acids have been successfully used.

80 - 100 ¢, især 85 - 90 # phosphorsyre, er et temmeligt mildt kondensationsmedium, hvori kondensationerne kan gennemføres meget mildt. Det er derfor det mest foretrukne kondensationsmedium for alle kombinationer af forbindelser, som vil reagere tilstrækkeligt hurtigt under disse temmeligt milde betingelser.80 - 100 ¢, especially 85 - 90 # phosphoric acid, is a fairly mild condensation medium in which condensations can be carried out very mildly. It is therefore the most preferred condensation medium for all combinations of compounds that will react sufficiently quickly under these rather mild conditions.

80 - 100 $, især 90 $ methansulfonsyre er et stærkere medium.$ 80 - $ 100, especially $ 90 methanesulfonic acid is a stronger medium.

Denne syre er fordelagtig, fordi den opløser et antal bestanddele endnu lettere end phosphorsyre.This acid is advantageous because it dissolves a number of constituents even more easily than phosphoric acid.

Hydrogenhalogenidsyrer, såsom mindst 15 fortrinsvis koncentreret, vandig saltsyre eller hydrogenbromid, er kun velegnet som kondensationsmedier i begrænset omfang. Anvendelsen af disse syrer er mindre hensigtsmæssig, fordi der under sådanne betingelser dannes halogenalkylforbindelser med lav reaktivitet, der ikke reagerer yderligere under relativt moderate kondensationsbetingelser.Hydrogen halide acids, such as at least 15 preferably concentrated aqueous hydrochloric acid or hydrogen bromide, are only suitable as limited condensation media. The use of these acids is less convenient because under such conditions, haloalkyl compounds having low reactivity are formed which do not react further under relatively moderate condensation conditions.

Af den samme grund er diazoniumsalte, såsom diazoniumphosphater eller -sulfater, i mange tilfælde overlegne i sammenligning med halogeniderne som udgangsmaterialer for kondensationen.For the same reason, diazonium salts, such as diazonium phosphates or sulfates, are in many cases superior in comparison to the halides as starting materials for the condensation.

Når diazoniumsalte skal anvendes til blandet kondensation, hvilke salte foreligger i form af de ofte anvendte metalhalogeniddobbelt-salte, er det sædvanligvis tilrådeligt at opløse dem i kondensationsmediet, derpå føre tørt nitrogen eller tør luft gennem blandingen, indtil alle chloridionerne er undsluppet i form af gasformigt hydrogénchlorid,' og derpå at anvende den halogenidfrie opløsning til kondensationerne.When diazonium salts are to be used for mixed condensation which are in the form of the commonly used metal halide double salts, it is usually advisable to dissolve them in the condensation medium, then pass dry nitrogen or dry air through the mixture until all the chloride ions have escaped in the form of gaseous hydrogen chloride, and then using the halide-free solution for the condensations.

Mængden af den syre, der tjener som kondensationsmedium, kan·variere mellem vide grænser. Det er f.eks. muligt at anvende 1 til 16 143 $21 100 vægtdele syre pr. vægtdel af blandingen A-^X + B-^, som vist ' i eksemplerne. Syremængden kan imidlertid også være højere uden i almindelighed at opnå yderligere fordele. Det er vigtigt at anvende et kondensationsmedium i en mængde, der er tilstrækkelig stor til at sikre et let blandbart reaktionsmedium. Sædvanligvis vil anvendelsen af meget små mængder kondensationsmedium resultere i en reduktion af kondensationsproduktets molekylvægt.The amount of the acid serving as a condensation medium can vary between wide limits. It is e.g. possible to use 1 to 16 143 $ 21 100 parts by weight of acid per by weight of the mixture A- ^ X + B- ^, as shown in the Examples. However, the amount of acid can also be higher without generally obtaining additional benefits. It is important to use a condensation medium in an amount sufficient to ensure a readily miscible reaction medium. Usually, the use of very small amounts of condensation medium will result in a reduction in the molecular weight of the condensation product.

Afhængigt af kondensationsmediet, kondensationspartnerne og deres koncentration i kondensationsmediet kan det være nødvendigt at accelerere kondensationsreaktionen ved opvarmning eller at decelerere den ved afkøling. Det er tilrådeligt at anvende en kondensationstemperatur, der ikke er over 70° C, fordi stabiliteten af diazoforbindelserne A-N2X sædvanligvis er begrænset ved en højere temperatur. Det er dog også muligt at fremstille diazo-kondensationsprodukter ved fremgangsmåden ifølge opfindelsen over 70° C. Det foretrukne ’temperaturinterval for fremstillingen af kondensaterne ligger mellem 10 og 40° C. Når der anvendes i høj grad aktive kondensationsmedier, kan-det være fordelagtigt at gennemføre kondensationen ved temperaturer på ca. 0° C eller derover.Depending on the condensation medium, condensation partners, and their concentration in the condensation medium, it may be necessary to accelerate the condensation reaction upon heating or to decelerate it upon cooling. It is advisable to use a condensation temperature not exceeding 70 ° C because the stability of the diazo compounds A-N2X is usually limited at a higher temperature. However, it is also possible to produce diazo condensation products in the process of the invention above 70 ° C. The preferred temperature range for the preparation of the condensates is between 10 and 40 ° C. When highly active condensation media are used, it may be advantageous to conduct the condensation at temperatures of approx. 0 ° C or above.

Det er en fordel at gennemføre alle variationer af de blandede kondensationer i homogene reaktionsmedier, fordi man lettest opnår reproducerbare resultater i sådanne medier. Derfor kan bestanddele B.j, der ikke er flydende, anvendes i form af opløsninger, hvorved det anvendte opløsningsmiddel f.eks. er methanol eller eddikesyre. Hvis imidlertid nogle af bestanddelene kun er lidt opløselige i kondensationsmediet, kan de også anvendes i form af meget fine suspensioner eller som emulsioner i kondensationsmediet. I hvert tilfælde bør der drages omsorg for, at kondensationsblandingen er grundigt mekanisk blandet.It is advantageous to carry out all variations of the mixed condensations in homogeneous reaction media because reproducible results are most readily obtained in such media. Therefore, non-liquid components B.j can be used in the form of solutions, whereby the solvent used e.g. is methanol or acetic acid. However, if some of the constituents are only slightly soluble in the condensation medium, they can also be used in the form of very fine suspensions or as emulsions in the condensation medium. In each case care should be taken to ensure that the condensation mixture is thoroughly mechanically mixed.

Hvis kondensationsprocessen vanskeliggøres ved en utilstrækkelig opløselighed af udgangsmaterialerne eller slutprodukterne, kan man opnå et homogent kondensationsmedium ved tilsætning af et • organisk opløsningsmiddel. Naturligvis må man i hvert tilfælde udføre forsøg for at bestemme, hvilke organiske opløsningsmidler, som er velegnede. Det har f.eks. i mange tilfælde vist sig, at 17 143821 iseddikesyre er velegnet. Andre passende opløsningsmidler er f.eks. myresyre, N-methyl-pyrrolidon og methanol. Når man tilsætter et organisk opløsningsmiddel, bør det tages i betragtning, at dette ofte reducerer effektiviteten af kondensationsmediet i sammenligning med den ublandede, koncentrerede syre, og at anvendelsen af et opløsningsmiddel også kan forårsage bireaktioner.If the condensation process is hampered by insufficient solubility of the starting materials or final products, a homogeneous condensation medium can be obtained by the addition of an organic solvent. Of course, in each case, tests must be performed to determine which organic solvents are suitable. It has e.g. in many cases it has been found that glacial acetic acid is suitable. Other suitable solvents are e.g. formic acid, N-methyl-pyrrolidone and methanol. When adding an organic solvent, it should be taken into account that this often reduces the efficiency of the condensation medium in comparison with the concentrated concentrated acid and that the use of a solvent can also cause side reactions.

Ved fremstillingen af de blandede kondensater kan forholdstallene mellem reaktanterne A-NgX og B-^ og kondensationsbetingelserne variere inden for Vide grænser.In the preparation of the mixed condensates, the ratios of reactants A-NgX and B- ^ and the condensation conditions may vary within wide limits.

Det er principielt muligt at producere blandede kondensater af enhver ønsket sammensætning, f.eks. blandede kondensater, der kun indeholder spor af en diazoforbindelse A-NgX, der er kondenseret deri. Blandede kondensater, der gennemsnitligt indeholder mellem 0,1 og 50'indkondenserede enheder af den sekundære bestanddel Bj for hver diazoniumsaltgruppe, er anvendelige til fremstilling af værdifulde, lysfølsomme reproduktionsmaterialer. Bortset fra særlige tilfælde er de vigtigste blandede kondensater de, der indeholder mellem 0,1 og 20 mol af den sekundære bestanddel pr. mol med A-N2X. Inden for dette interval udviser de blandede kondensater normalt egenskaber, der klart adskiller sig fra egenskaberne af de tilsvarende homokondensater.In principle, it is possible to produce mixed condensates of any desired composition, e.g. mixed condensates containing only traces of a diazo compound A-NgX condensed therein. Mixed condensates containing, on average, between 0.1 and 50 'condensed units of the secondary constituent Bj for each diazonium salt group are useful for the production of valuable, photosensitive reproduction materials. Except in special cases, the main mixed condensates are those containing between 0.1 and 20 moles of the secondary ingredient per liter. moles of A-N2X. Within this range, the mixed condensates usually exhibit properties distinctly different from those of the corresponding homocondensates.

I det simpleste og også det mest foretrukne tilfælde gennemføres den blandede kondensation ved at opløse A-NgX forbindelsen i en syre, der er velegnet som kondensationsmedium, og ved under omrøring at tilsætte bestanddelen B^, enten i form af selve stoffet eller som en opløsning. Der kan gennemføres forskellige modifikationer af denne proces, idet det dog må tages i betragtning, at det i mange tilfælde er ufordelagtigt at opløse B^ i kondensationsmediet i fravær af A-NgX, fordi homokondensater af B^, afhængigt af reaktiviteten af B^, kan separere mere eller mindre hurtigt fra sådanne opløsninger, hvilke ikke længere let kan undergå en blandet kondensation.In the simplest and also most preferred case, the mixed condensation is carried out by dissolving the A-NgX compound in an acid suitable as a condensation medium, and by stirring with the addition of the component B 2, either in the form of the substance itself or as a solution. . Various modifications can be made to this process, however, it must be considered that in many cases it is disadvantageous to dissolve B 2 in the condensation medium in the absence of A-NgX, because homocondensates of B ^, depending on the reactivity of B can more or less quickly separate from such solutions, which can no longer easily undergo mixed condensation.

Det er imidlertid i mange tilfælde muligt at blande bestanddelene A-N2X og B-| og at indføre blandingen eller de individuelle be- 18 143521 standdele i syren , enten i form af en opløsning eller som selve stofferne.However, in many cases it is possible to mix the components A-N2X and B- | and introducing the mixture or individual constituents into the acid, either in the form of a solution or as the substances themselves.

I få tilfælde kan kondensationsreaktionen initeres med B^ bestanddelen, og A-NgX bestanddelen kan tilsættes senere. Det er under anvendelse af en af disse metoder endog muligt at kondensere dia-zoharpikser, f.eks. sådanne, der er fremstillet ved sur kondensation af diphenylamin-4-diazoniumsalte med carbonylforbindelser, og som har lavere kondensationsgrader, med en eller adskillige bestanddele B^ i et surt medium. I nogle tilfælde er en blandet kondensation af et lavmolekylært homokondensat af en sekundær bestanddel B^ og A-^X i et surt medium mulig, og endog en blandet kondensation af formaldehydkondensater af en forbindelse A-N2X °g homokondensater af en forbindelse B1 eller blandede kondensater- af adskillige forbindelser B^ i et surt medium kan gennemføres med godt resultat.In a few cases, the condensation reaction can be initiated with the B 2 component and the A-NgX component can be added later. It is even possible to condense diazo resins using one of these methods, e.g. those prepared by acidic condensation of diphenylamine-4-diazonium salts with carbonyl compounds, and having lower condensation rates, with one or several constituents B 1 in an acidic medium. In some cases, a mixed condensation of a low molecular weight homocondensate of a secondary component B 2 and A 2 X in an acidic medium is possible, and even a mixed condensation of formaldehyde condensates of a compound A-N 2 X ° g homocondensates of a compound B1 or mixed. condensates of several compounds B 1 in an acidic medium can be successfully carried out.

Ved fremstilling af opløselige kondensater foretrækker man sædvanligvis sådanne bestanddele B1, i hvilke m er 2 eller lidt større end 2, d.v.s. ca. 3 eller 4. Indenfor denne kategori foretrækker man især bestanddele med m = 2, fordi de giver anledning til dannelsen af kondensationsprodukter med en siraplere struktur, og også i nogle af de tilfælde, hvor man anvender adskillige mol B^ pr. mol A-^X, bliver tendensen til dannelse af tværbundne og undertiden uopløselige kondensationsprodukter reduceret. Dette gælder især, når man gør brug af extreme kondensationsbetingelser.In the preparation of soluble condensates, such constituents B1 in which m is 2 or slightly greater than 2, are usually preferred. ca. 3 or 4. Within this category, constituents with m = 2 are especially preferred because they give rise to the formation of condensation products with a syrupy structure, and also in some of the cases where several moles of B mole A-X, the tendency to form cross-linked and sometimes insoluble condensation products is reduced. This is especially true when using extreme condensation conditions.

Bestanddele B^, hvori m er større end 2, anvendes fortrinsvis i mindre mængder, idet mængden af sådanne forbindelser sædvanligvis ikke overskrider 1 mol pr. mol diazoforbindelse.Ingredients B 1, wherein m is greater than 2, are preferably used in smaller amounts, the amount of such compounds usually not exceeding 1 mole per minute. mole of diazo compound.

Den øvre grænse må fastsættes experimentelt i hvert individuelt tilfælde. En vigtig anvendelse af disse bestanddele, i hvilke m er større end 2, er deres kombinerede anvendelse med forbindel-• ser, hvori m = 2.The upper limit must be determined experimentally in each individual case. An important use of these components in which m is greater than 2 is their combined use with compounds wherein m = 2.

Bestanddele B^ hvori m = 1, kan også anvendes til kondensation, 19 143621 men i dette tilfælde opnår man kondensater, der kun bærer en diazo-gruppe pr. molekyle, når forbindelsen A-N2X kun indeholder een diazo-gruppe. Anvendelsen af sådanne kondensationsprodukter i reproduktions-lagene foretrækkes i almindelighed ikke. Det er imidlertid en fordel at kombinere bestanddele af type B^, hvor m er 1, med sådanne, i hvilke m = 2 eller et større tal end 2. I disse tilfælde kan den først angivne bestanddel B-j^ (m = 1) udøve funktionen som et "modifikationsmiddel" for størrelsen af de molekyler, der dannes under kondensationen.Ingredients B ^ wherein m = 1 can also be used for condensation, but in this case condensates are obtained which carry only one diazo group per unit. molecule when the compound A-N2X contains only one diazo group. The use of such condensation products in the reproduction layers is generally not preferred. However, it is advantageous to combine components of type B ^, where m is 1, with those in which m = 2 or a greater number than 2. In these cases, the first component Bj as a "modifier" for the size of the molecules formed during the condensation.

Når m er 2 eller et tal, der er større end 2 i bestanddelen , og B1 anvendes i en mængde pr. mol A-N2X, der svarer til under 1 ækvivalent af -CHRa-0R^ grupper (1 mol bestanddel B^ med m = 2 indeholder f.eks. 2 gruppeækvivalenter), kan man til reaktionsblandingen tilsætte en aktiv carbonylforbindelse, fortrinsvis formaldehyd, hvorved den tilsatte mængde i det mindste har en sådan størrelse, at summen af gruppeækvivalenterne -CKE^-OR^ og den molære mængde af det tilsatte formaldehyd, multipliceret med 2 (d.v.s. dets kondensationsækvivalent) mindst er 1 ækvivalent pr. mol diazoforbindelse. Der kan tilsættes en yderligere mængde formaldehyd, men sædvanligvis bør den ovenfor angivne sum af kondensationsækvivalenterne ikke overskride 4.When m is 2 or a number greater than 2 in the component and B1 is used in an amount per moles of A-N2X corresponding to less than 1 equivalent of -CHRa-OR ^ groups (1 mole of component B ^ with m = 2 contains, for example, 2 group equivalents), an active carbonyl compound, preferably formaldehyde, can be added to the reaction mixture, whereby the amount added at least is such that the sum of the group equivalents -CKE ^ -OR ^ and the molar amount of the added formaldehyde, multiplied by 2 (ie, its condensation equivalent) is at least 1 equivalent per mole of diazo compound. An additional amount of formaldehyde may be added, but usually the sum of the above condensation equivalents should not exceed 4.

Som en yderligere mulighed for at fremstille højere kondensater ud fra bestanddele , i hvilke m = 1, kan aktive carbonylforbin-delser, fortrinsvis formaldehyd, tilsættes under eller efter fremstillingen af kondensatet, også i sådanne tilfælde, hvor der anvendes 1 eller flere mol bestanddel B^ pr. mol diazoforbindelse.As a further possibility of preparing higher condensates from constituents in which m = 1, active carbonyl compounds, preferably formaldehyde, may be added during or after the preparation of the condensate, even in cases where 1 or more moles of component B are used. ^ pr. mole of diazo compound.

I disse tilfælde bør man beregne en minimal mængde formaldehyd pi 0,5 mol pr. mol bestanddel B^ og pr. mol diazoforbindelse A-N^, som overskrider den molære mængde af B^.In these cases, a minimal amount of formaldehyde in 0.5 moles per ml should be calculated. and per mole of component B mole of diazo compound A-N ^ which exceeds the molar amount of B ^.

De gennemsnitlige molekylvægte af kondensationsprodukterne kan variere inden for vide grænser, afhængigt af udvælgelsen af kondensationspartnerne og -betingelserne. Det har vist sig, at man til fremstilling af gode reproduktionsmaterialer i almindelighed foretrækker blandede kondensater med molekylvægte mellem ca. 500 og 10 000. Det bør tages i betragtning, at disse værdier er gennemsnitsværdier, og at molekylvægtene af de individuelle be- 20 143821 standdele af hvert af de fremkomne kondensater er statistisk fordelt omkring denne gennemsnitlige værdi. Fordelingstypen er vist i nogle af de følgende eksempler ved hjælp af en fraktionering af de opnåede kondensater.The average molecular weights of the condensation products may vary within wide limits, depending on the selection of the condensation partners and conditions. It has been found that for the preparation of good reproductive materials, generally mixed condensates with molecular weights of between about 10% are preferred. 500 and 10 000. It should be considered that these values are average values and that the molecular weights of the individual constituents of each of the condensates obtained are statistically distributed around this average value. The distribution type is shown in some of the following examples by fractionation of the condensates obtained.

De blandinger, der fremkommer ved kondensation, kan anvendes direkte eller behandles yderligere. Blandingen kan også oparbejdes, og kondensaterne kan separeres i fast form.The mixtures resulting from condensation can be used directly or further treated. The mixture can also be worked up and the condensates can be separated in solid form.

Oparbejdningen af kondensationsblandingeme kan gennemføres på forskellige måder. Metoden er tilpasset til de kemiske og fysiske egenskaber af det særlige reaktionsprodukt. Blandede kondensater, der indeholder en relativt stor mængde af den anden bestanddel , kan ofte separeres ved at røre kondensationsblandingen ud i vand. Det kan i disse tilfælde forekomme, at en opløseligere fraktion af det blandede kondensat kan separeres fra den vandige moderlud i form af et vilkårligt tungtopløseligt salt. Hår det blandede kondensat er vandopløseligt, men tungtopløseligt i organiske opløsningsmidler, er det ofte muligt at separere produktet ved at fortynde reaktionsblandingen med et organisk opløsningsmiddel, f.eks. en lavere alkohol eller en lavere heton. . .The work-up of the condensation mixtures can be carried out in various ways. The method is adapted to the chemical and physical properties of the particular reaction product. Mixed condensates containing a relatively large amount of the second component can often be separated by stirring the condensation mixture into water. In these cases, it may occur that a more soluble fraction of the mixed condensate can be separated from the aqueous mother liquor in the form of any heavily soluble salt. As the mixed condensate is water-soluble but heavily soluble in organic solvents, it is often possible to separate the product by diluting the reaction mixture with an organic solvent, e.g. a lower alcohol or a lower heton. . .

En fordel ved mange af de kondensater, der fremstilles ifølge opfindelsen, hænger sammen med, at de let kan separeres i form af salte, der ikke indeholder komplexdannende metalsalte. Mange kondensater danner f.eks. sulfater, chlorider og bromider, der er tungtopløselige i vand, og som kan bundfældes fra vandige opløsninger af kondensationsblandingerne ved tilsætning af de tilsvarende syrer eller salte deraf, der er opløselige i vand.An advantage of many of the condensates prepared according to the invention is that they can be easily separated in the form of salts that do not contain complex-forming metal salts. Many condensates form e.g. sulphates, chlorides and bromides which are heavily soluble in water and which can be precipitated from aqueous solutions of the condensation mixtures by the addition of the corresponding acids or salts thereof which are soluble in water.

I de følgende eksempler er der beskrevet nogle separationsprocesser.In the following examples, some separation processes are described.

De lysfølsomme kondensationsprodukter anvendes fortrinsvis i form • af diazoniumsalte. De kan også på kendt måde omdannes fra denne form til lysfølsomme azider, diazoaminoforbindelser, diazosulfo-nater og lignende, og kan i denne form anvendes som bestanddele af reproduktionsmaterialer· 21 143621The photosensitive condensation products are preferably used in the form of diazonium salts. They can also be converted from this form into photosensitive azides, diazoamino compounds, diazosulfonates and the like in a known manner, and can be used in this form as constituents of reproduction materials.

Passende bestanddele A-NgX og B-^ til fremstilling af kondensationsprodukterne ved fremgangsmåden ifølge opfindelsen er principielt alle forbindelser, der er i stand til at kondensere i et surt medium, og hvis basiske struktur ikke dekomponeres under kondensationsbetingelseme.Suitable constituents A-NgX and B- for preparing the condensation products of the process of the invention are in principle all compounds capable of condensing in an acidic medium and whose basic structure is not decomposed under the condensing conditions.

Som regel er alle bestanddele i stand til at kondensere i et surt medium ved fremgangsmåden ifølge opfindelsen, og den basiske struktur deraf er i stand til reaktion med formaldehyd i et sådant kondensationsmedium.As a rule, all components are capable of condensing in an acidic medium by the process of the invention, and the basic structure thereof is capable of reacting with formaldehyde in such a condensation medium.

Grupper, der påvirker kondenserbarheden af forbindelserne A-NgX og EH^ (der er den basiske struktur, fra hvilken er afledet), er følgende: (1) Arylradikaler og heterocykliske radikaler, der har nueleære positioner, der i stand til at kondensere. Man foretrækker radikaler, i hvilke disse nueleære positioner er aktiveret. Denne aktivering kan f.eks. gennemføres ved annnelering med yderligere aromatiske ringe eller ved substitution med sådanne grupper som -OH, -0-alkyl, -0-aryl, -SH, -S-alkyl, -S-aryl, -alkyl, -aiyl, -amino, -alkylamino,'-dialkylamino, -arylamino og -diarylamino.Groups affecting the condensability of the compounds A-NgX and EH ^ (which is the basic structure from which it is derived) are as follows: (1) Aryl radicals and heterocyclic radicals having nuclear positions capable of condensation. Radicals in which these nuclear positions are activated are preferred. This activation can e.g. is carried out by annealing with additional aromatic rings or by substitution with groups such as -OH, -O-alkyl, -O-aryl, -SH, -S-alkyl, -S-aryl, -alkyl, -aiyl, -amino, - alkylamino, - dialkylamino, -arylamino and -diarylamino.

Udover disse aktiverende substituenter kan de kondenserbare aromatiske eller heterocykliske radikaler også indeholde kondenBations-inhiberende grupper, f.eks. nitro- eller sulfonsyregrupper, hvis den aktivering, der hidrører fra andre grupper, kun reduceres, men ikke elimineres.In addition to these activating substituents, the condensable aromatic or heterocyclic radicals may also contain the condensation Bation inhibiting groups, e.g. nitro or sulfonic acid groups if the activation resulting from other groups is only reduced but not eliminated.

(2) Radikaler, der i sig selv er i stand til at kondensere, og som kan bindes direkte til iso- eller heterocykliske radikaler eller til alifatiske radikaler, eller som om ønsket kan bindes direkte til hinanden. Sådanne radikaler er grupper, såsom carboxylsyre-amid, sulfonsyreamid, U-alkylsulfonsyreamid, N-arylsulfonsyre-amid, nitril, urinstof, thiourinstof, urethan, ureido, thioureido, glyoxaldiurein, imidazolon, guanidin, dicyanodiamid og arainogrup-per, der er direkte knyttet til aromatiske ringe.(2) Radicals which are themselves capable of condensation and which can be directly bonded to iso- or heterocyclic radicals or to aliphatic radicals or which, if desired, can be directly bonded to each other. Such radicals are groups such as carboxylic acid amide, sulfonic acid amide, U-alkylsulfonic acid amide, N-arylsulfonic acid amide, nitrile, urea, thiourea, urethane, ureido, thioureido, glyoxal diureine, imidazolone, guanidine, dicyanodiamide, dicyanodiamide, dicyanodiamide, for aromatic rings.

De følgende forbindelsestyper eller individuelle forbindelser illustrerer forbindelserne med den almene formel A-^X og B-^, der an- 22 143821 vendes til fremstilling af diazokondensationsprodukterne ved fremgangsmåden ifølge opfindelsen.The following compound types or individual compounds illustrate the compounds of general formula A-X and B-2 used to prepare the diazocondensation products of the process of the invention.

Diazoniumforbindelser A-NgXDiazonium Compounds A-NgX

Den tilgrundliggende ide er, at en benzenkerne, der bærer diazo-gruppen, deaktiveres i en sådan udstrækning, at kondensation i nucleære positioner i denne ring ikke længere er mulig under mindre extreme betingelser, med blot få undtagelser (f.eks. 4-diazophenol), der ikke er angivet her.The underlying idea is that a benzene core carrying the diazo group is deactivated to such an extent that condensation at nuclear positions in this ring is no longer possible under less extreme conditions, with just a few exceptions (e.g., 4-diazophenol ) not listed here.

De diazoniumforbindelser, der skal anvendes ved fremgangsmåden ifølge opfindelsen, indeholder således i radikalet A, udover den aromatiske iso- eller heterocykliske kerne, der bærer diazogruppen, i det mindste en aromatisk iso- og/eller heterocyklisk ring, der i det mindste har en kondenserbar, nucleær position og/eller substituenter af den ovenfor angivne type 2, der i sig selv er i stand til at kondensere.Thus, the diazonium compounds to be used in the process of the invention contain in radical A, in addition to the aromatic iso- or heterocyclic nucleus bearing the diazo group, at least one aromatic iso- and / or heterocyclic ring having at least one condensable , nuclear position and / or substituents of the above type 2 which are capable of condensing themselves.

En vigtig gruppe diazoniumforbindelser, der især er velegnet til omdannelse til kondensationsprodukteme' fremstillet ved fremgangsmåden ifølge opfindelsen, har en struktur svarende til den almene formel (R1 - R3 -)pR2 - N2X, hvor p er et helt tal fra 1 til 3, fortrinsvis 1, hvor X er anionen af diazoniumsaltet; X kan dog også udgøres af en sur substituent i molekylet, og hvor R^ er en aromatisk iso- eller aromatisk heterooyklisk gruppe, der om ønsket kan være substitueret, som har i det mindste en position, der kan kondenseres, og som fortrinsvis er en phenyl-gruppe, der om ønsket er substitueret.An important group of diazonium compounds particularly suitable for conversion to the condensation products prepared by the process of the invention has a structure similar to the general formula (R1 - R3 -) pR2 - N2X, where p is an integer from 1 to 3, preferably 1, wherein X is the anion of the diazonium salt; However, X may also be an acidic substituent in the molecule, and wherein R 1 is an aromatic iso or aromatic heterocyclic group which may be substituted, if desired, having at least a condensable position and preferably a phenyl group which is substituted if desired.

Foretrukne substituenter er de, der forøger reaktiviteten af kernen hvad angår kondensation, f.eks. alkyl-, alkoxy-, alkylmer-capto-, aryloxy-, arylmercapto-, hydroxy-, raercapto-, amino- og anilino-grupper.Preferred substituents are those which increase the reactivity of the core in terms of condensation, e.g. alkyl, alkoxy, alkylmercapto, aryloxy, arylmercapto, hydroxy, raercapto, amino and anilino groups.

23 US$21 R2 er en aromatisk ring af benzenserien, der udover diazogruppen kan bære andre substituenter.23 US $ 21 R2 is an aromatic ring of the benzene series which, in addition to the diazo group, can carry other substituents.

R^ er et forbindelsesled mellem ringene R^ og Rg* f.eks. af følgende typer, hvorved radikalet R1 altid skal betragtes som liggende på venstre side og gruppen Rg på højre side, hvis ikke er symmetrisk:R ^ is a link between the rings R ^ and Rg * e.g. of the following types, whereby the radical R1 should always be considered as lying on the left and the group Rg on the right, if not symmetrical:

Simple homopolare bindinger -(CH2)^ - NR^- (q er et tal fra 0 til 5» R4 er H, eller alkyl med 1 til 5 carbonatomer, eller aralkyl med 7 til 12 carbonatomer eller aryl med 6 til 12 carbonatomer) -(CH2)q-NR^-(CH2)r-NR^- (r er et tal fra 2 til 5, er H eller alkyl med 1 til 5 carbonatomer) -0-(σΗ2)Γ-ΗΕφ- -S-(CH2)r-NR4- -O-Rg-O- (Rg er arylen med 6 til 12 carbonatomer) -0- -S- -CO-NR,- 4 -so2-nr4-Simple homopolar bonds - (CH 2) + - NR 2 - (q is a number from 0 to 5 »R 4 is H, or alkyl of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or aralkyl of 7 to 12 carbon atoms or aryl of 6 to 12 carbon atoms) - (CH 2) q-NR 2 - (CH 2) r-NR 2 - (r is a number from 2 to 5, is H or alkyl of 1 to 5 carbon atoms) -0- (σΗ2) Γ-ΗΕφ- -S- ( CH2) r-NR4- -O-Rg-O- (Rg is the aryl of 6 to 12 carbon atoms) -O- -S- -CO-NR, - 4 -so2-nr4-

Eksempler på forbindelser med formlen (R1 - R^ -)p B2-H2X er 2,3',5-trimethoxy-diphenyl-4-diazoniumchlorid 2,4',5-triethoxy-diphenyl-4-diazoniumchlorid 4-[3-(3-methoxy-phenyl)-propylamino]-benzendiazoniumsulfat 4-[N-ethyl-N-(4-methoxy-benzyl)-amino]-benzendiazoniumchlorid 4-[N-naphthyl— (2)-methyl)-N-n-propyl-amino]-benzendiaz oniumsulfat 143621 24 4-[H-(3-phenoxy-propyl)-N-methyl-amino]-2,5-dimethoxybenzendiazoni-’ umtetrafluoroborat 4_[Ν_(3_phenylmercapto-propyl)~N-ethyl-amino]-2-chloro-5-methoxy--benzendiazoniumchlorid 4_[4_(3-methyl-phenoxy)-phenoxy]-2,5-dimethoxy-benzendiazonium-ehlorid 4_(4_methoxy~phenylmercapto)-2,5-diethoxy-benzendiazoniumchlorid 4-(3,5-dimethoxy-benzoylamino)-2,5-diethoxy-benzendiazoniumhexa-fluorophosphat earbazol-3-diazoniumchlorid 3-'-methoxy-diphenylenoxid-2-diazoniumchlorid diphenylamin-4-diazoniumsul£at 2,5-diethoxy-4-phenoxy-benzen-diazoniumchlorid.Examples of compounds of formula (R 1 - R 2 -) p B2-H2 X are 2,3 ', 5-trimethoxy-diphenyl-4-diazonium chloride 2,4', 5-triethoxy-diphenyl-4-diazonium chloride 4- [3- (3-methoxy-phenyl) -propylamino] -benzenediazonium sulfate 4- [N-ethyl-N- (4-methoxy-benzyl) -amino] -benzenediazonium chloride 4- [N-naphthyl- (2) -methyl) -Nn-propyl -amino] -benzenediazonium sulfate 4- [H- (3-phenoxy-propyl) -N-methylamino] -2,5-dimethoxybenzenediazonimetetrafluoroborate 4_ [Ν_ (3-phenylmercapto-propyl) ~ N-ethylamino ] -2-chloro-5-methoxy-benzenediazonium chloride 4_ [4_ (3-methyl-phenoxy) -phenoxy] -2,5-dimethoxy-benzenediazonium-ehloride 4_ (4-methoxy-phenylmercapto) -2,5-diethoxy-benzenediazonium chloride 4 - (3,5-Dimethoxy-benzoylamino) -2,5-diethoxy-benzenediazonium hexafluorophosphate earbazole-3-diazonium chloride 3 -'-methoxy-diphenylene oxide-2-diazonium chloride diphenylamine-4-diazonium sulfate 2,5-diethoxy-4 phenoxy-benzene diazonium chloride.

Blandede kondensater, der er særligt velegnet til anvendelse i reproduktionslag, opnås ved anvendelsen af diazoforbindelser med den almene formel (R*i- r»5 -) r»2 - n2x, hvor p er et helt tal fra 1 til 3, fortrinsvis 1, hvor er en phenylgruppe, der enten er usubstitueret eller substitueret med en eller flere alkyl- eller alkoxygrupper, hvor R»2 er en benzenring, der udover diazoniumgruppen kan- bære en eller to identiske eller forskellige substituenter, der kan være halogenatomer, alkylgrupper med 1 til 4 carbonatomer, eller alkoxygrupper med 1 til 5 carbonatomer, og hvor R’^ er en homopo-lar binding eller en af grupperne - 0 - - S - - Hl - .Mixed condensates particularly suitable for use in reproduction layers are obtained by the use of diazo compounds of the general formula (R * i - r 5 -) r »2 - n 2x, where p is an integer from 1 to 3, preferably 1 wherein is a phenyl group which is either unsubstituted or substituted by one or more alkyl or alkoxy groups, wherein R 2 is a benzene ring which, in addition to the diazonium group, can carry one or two identical or different substituents which may be halogen atoms, alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or alkoxy groups having 1 to 5 carbon atoms and wherein R 1 is a homopolar bond or one of the groups - 0 - - S - - H 1 -.

En særlig vigtig gruppe diazoforbindelser^med den almene formel •R*l - R'j - R*2 “ n2x> °g som fortrinsvis anvendes ifølge opfindelsen til fremstilling af diazokondensationsprodukterne, er saltene af diphenylamin-4-diazoniumionen og dens substitutionsprodukter, fordi disse i mange tilfælde er særligt let kondenserbare, og fordi kondensationsprodukteme frembringer særligt værdifulde reproduktionslag.A particularly important group of diazo compounds of the general formula R 1 - R 1 - R 2 2 n 2 x> 2 g preferably used in the invention for the preparation of the diazocondensation products are the salts of the diphenylamine-4-diazonium ion and its substitution products. these are in many cases particularly easily condensable and because the condensation products produce particularly valuable layers of reproduction.

143621 25 Særligt foretrukne substituenter, der kan bindes til phenylkerner-ne af diphenylamin-4-diazonium-forbindelserne, er alkyl- og alkoxygrupper med 1 til 6, fortrinsvis 1 til 2 carbonatomer. Desuden kan man anvende halogenerne og de følgende grupper: -COOfi (R er H, alkyl eller aryl) -conh2Particularly preferred substituents which can be bonded to the phenyl cores of the diphenylamine-4-diazonium compounds are alkyl and alkoxy groups having 1 to 6, preferably 1 to 2 carbon atoms. In addition, the halogens and the following groups can be used: -COOfi (R is H, alkyl or aryl) -conh2

-ON-On

-COR (R er alkyl eller aryl) -S020R (R er H, alkyl eller aryl) -FHCOR (R er alkyl eller aryl) -NHR og URR' (R og E1 er alkyl, aryl eller aralkyl).-COR (R is alkyl or aryl) -SO20R (R is H, alkyl or aryl) -FHCOR (R is alkyl or aryl) -NHR and URR '(R and E1 are alkyl, aryl or aralkyl).

Eksempler på sådanne substituenter, der kan bindes til phenylker-nerne af diphenyldiazoniumgruppen, er methyl, propyl, isobutyl, trifluoromethyl, methoxy, difluoromethoxy, ethoxy, hydroxyethoxy, ethoxyethoxy, fluor, chlor, brom, iod, ethoxycarbonyl, phenoxy-carbonyl, acetyl, methoxysulfonyl, ethoxysulfonyl, acetylamino, methylamino, ethylamino, dimethylamino, diethylamino, methylethyl-amino, phenylamino, benzylamino, methylbenzylamino og ethylben-zylamino.Examples of such substituents which can be bonded to the phenyl cores of the diphenyldiazonium group are methyl, propyl, isobutyl, trifluoromethyl, methoxy, difluoromethoxy, ethoxy, hydroxyethoxy, ethoxyethoxy, fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, ethoxycarbonyl, phenoxy carbonyl, acetyl, methoxysulfonyl, ethoxysulfonyl, acetylamino, methylamino, ethylamino, dimethylamino, diethylamino, methylethylamino, phenylamino, benzylamino, methylbenzylamino and ethylbenzylamino.

Passende diphenylamin-4-diazoniumsalte er f.eks. de diazoniumsal-te, der er afledet af følgende aminer: 4-amino-diphenylamin, 4-amino-3-methoxy-diphenylamin, 4-amino-2-methoxy-diphenylamin, 41-amino-2-methoxydiphenylamin, 4’-amino-4-methoxy-diphenylamin, 4-amino-3-methyl-diphenylamin, 4-amino-3-ethyl-diphenylamin, 4'-amino-3-methyl-diphenylamin, 4'-amino-4-methyldiphenylamin, 4-amino-3-ethoxy-diphenylamin, 4-amino-3-hexyloxy-diphenylamin, 4-amino-3-hydroxy-ethoxydiphenylamin, 4'-amino-2-methoxy-5-methyl--diphenylamin, 4-amino-3-methoxy-6-methyl-diphenylamin, 4’-amino-3, 3’ -dime thyl-diphenylamin, 3,~chloro-4-amino-diphenylamin, 4'--amino-4-n-butoxy-diphenylamin, 4'-amino-3*,4-dimethoxydiphenylamin, 4-amino-diphenylamin-2-sulfonsyre, 4-amino-diphenylamin-2-carboxylsyre, 4-amino-diphenylamin-21-carboxylsyre og 4’-brom-4-amino-diphenylamin.Suitable diphenylamine-4-diazonium salts are e.g. the diazonium salts derived from the following amines: 4-amino-diphenylamine, 4-amino-3-methoxy-diphenylamine, 4-amino-2-methoxy-diphenylamine, 41-amino-2-methoxydiphenylamine, 4'-amino -4-methoxy-diphenylamine, 4-amino-3-methyl-diphenylamine, 4-amino-3-ethyl-diphenylamine, 4'-amino-3-methyl-diphenylamine, 4'-amino-4-methyldiphenylamine, 4-amino 3-ethoxy-diphenylamine, 4-amino-3-hexoxyloxy-diphenylamine, 4-amino-3-hydroxy-ethoxydiphenylamine, 4'-amino-2-methoxy-5-methyl-diphenylamine, 4-amino-3-methoxy -6-methyl-diphenylamine, 4'-amino-3,3,3-dimethyl-diphenylamine, 3'-chloro-4-amino-diphenylamine, 4 '- amino-4-n-butoxy-diphenylamine, 4'- amino-3 *, 4-dimethoxydiphenylamine, 4-amino-diphenylamine-2-sulfonic acid, 4-amino-diphenylamine-2-carboxylic acid, 4-amino-diphenylamine-21-carboxylic acid and 4'-bromo-4-amino-diphenylamine.

26 14362126 143621

Ian anvender fortrinsvis 4-amino-diphenylamin og 3-methyl-4-amino-diphenylamin, og i særdeleshed anvendes 3-alkoxy-4~amino-diphenyl-aminer med 1 til 3 carbonatomer i alkoxygruppen, især 3-methoxy- 4-aminodiphenylamin.Ian preferably uses 4-amino-diphenylamine and 3-methyl-4-amino-diphenylamine, and in particular, 3-alkoxy-4-amino-diphenylamines with 1 to 3 carbon atoms are used in the alkoxy group, especially 3-methoxy-4-aminodiphenylamine. .

Diazoniumforbindelser A-N2X, der kan anvendes ved kondensationsreaktionen ifølge opfindelsen, kan også være homokondensations-produkter af de ønskede diazoforbindelser med aktive carbonyl-forbindelser, d.v.s. f.eks. relativt lavmolekylære typer af de kendte diazo-resiner, der kan betragtes som større molekyler, der er i stand til at undergå yderligere kondensation, og som har adskillige . diazogrupper.Diazonium compounds A-N2X which can be used in the condensation reaction according to the invention can also be homocondensation products of the desired diazo compounds with active carbonyl compounds, i.e. eg. relatively low molecular types of the known diazo resins which can be considered as larger molecules capable of further condensation and having several. diazo groups.

Diazoniumforbindelserne A-N^X kan omsættes i form af ethvert opløseligt salt af en moderat stærk til stærk syre, f.eks. i form af et salt af svovlsyre, ortophosphorsyre, saltsyre, trifluored-dikesyre, methansulfonsyre og benzensulfonsyre. Man anvender fortrinsvis sulfaterne og phosphateme.The diazonium compounds A-N 2 X can be reacted in the form of any soluble salt of a moderately strong to strong acid, e.g. in the form of a salt of sulfuric acid, orthophosphoric acid, hydrochloric acid, trifluoroacetic acid, methanesulfonic acid and benzenesulfonic acid. Preferably, the sulfates and phosphates are used.

Bestanddele B1 På lignende måde er et stort antal forbindelser velegnede som bestanddel B^ ved fremstillingen af de blandede kondensater. En vigtig kategori omfatter sådanne forbindelser, der afledt af substituerede eller usubstituerede, aromatiske carbonhydrider og aromatiske, heterocykliske forbindelser, under forudsætning af, at de basiske forbindelser har nucleære positioner, der kan kondenseres i et surt medium med carbonylforbindelser, og som i overensstemmelse dermed kan optage CHRa0Rfe grupperne.Ingredients B1 Similarly, a large number of compounds are suitable as component B1 in the preparation of the mixed condensates. An important category comprises such compounds derived from substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbons and aromatic heterocyclic compounds, provided that the basic compounds have nuclear positions which can be condensed in an acidic medium with carbonyl compounds and which can accordingly record the CHRa0Rfe groups.

Et stort antal usubstituerede, aromatiske, isooykliske og heterocykliske forbindelser er således velegnet som basiske forbindelser EHm til bestanddelene f.eks. benzen, naphthalen, anthra-cen, phenanthren, pyren, inden, fluoren, acenaphthen, thiophen, furan, benzofuran, diphenylenoxid, benzothiophen, acridin, car-bazol og pheriothiazin. Disse aromatiske forbindelser kan indeholde en eller flere identiske eller forskellige substituenter. Eksempler på sådanne substituenter er: 27 143 621 -NRyRg -n(r8)2 -0R? -or8 -R8 -sr7 -sr8 hvor 7 R kan være H, -CO-¥, -CO-aryl, CO-heterocyclisk gruppe, -CO-aralkyl, -S02-¥, -S02-aryl, -SOg-aralkyl, -SOg-heterocyclisk gruppe, -CONH2, -CSNH2, -CONH-W, -CONH-aryl, -C0-0-¥, -CO-O-aryl, -CS-O-aryl, og -CS-O-W, og hvor Rq kan være H, en ¥-, aryl- eller aralkylgruppe.Thus, a large number of unsubstituted, aromatic, iso-cyclic and heterocyclic compounds are well suited as basic compounds EHm to the constituents e.g. benzene, naphthalene, anthracene, phenanthrene, pyrene, within, fluorine, acenaphthene, thiophene, furan, benzofuran, diphenylene oxide, benzothiophene, acridine, carbazole and pheriothiazine. These aromatic compounds may contain one or more identical or different substituents. Examples of such substituents are: 27 143 621 -NRyRg -n (r8) 2 -0R? -or8 -R8 -sr7 -sr8 wherein 7R may be H, -CO- ¥, -CO-aryl, CO-heterocyclic group, -CO-aralkyl, -SO2-, -SO2-aryl, -SOg-aralkyl, -SO8 heterocyclic group, -CONH2, -CSNH2, -CONH-W, -CONH-aryl, -CO-O-, -CO-O-aryl, -CS-O-aryl, and -CS-OW, and wherein R q may be H, an ω -, aryl or aralkyl group.

Betydningen af visse udtryk er som følger: ¥: en forgrenet eller uforgrenet alkylgruppe med 1 til 10 carbonatomer, der kan være substitueret, f.eks. med halogen, -alkoxy, -OH, -C00H, -C0NH2, -CN, -CO-CH^, -SO^H, eller -POjHg.The meaning of certain terms is as follows: ¥: a branched or unbranched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may be substituted, e.g. with halogen, -alkoxy, -OH, -COH, -CONH2, -CN, -CO-CH2, -SO2H, or -PO2Hg.

Aryl: en mono- eller polynucleær, aromatisk ring, der indeholder mellem 6 og 20 carbonatomer, Inklusive ¥-, alkoxy- eller aralkyl-grupper, der kan være bundet dertil. Arylkernen kan bære yderligere substituenter.Aryl: a mono- or polynuclear aromatic ring containing between 6 and 20 carbon atoms, including γ, alkoxy or aralkyl groups, which may be attached thereto. The aryl core can carry additional substituents.

Aralkyl: en gruppe, der indeholder mellem 7 og 20 carbonatomer, der omfatter ¥- og arylradikaler (svarende til ovenstående definition).Aralkyl: a group containing between 7 and 20 carbon atoms comprising ¥ and aryl radicals (similar to the above definition).

Alkoxy: en O-alkylgruppe, hvor alkyl er en forgrenet eller ikke forgrenet alkylgruppe med 1-10 carbonatomer, der kan være substitueret som ovenfor under ¥ angivet.Alkoxy: an O-alkyl group in which alkyl is a branched or unbranched alkyl group having 1-10 carbon atoms which may be substituted as above under ¥.

¥-, aryl-, aralkyl- og alkoxygrupperne kan forekomme en eller flere gange, enten alene eller sammen. W vil for nemheds skyld i det følgende betegnes alkyl. For at den del, der udgøres af disse substituenter, ikke skal overskride molekylvægten af B^, er andelen af de fire ovenfor angivne substituenter begrænset i forbindelsen EHm hvad angår molekylets struktur, idet den primært foreliggende aromatiske iso- eller heterocykliske ring 28 143621 eller det kondenserede ringsystem kim skal substitueres i en sådan udstrækning, at molekylet af denne forbindelse i tilfælde af substitution kun vokser med maksimalt 10 carbonatomer, når der substitueres med alkyl- grupper maksimalt 20 carbonatomer, når der substitueres med aryl- grupper maksimalt 20 carbonatomer* når der substitueres med arylkyl- grupper, og maksimalt 10 carbonatomer* når der substitueres med alkoxy- grupper.The ¥, aryl, aralkyl and alkoxy groups may occur one or more times, either alone or together. W for convenience is hereinafter referred to as alkyl. In order that the portion constituted by these substituents should not exceed the molecular weight of B 1, the proportion of the four substituents listed above is limited in the compound EHm with respect to the structure of the molecule, the primary aromatic iso- or heterocyclic ring 28 present or the condensed ring system germs must be substituted to such an extent that, in the case of substitution, the molecule of this compound only grows by a maximum of 10 carbon atoms when substituted by alkyl groups maximum of 20 carbon atoms when substituted by aryl groups a maximum of 20 carbon atoms * when is substituted by arylkyl groups and a maximum of 10 carbon atoms * when substituted by alkoxy groups.

Den totale forøgelse af carbonatomer under anvendelse af disse fire typer af substituenter tilsammen bør ikke overskride 30 carbonatomer i forhold til den oprindelige,· aromatiske kerne.The total increase of carbon atoms using these four types of substituents together should not exceed 30 carbon atoms relative to the original aromatic nucleus.

Heraf følger, at substituenter med længere kæder, d.v.s. sådanne, som har et relativt stort antal carbonatomer, forekommer mindre hyppigt end sådanne, der har få carbonatomer. I almindelighed foretrækkes de kortkædede alkyl- og alkoxygrupper og de mindre aromatiske radikaler i aryl- og aralkylgrupper (op til 12 carbonatomer), fordi de tilsvarende forbindelser er lettere opløselige i kondensationsmedierne, således at kondensationen kan gennemføres lettere. Begrænsning af substitutionen, som beskrevet i det foregående, har samme grund.It follows that substituents with longer chains, i.e. those having a relatively large number of carbon atoms occur less frequently than those having few carbon atoms. In general, the short-chain alkyl and alkoxy groups and the less aromatic radicals in aryl and aralkyl groups (up to 12 carbon atoms) are preferred because the corresponding compounds are more easily soluble in the condensation media, so that the condensation can be accomplished more easily. Limiting the substitution, as described above, has the same reason.

De kondenserbare iso- eller heterocykliske, aromatiske ringe kan også have substituenter, der udøver en deaktiverende virkning på kernerne, f.eks. OgN-, H00C-, DC-, HO^S- og ELjO^P-, under forudsætning af, at kondenserbarheden ikke elimineres derved. Dette vil især være tilfældet, når ringen som sådan er let kondenserbar eller ' når den bærer substituenter, der har en betydeligt aktiverende virk 29 143321 ning. En anden mulighed for at indføre deaktlverende substituenter uden at reducere kondenserbarheden af ringen er at placere substi-tuenteme i sidekæder, f.eks. alifatiske sidekæder.The condensable iso- or heterocyclic aromatic rings may also have substituents which exert a deactivating effect on the nuclei, e.g. OgN, H00C, DC, HO ^ S and ELjO ^ P-, provided that the condensability is not thereby eliminated. This will be especially the case when the ring as such is readily condensable or when it carries substituents having a significant activating action. Another possibility of introducing deactivating substituents without reducing the condensability of the ring is to place the substituents in side chains, e.g. aliphatic side chains.

Substituenter, der deaktiverer den nucleære kondensation, kan også være til stede i sådanne tilfælde, hvor reaktiviteten af den kondenserbare kerne ikke er nødvendig, fordi kernen har substituenter, ved hvilke kondensation kan finde sted. Sådanne substituenter er blevet anført i det foregående, f.eks. grupperne -CO-]rø2, -S02liH2 og -SOgNH-alkyl.Substituents that deactivate the nuclear condensation may also be present in such cases where the reactivity of the condensable core is not necessary because the core has substituents at which condensation can take place. Such substituents have been listed above, e.g. the groups -CO-] ro2, -SO2liH2 and -SOgNH-alkyl.

I henhold til det foregående hører de basiske forbindelser EHm eller bestanddelene , der er afledet derfra, f.eks. til følgende stofgrupper: aromatiske forbindelser (iso- og heterocykliske), usubstituerede eller substituerede aromatiske aminer phenoler og thiophenoler phenolethere og thiophenolethere urinstof, thiourinstof, carboxylsyreamider (alifatiske og aromatiske), og sulfonsyreamider (alifatiske og aromatiske).According to the foregoing, the basic compounds EHm or the constituents derived therefrom, e.g. to the following substance groups: aromatic compounds (iso- and heterocyclic), unsubstituted or substituted aromatic amines phenols and thiophenols phenol ethers and thiophenol ethers urea, thiourea, carboxylic acid amides (aliphatic and aromatic), and sulfonic acid aromatic (aliphatic and aliphatic)

Eksempler på individuelle repræsentanter er anført i det følgende.Examples of individual representatives are given below.

Der anvendes fortrinsvis opløselige typer af de nye diazokondensa-tionsprodukter. Udover en tilsvarende selektion af bestanddelene A-NgX og B^ i afhængighed af deres egenskaber og forholdstal anvendes der fortrinsvis yderligere med henblik på at fremme dannelsen af opløselige kondensationsprodukter bestanddele B^, hvis basiske strukturer EH^ har molekylvægte (aminer betragtes som frie aminer, ikke i form af salte; syregrupper betragtes i H-formen) under 500, fortrinsvis under 250. I tilfælde af aromatiske forbindelser foretrækker man de forbindelser blandt disse, som ikke indeholder mere end 4, fortrinsvis 1 til 2, især 2, aromatiske, enkelte ringe (an-nelleret og/eller bundet via homopolymare bindinger og/eller via intermediære grupper).Soluble types of the novel diazocondensation products are preferably used. In addition to a corresponding selection of constituents A-NgX and B 2, depending on their properties and ratios, preference is further used to promote the formation of soluble condensation products constituents B 2, whose basic structures EH 2 have molecular weights (amines are considered free amines, not in the form of salts; acid groups are considered in the H-form) below 500, preferably below 250. In the case of aromatic compounds, those compounds which do not contain more than 4, preferably 1 to 2, especially 2, aromatic, single, are preferred. rings (annealed and / or bound via homopolymeric bonds and / or via intermediate groups).

30 14362130 143621

Anvendelsen af forbindelserne B^ i det mere lavmolekylære område er også fordelagtig af den grund, at de ofte er lettere opløselige i kondensationsmediet og således kan reagere lettere.The use of the compounds B 2 in the more low molecular region is also advantageous because they are often more easily soluble in the condensation medium and thus can react more readily.

Blandt de angivne kategorier af forbindelser, hvoraf forbindelserne B^ afledes, foretrækker man sædvanligvis de, der er uhydrolyser-bare eller km vanskeligt hydrolyserbare under sure kondensationsbetingelser. Det samme gælder diazoforbindelserne A-NgX.Of the indicated categories of compounds from which the compounds B 1 are derived, those which are unhydrolysable or difficult to hydrolyzable under acidic condensation conditions are usually preferred. The same applies to the diazo compounds A-NgX.

Af denne grund er de basiske forbindelser til bestanddelene, der hører til kategorien af de aromatiske iso- og heterocykliske forbindelser, fordelagtige, som er usubstituerede eller hvilke som substituenter bærer grupperne alkyl, aralkyl, aryl, alkoxy, alkylmercapto, aryloxy, arylmercapto, OH, SH og amino, om ønsket udover uhydrolyserbare, deaktiverende substituenter, f.eks. COOH. Blandt disse forbindelser er de aromatiske iso- og heterocykliske forbindelser særligt foretrukne, som er usubstituerede og/eller hvilke.' sortt 'substituenter indeholder et eller flere af radikalerne alkyl, aralkyl, aryl, alkoxy, alkylmercapto, arylmercapto og aryloxy, især når der ønskes kondensater, der ikke skal indeholde andre saltdannende grupper end diazogruppen.For this reason, the basic compounds of the constituents belonging to the category of the aromatic iso and heterocyclic compounds are advantageous which are unsubstituted or which as substituents carry the groups alkyl, aralkyl, aryl, alkoxy, alkylmercapto, aryloxy, arylmercapto, OH, SH and amino, if desired, in addition to unhydrolyzable, deactivating substituents, e.g. COOH. Among these compounds, the aromatic iso and heterocyclic compounds are particularly preferred which are unsubstituted and / or which. black substituents contain one or more of the radicals alkyl, aralkyl, aryl, alkoxy, alkylmercapto, arylmercapto and aryloxy, especially when condensates which do not contain salt-forming groups other than the diazo group are desired.

Eksempler på særligt velegnede typer af forbindelser B^ er sådanne, der er afledet af diphenylether, diphenylsulfid, diphenylme-than og biphenyl, der kan indeholde en eller to substituenter, der er udvalgt fra den gruppe, som omfatter halogenatomer, alkyl-grupper og alkoxygrupper, men som dog fortrinsvis er usubstitue-ret.Examples of particularly suitable types of compounds B 1 are those derived from diphenyl ether, diphenyl sulfide, diphenyl methane and biphenyl which may contain one or two substituents selected from the group comprising halogen atoms, alkyl groups and alkoxy groups. but which is, however, preferably unsubstituted.

Hvis disse forbindelser er kondenseret med diphenylamin-4-diazo-niumsalte, der er usubstitueret eller substitueret med en lavere alkylgruppe eller en lavere alkoxygruppe, der indeholder op til 3 carbonatomer, fremkommer der blandede kondensater under forløbet af en meget glat reaktion, hvilke let kan bundfældes, og som fremkommer i godt udbytte i fonn af salte af saltsyre, brombrinte-syre eller passende sulfonsyrer, der er anført i det følgende, især når bestanddelene B1 anvendes i en mængde på mellem 0,5 og 2 mol pr. mol diazoforbindelse.If these compounds are condensed with diphenylamine-4-diazonium salts which are unsubstituted or substituted by a lower alkyl group or a lower alkoxy group containing up to 3 carbon atoms, mixed condensates appear during the course of a very smooth reaction which can easily are precipitated and obtained in good yield in the form of salts of hydrochloric acid, hydrochloric acid or suitable sulfonic acids listed below, especially when constituents B1 are used in an amount of between 0.5 and 2 moles per liter. mole of diazo compound.

31 14362131 143621

De nye kondensationsprodukter fremstillet ved fremgangsmåden Ifølge opfindelsen indeholder gennemsnitligt mellem 0,1 og 50 mol, fortrinsvis mellem 0,1 og 20 mol, enheder af bestanddelen pr. mol enheder af bestanddelen A-N2X. Et særligt foretrukket interval ligger mellem 0,2 og 2 mol pr. mol A-N2X. Anvendelsen af kondensaterne kan gennemføres på forskellige måder. I visse tilfælde kan de nye kondensationsprodukter anvendes i form af rå kondensater, d.v.s. uden at separere kondensationsmediet. Dette er især muligt, når mængden af kondensationsmedium pr. mol diazoforbindel-se kan holdes på en lille værdi.The new condensation products prepared by the process of the invention contain, on average, between 0.1 and 50 moles, preferably between 0.1 and 20 moles, units of the component mole units of component A-N2X. A particularly preferred range is between 0.2 and 2 moles per day. mol A-N2X. The use of the condensates can be carried out in various ways. In some cases, the new condensation products may be used in the form of raw condensates, i.e. without separating the condensation medium. This is especially possible when the amount of condensation medium moles of diazo compound can be kept at a small value.

De nye kondensationsprodukter separeres sædvanligvis i form af et vilkårligt salt, og de anvendes i denne form - efter tilsætning af et vilkårligt ønsket yderligere additiv til laget - til fremstilling af reproduktionsmaterialet.The new condensation products are usually separated in the form of any salt, and they are used in this form - after the addition of any desired additional additive to the layer - to prepare the reproduction material.

Diazo-kondensationsprodukterne kan separeres som salte af følgende syrer og kan derpå anvendes: hydrohalogensyrer, såsom hydrogen fluorid, saltsyre og hydrogenbromid; svovlsyre; salpetersyre, phosphorsyre (pentavalent phosphor), især orthophosphorsyre; uorganiske iso- og heteropolysyrer, f.eks. phosphorwolframsyre, phosphormolybdænsyre; alifatiske eller aromatiske phosphonsyrer eller deres semiestere; arsonsyrer; phosphinsyrer; trifluoroed-dikesyre; amidosulfonsyre; selensyre; fluorborsyre, hexafluoro-phosphorsyre og perchloridsyre; yderligere alifatiske og aromatiske sulfonsyrer, f.eks. methansulfonsyre, benzensulfonsyre, toluensulfonsyre, mesitylensulfonsyre, p-chlorbenzensulfonsyre, 2,5-dichlorbenzensulfonsyre, sulfosalicylsyre, naphthalen-1-sulfon-syre, naphthalen-2-sulfonsyre, 2,6-di-tertr-butyl-naphtalensulfonsyre, 2,6-di-tert.-buty1-naphthalendisulfonsyre, 1,8-dinitronaphtha-len-3,6-disulfonsyre, 4,4f-diazidostilben-3,3'-disulfonsyre, 2-diazo- 1- naphtho1-4-sialfonsyre, 2-diazo-l-naphthol-5-sulfonsyre og 1-diazo- 2- naphtho1-4-sulfonsyre. Andre organiske sulfonsyrer, der er veleg-met til separation af kondensaterne, er anført i spalte 2 til 5 i U.S.A. patent nr. 3.219.447.The diazo condensation products can be separated as salts by the following acids and can then be used: hydrohalogenic acids such as hydrogen fluoride, hydrochloric acid and hydrogen bromide; sulfuric acid; nitric acid, phosphoric acid (pentavalent phosphorus), especially orthophosphoric acid; inorganic iso and heteropoly acids, e.g. phosphorus tungsten acid, phosphorus molybdic acid; aliphatic or aromatic phosphonic acids or their semisters; arsonsyrer; phosphinic acids; trifluoroed-acetic acid; sulfamic acid; selenic acid; fluoroboric acid, hexafluoro-phosphoric acid and perchloric acid; additional aliphatic and aromatic sulfonic acids, e.g. methanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, toluenesulfonic acid, mesitylene sulfonic acid, p-chlorobenzenesulfonic acid, 2,5-dichlorobenzenesulfonic acid, sulfosalicylic acid, naphthalene-1-sulfonic acid, naphthalene-2-sulfonic acid, 2,6-di-tert-butyl-naphthalic acid di-tert.-butyl-naphthalene disulfonic acid, 1,8-dinitronaphthalen-3,6-disulfonic acid, 4,4f-diazidostilben-3,3'-disulfonic acid, 2-diazo-1-naphtho1-4-sialphonic acid, 2- diazo-1-naphthol-5-sulfonic acid and 1-diazo-2-naphtho-4-sulfonic acid. Other organic sulfonic acids suitable for separating the condensates are listed in columns 2 to 5 of U.S.A. Patent No. 3,219,447.

De nye diazokondensationsprodukter kan også separeres i form af dobbeltsaltene med metalhalogenider eller -pseudohalogenider, f.eks. af metallerne zink, cadmium, cobalt, tin og jern, eller 32 143621 som reaktionsprodukterne med natriumtetraphenylborat eller med 2-nitroindandion-(1,3), og derpå anvendes på kendt måde.The new diazocondensation products can also be separated in the form of the double salts with metal halides or pseudohalides, e.g. of the metals zinc, cadmium, cobalt, tin and iron, or as the reaction products with sodium tetraphenylborate or with 2-nitroindanedione- (1,3) and then used in known manner.

Ved påvirkning af natriumsulfit, natriumazid eller aminer kan de også omdannes til de tilsvarende diazosulfonater, azider eller diazoaminoforbindelser og anvendes i denne form, som kendt i forbindelse med diazoharpikser.Under the influence of sodium sulfite, sodium azide or amines, they can also be converted to the corresponding diazosulfonates, azides or diazoamino compounds and used in this form, as known in the context of diazo resins.

Følgende fordele ved de nye diazokondensationsprodukter har været angivet før: (a) Mindre penetration af diazoforbindelsen i underlag, der favoriserer dette fænomen, f.eks. overfladisk hydrolyseret cellulose-acetatfilm. Resultatet er, at billedarealerne har udmærkede oleofile egenskaber efter eksponering for lys.The following advantages of the new diazocondensation products have been stated before: (a) Less penetration of the diazo compound in substrates favoring this phenomenon, e.g. superficially hydrolyzed cellulose acetate film. The result is that the image areas have excellent oleophilic properties after exposure to light.

(b) Mindre følsomhed af reproduktionslagene over for fingeraftryk.(b) Less sensitivity of the reproductive layers to fingerprints.

Begge fordele bliver i almindelighed mere og mere mærkbare med voksende mængde af den inkorporerede bestanddel. Mens fordelen bliver generelt tydelig i tilfælde (a) med kondensater, der indeholder så lidt som 0,1 mol B1 pr. mol A-N2X, opnås den.ønskede virkning i tilfælde (b) først fra ca. 0,5 mol, og i nogle tilfælde først, når disse bestanddele inkorporeres i større omfang.Both advantages generally become more and more noticeable with increasing amount of the incorporated ingredient. While the advantage becomes generally apparent in case (a) with condensates containing as little as 0.1 mole of B mole of A-N2X, the desired effect in case (b) is obtained first from ca. 0.5 mol, and in some cases only when these components are incorporated to a greater extent.

Anvendelsen af de nye kondensationsprodukter har andre fordele udover de, der er angivet i det foregående. Sammenlignet med de kendte diazo-resiner kan man iagttage en forbedret effektivitet af lysfølsomheden af de reproduktionslag, der fremstilles med de nye kondensationsprodukter, d.v.s. at man kan klare sig med kortere exponeringstider, når man anvender den samme lyskilde.The use of the new condensation products has other advantages in addition to those stated above. Compared to the known diazo resins, an improved efficiency of the photosensitivity of the reproductive layers produced with the new condensation products, i.e. that you can cope with shorter exposure times when using the same light source.

Denne virkning vokser i almindelighed også med voksende indhold af B.| og varierer i afhængighed af den valgte type af bestandde-len B.j. Virkningen er sædvanligvis mere tydelig, jo højere molekylvægten af bestanddelen B^ er. Sædvanligvis vil en tilvækst af bestanddelene omfattende en anden aromatisk ring have en større virkning end den samme tilvækst af molekylvægten fremkommet ved indføring af andre grupper.This effect generally increases with increasing content of B. | and varies depending on the type of component B.j. The effect is usually more apparent the higher the molecular weight of the component B Usually, the addition of the constituents comprising a second aromatic ring will have a greater effect than the same increase in the molecular weight obtained by introducing other groups.

Med et voksende indhold af en passende sekundær bestanddel B^ 33 143621 bliver harpikskarakteren af de blandede kondensater mere og mere udtalt, mens saltkarakteren svækkes med aftagende indhold af diazoniumsaltgrupperne i kondensatmolekylet. Som følge deraf er sådanne blandede kondensater mere forligelige med polymerisa-ter, der ikke indeholder ioniserbare grupper.With a growing content of a suitable secondary component B ^ 33, the resin character of the mixed condensates becomes more and more pronounced while the salt character is weakened with decreasing content of the diazonium salt groups in the condensate molecule. As a result, such mixed condensates are more compatible with polymerizers that do not contain ionizable groups.

Af samme grund besidder de blandede kondensater ofte gode filmdannende egenskaber, og filmene udviser i den fuldt eksponerede tilstand en forbedret fleksibilitet og i mange tilfælde en god resistens mod forskellige ætsemidler. Det er således muligt med et antal blandede kondensater at fremstille reproduktionslag med tilfredsstillende ætseresistens uden den sædvanlige tilsætning af harpikser, hvilke lag f.eks. kan anvendes til den fotomekaniske fremstilling af halvtonegravureplader og trykte kredsløb.For the same reason, the mixed condensates often possess good film-forming properties and, in the fully exposed state, the films exhibit improved flexibility and in many cases good resistance to various etchants. Thus, it is possible with a number of mixed condensates to produce reproductive layers with satisfactory etching resistance without the usual addition of resins. can be used for the photomechanical production of halftone engraving plates and printed circuits.

Blandede kondensater, der indeholder bestanddele, som ikke er i stand til at danne salt med sure eller alkaliske ætsemidler, og som ikke har nogen tendens til hydrolytisk spaltning, d.v.s. sekundære bestanddele, der udvælges fra den kategori af stoffer, som omfatter aromatiske carbonhydrider, der enten er usubstitue-rede eller substituerede med alkyl-, alkoxy-, alkylmercapto-, aryloxy- eller arylmercaptogrupper, er særligt velegnede til dette formål.Mixed condensates containing constituents which are unable to form salt with acidic or alkaline etchants and which have no tendency to hydrolytic cleavage, i.e. secondary constituents selected from the category of substances comprising aromatic hydrocarbons which are either unsubstituted or substituted by alkyl, alkoxy, alkylmercapto, aryloxy or arylmercapto groups are particularly well suited for this purpose.

En særligt gunstig gruppe af kondensationsprodukter afledes af bestanddelene B^, der indeholder 2 benzenringe, der er sammenbundet via en brogruppe.A particularly favorable group of condensation products is derived from the constituents B 2 containing 2 benzene rings which are joined via a bridging group.

Særligt foretrukket i denne serie er de blandede kondensater hidrørende fra bestanddelene , som afledes af diphenylether, diphenylsulfid, diphenylmethan eller biphenyl med diphenylamin- 4-diazoniumsalte, især 3-alkoxydiphenylamin-4-diazoniumsalte.Particularly preferred in this series are the mixed condensates derived from the constituents derived from diphenyl ether, diphenyl sulfide, diphenylmethane or biphenyl with diphenylamine-4-diazonium salts, especially 3-alkoxydiphenylamine-4-diazonium salts.

Disse kondensater har stor lyssensibilitety og de, der er fremstillet ud fra 3-alkoxy-diphenylamin-4-diazoniumsalte, har samtidigt en overraskende høj lagerstabilitet. De tilsvarende kondensationsprodukter kan fremstilles særligt let og under moderate betingelser. Diphenyletherderivater af typen B^, som er velegnet til fremstilling af kondensationsprodukterne, er kommercielt rekvirerbare.These condensates have high light sensitivity and those prepared from 3-alkoxy-diphenylamine-4-diazonium salts also have surprisingly high storage stability. The corresponding condensation products can be prepared particularly easily and under moderate conditions. Diphenyl ether derivatives of type B, which are suitable for the preparation of the condensation products, are commercially available.

34 143621 I modsætning til de kendte diazoharpikser kan de nye kondensations-produkter i mange tilfælde separeres meget let fra en vandig opløsning ved tilsætning af saltsyre eller en opløsning af almindelige salte i form af chloriderne eller analogt som bromider.In contrast to the known diazo resins, the new condensation products can in many cases be very readily separated from an aqueous solution by the addition of hydrochloric acid or a solution of common salts in the form of the chlorides or analogously as bromides.

Af denne grund kan et antal af de nye kondensationsprodukter med fordel anvendes i de tilfælde, hvor halogeniderne af de kendte diazoresiner, der kun kan separeres på en besværlig måde, fortrinsvis har været anvendt, f.eks. til fremstilling af skærmtrykke-forme. Chlorideme kan yderligere let omdannes til saltene af syrer med lav flygtighed, f.eks, til orthophosphaterne, der naturligvis også kan fremstilles direkte, f.eks. ved kondensation af diazoniumphosphaterne i phosphorsyre.For this reason, a number of the new condensation products can advantageously be used in cases where the halides of the known diazoresins which can only be separated in a cumbersome manner have preferably been used, e.g. for making screen printing molds. The chlorides can further be readily converted to the salts of low volatile acids, for example, to the orthophosphates, which can of course also be prepared directly, e.g. by condensation of the diazonium phosphates in phosphoric acid.

En særlig gruppe af de nye kondensationsprodukter har særlige fordele hvad angår syreresistensen af de exponerede produkter og deres adhæsion til metalliske understøtninger, der anvendes til pianografiske trykkeplader. Disse er de kondensationsprodukter, der bærer phosphonsyregrupper. De exponerede produkter af disse kondensater har gode adhærerende egenskaber på aluminiumfolier, der er gjort ru udelukkende med metalbørster, f.eks. uden at folierne er forsynet med et af de kendte kemiske, adhærerende lag, og selv i de tilfælde, at produkterne anvendes i form af zinkchlorid-dobbeltsalte.A particular group of the new condensation products has particular advantages in terms of the acid resistance of the exposed products and their adhesion to metallic supports used for pianographic printing plates. These are the condensation products that carry phosphonic acid groups. The exposed products of these condensates have good adhesive properties on aluminum foils which are roughened exclusively with metal brushes, e.g. without the films being provided with one of the known chemical adhesive layers, and even in the case where the products are used in the form of double zinc chloride salts.

En anden speciel gruppe af blandede kondensater har specielle fordele, især i forbindelse med'hærdningen af hydrofile kolloider. Blandede kondensater, der hører hertil, er blandede kondensater af diphenylamin-4-diazoniumsalte og urinstof eller lignende forbindelser. Kolloidlag, der er hærdet med disse kondensater under lysets påvirkning, har bedre hydrofile egenskaber efter hærdning end de, der er sensibiliseret med de hidtil kendte diazoharpikser. Denne virkning er vigtig til fremstilling af trykkeforme, som beskrevet f.eks. i TJ.S.A. patent nr. 3.085.008.Another special group of mixed condensates has special advantages, especially in the curing of hydrophilic colloids. Mixed condensates include mixed condensates of diphenylamine-4-diazonium salts and urea or similar compounds. Colloid layers cured with these condensates under the influence of light have better hydrophilic properties after curing than those sensitized with the known diazo resins. This effect is important for producing printing molds, as described e.g. in TJ.S.A. Patent No. 3,085,008.

•Det bør også bemærkes, at blandede kondensater, der er fremstillet ud fra diazoniumsalte og et overskud af phenoler, er i stand til at frembringe positive kopier ved fremkaldelse med en vandig, alkalisk væske (om ønsket ved tilsætning af en lille mængde opløsningsmiddel) .It should also be noted that mixed condensates prepared from diazonium salts and an excess of phenols are capable of producing positive copies by developing with an aqueous alkaline liquid (if desired by adding a small amount of solvent).

35 14362135 143621

De nye kondensationsprodukter kan kombineres med vandopløselige og vanduopløselige polymere i reproduktionsmaterialerne. Især simplificeres fremstillingen af reproduktionslag, der indeholder vanduopløselige polymere, når man anvender de nye kondensationsprodukter, fordi disse sidste særligt let kan fremstilles i form af salte, der er forligelige med disse polymere, der er letopløselige i et antal organiske opløsningsmidler.The new condensation products can be combined with water-soluble and water-insoluble polymers in the reproduction materials. In particular, the preparation of reproduction layers containing water-insoluble polymers is simplified when using the new condensation products, because the latter can be made particularly easily in the form of salts compatible with these polymers which are readily soluble in a number of organic solvents.

Reproduktionslaget fremstilles på en måde, der er analog med, hvad der gøres i tilfælde af de kendte diazo-harpikser, d.v.s., diazo-kondensateme opløses som sådanne, eller om ønsket sammen med yderligere bestanddele af laget, i et passende opløsningsmiddel, og et underlag overtrækkes med den således fremkomne opløsning. Passende underlag er f.eks, de, der er anført på side 3 af den foreliggende beskrivelse.The reproduction layer is prepared in a manner analogous to that done in the case of the known diazo resins, i.e., the diazo condensates are dissolved as such or, if desired, with additional components of the layer, in a suitable solvent, and a substrate. is coated with the solution thus obtained. Suitable substrates are, for example, those listed on page 3 of the present description.

I visse tilfælde er det også muligt at påføre det blandede kondensat i form af en meget fin suspension. Overtrækningen kan f.eks. gennemføres ved neddykning eller støbning og dræning, ved støbning og afcentrifugering af den - overskydende opløsning, ved børst-ning, pensling eller ved påføring med valser, samt under anvendelse af andre overtræksmetoder. Overtrækket bliver derpå tørret ved stuetemperatur eller ved forhøjet temperatur.In some cases it is also possible to apply the mixed condensate in the form of a very fine suspension. The coating may e.g. is carried out by immersion or casting and drainage, by casting and centrifuging it - excess solution, by brushing, brushing or by applying rollers, and by using other coating methods. The coating is then dried at room temperature or at elevated temperature.

Den følgende liste af bestanddele B1 repræsenterer en klassifikation. Det karakteristiske træk i hvert tilfælde er den substitu-entaktiverende kondensation. Når der forekommer to eller flere forskellige aktiverende substituenter, er tilskrivning af en bestemt egenskab til en vis gruppe naturligvis vilkårlig.The following list of constituents B1 represents a classification. The characteristic feature in each case is the substituent-inactivating condensation. Of course, when two or more different activating substituents occur, the attribution of a particular property to a certain group is arbitrary.

I nogle tilfælde er det qgså muligt at anvende aromatiske forbindelser, der kun er substitueret med deaktiverende substituenter som de basiske forbindelser for bestanddele B^.In some cases, it is also possible to use aromatic compounds substituted only by deactivating substituents as the basic compounds of constituents B 2.

Man foretrækker imidlertid forbindelser af typen B1, der bærer aktiverende substituenter eller ingen yderligere substituenter med undtagelse af -CHRa-OR^ grupperne.However, compounds of type B1 which carry activating substituents or no additional substituents with the exception of the -CHRα-OR ^ groups are preferred.

36 1A3&2136 1A3 & 21

Godt definerede derivater af typen B1 af aromatiske aminer kan ikke fremstilles så let som i tilfælde af andre forbindelsestyper, blandt andet fordi de har en tydelig tendens til at afspalte vand, og fordi et antal bireaktioner er mulige. Eksempler på sådanne produkter, der fremkommer ved fraspaltning af vand, er N ,N'-methylen-bis-diphenylamin og anhydro-formaldehyd-anilin.Well-defined derivatives of type B1 of aromatic amines cannot be prepared as readily as in the case of other compound types, partly because they have a clear tendency to decompose water and because a number of side reactions are possible. Examples of such products resulting from the decomposition of water are N, N'-methylene-bis-diphenylamine and anhydro-formaldehyde-aniline.

Disse forbindelser er også i stand til at kondensere i et surt medium ifølge opfindelsen.These compounds are also capable of condensing in an acidic medium according to the invention.

Forbindelser B-^ afledet af phenoler. dvs. hvori OH-gruppen er bundet direkte til et iso- eller heterocyklisk, aromatisk ringsystem, og som kan omfatte en eller flere aromatiske ringe. Disse ringe kan også bære yderligere substituenter på den betingelse, at der i molekylet foreligger mindst en position, der kan bære en gruppe -CHR^OR^.Compounds B- ^ derived from phenols. i.e. wherein the OH group is bonded directly to an iso- or heterocyclic aromatic ring system and may comprise one or more aromatic rings. These rings may also carry additional substituents on the condition that there is at least one position in the molecule capable of carrying a group -CHR 2 OR 2.

"Phenol-alkoholerne" , der fremstilles ud fra de ovenfor angivne phenoler ved hjælp af formaldehydtilsætning, samt ethrene og estre-ne deraf ved den alifatiske OH-gruppe kan anvendes ved fremgangsmåden ifølge opfindelsen. Der er beskrevet talrige phenolalko-holer i litteraturen. Man kan f.eks. finde et resume i monografien af Martin, "The Chemistry of Phenolic Resins", John Wiley & Sons, F.Y., 1956. Tidsskriftet "Die Makromolekulare Chemie", 44, side 44 til 45 (1961) bør også bemærkes. Phenolalkoholer og estrene og ethrene deraf, der kan fremstilles på en anden måde, f.eks. ved halogenmethylering eller reduktion af phenolalde-hyder eller phenolcarboxylsyrer eller estrene deraf, er også velegnet.The "phenol alcohols" prepared from the above phenols by formaldehyde addition, as well as the ethers and esters thereof of the aliphatic OH group, can be used in the process of the invention. Numerous phenolic alcohols have been described in the literature. One can, for example. find a summary in the monograph by Martin, "The Chemistry of Phenolic Resins", John Wiley & Sons, F.Y., 1956. The journal "Die Macromolecular Chemie", 44, pages 44 to 45 (1961) should also be noted. Phenolic alcohols and the esters and ethers thereof, which can be prepared in a different way, e.g. halogen methylation or reduction of phenol aldehydes or phenol carboxylic acids or the esters thereof is also suitable.

tTdover phenolalkoholerne og deres ovenfor angivne derivater er det også muligt at anvende de derivater, der fremkommer ved este-rificsping af den phenoliske OH-gruppe af disse forbindelser ved hjælp af carboxyl- og sulfonsyrer.In addition to the phenolic alcohols and their derivatives listed above, it is also possible to use the derivatives obtained by esterification of the phenolic OH group of these compounds by carboxylic and sulfonic acids.

Forbindelser B^ afledet af thiophenoler I stedet for phenolderivater er det muligt at anvende de tilsvarende thiophenolderivater. Men phenolerne er langt overlegne i forhold til thiophenolerme, blandt andet fordi disse sidste er betydeligt dyrere og har en tendens til bireaktioner, hvortil kommer, at mange af dem har en ubehagelig lugt.Compounds B ^ derived from thiophenols Instead of phenol derivatives, it is possible to use the corresponding thiophenol derivatives. But the phenols are far superior to thiophenolemes, partly because the latter are considerably more expensive and tend to side reactions, in addition, many of which have an unpleasant odor.

37 14362137 143621

Forbindelser B^ afledet af ethere af phenoler og thiophenoler.Compounds B ^ derived from ethers of phenols and thiophenols.

Alkyl-, aralkyl- og arylethere af de ovenfor angivne phenoler og thiophenoler er f.eks. velegnet.Alkyl, aralkyl and aryl ethers of the above phenols and thiophenols are e.g. suitable.

Forbindelser B^ afledet af aromatiske, isooykliske og hetero- eykliske forbindelserCompounds B1 derived from aromatic, iso-cyclic and heterocyclic compounds

Forbindelser af typen i denne gruppe af forbindelser fremstilles f.eks. ved halogenmethylering af de basiske strukturer og ved derpå at omdanne halogenmethylgrupperne til grupperne -CHgOH, -0^0 alkyl eller CE^O acyl.Compounds of the type in this group of compounds are prepared e.g. by halo methylation of the basic structures and then by converting the halo methyl groups to the groups -CHgOH, -O₂ alkyl or CE₂O acyl.

Man kender talrige halogenmethylforbindelser (som bærer denne gruppe direkte i den aromatiske kerne), som er velegnet som mellemprodukter til fremstilling af forbindelser af den ovenfor beskrevne type.Numerous halo methyl compounds (which carry this group directly in the aromatic core) are known, which are suitable as intermediates for the preparation of compounds of the type described above.

Forbindelser af type B1f der er afledt af phenolethere, kan også fremstilles ved alkylering eller aralkylering af de phenoliske OH-grupper i phenolalkoholer.Compounds of type B1f derived from phenol ethers can also be prepared by alkylation or aralkylation of the phenolic OH groups in phenol alcohols.

De i det foregående angivne forbindelser indeholder mindst en aromatisk ring. De følgende forbindelser B^ er også i stand til at kondensere, hvis de ikke indeholder nogen aromatiske ringe.The compounds listed above contain at least one aromatic ring. The following compounds B ^ are also capable of condensing if they do not contain any aromatic rings.

Denne gruppe af forbindelser B^ afledes af forbindelser B, der indeholder mindst en substituent, der er i stand til at reagere med en aktiv carbonylforbindelse under kondensation.This group of compounds B1 is derived from compounds B containing at least one substituent capable of reacting with an active carbonyl compound during condensation.

I det foregående er de vigtigste grupper af forbindelser, der ginvendes som bestanddele B-p angivet. Mulighederne er imidlertid ikke begrænset dertil; det er også muligt f.eks. at anvende de tilsvarende derivater af cyanursyrehydrazider, guanidinderivater og aminopyrimi-diner.In the foregoing, the most important groups of compounds used as constituents B-p are listed. However, the possibilities are not limited to that; it is also possible e.g. using the corresponding derivatives of cyanuric acid hydrazides, guanidine derivatives and aminopyrimidines.

Hvad angår yderligere muligheder skal der henvises til litteraturen angående kondensationsharpikser, f.eks. Houben-Weyl, "Methoden der organischen Chemie", 4' udgave, vol. 14/2, side 193 til 402, "Poly-additions- bzw. Kondensationsprodukte von Carbonyl- und Thiocarbonyl-verbindungen".For further possibilities, reference should be made to the literature on condensation resins, e.g. Houben-Weyl, "Methods of Organic Chemistry", 4 'edition, vol. 14/2, pages 193 to 402, "Poly-addition and condensation products of carbonyl and thiocarbonyl compounds, respectively."

38 1438?138 1438? 1

De følgende eksempler beskriver fremstillingen af de nye blandede kondensater og fremstillingen af kopieringsmaterialer, der gør brug af disse.The following examples describe the preparation of the new mixed condensates and the preparation of copier materials using them.

Til bedre identifikation af de blandede kondensater har man i mange eksempler, i hvilke diazoforbindelsen og bestanddelen er en del af produktets struktur, udover resultatet af elementæranalysen angivet det molekylære forhold, der er beregnet ud fra de værdier, der er fremkommet ved analysen. Dette forhold beregnes under i nogen grad simplificerede antagelser. Selv om disse ikke kan bestemme og ikke bestemmer den nøjagtige struktur af de blandede kondensater fremstillet ved fremgangsmåden ifølge opfindelsen, er de tilstrækkelige til at identificere kondensationsprodukter, hvis egenskaber er reproducerbare.For better identification of the mixed condensates, in many examples, in which the diazo compound and component are part of the product structure, besides the result of the elemental analysis, the molecular ratio calculated from the values obtained by the analysis is given. This ratio is calculated under somewhat simplified assumptions. While these cannot determine and do not determine the exact structure of the mixed condensates produced by the process of the invention, they are sufficient to identify condensation products whose properties are reproducible.

Som anført i det foregående er kondensationsbetingelserne, især de anvendte mængder, i mange tilfælde vigtige til yderligere identifikation. Eksemplerne indeholder al den information, der er nødvendig til fremstillingen af de blandede kondensater.As stated above, condensation conditions, especially the quantities used, are in many cases important for further identification. The Examples contain all the information necessary for the preparation of the mixed condensates.

I eksemplerne svarer vægtdele og volumendele til hinanden som g til ml. Procentangivelserne er på vægtbasis, hvis ikke andet er angivet. Temperaturen er målt i °C. I forbindelse med analyse-angivelserne betyder N det totale indhold af nitrogen og ND betyder diazonitrogen.In the examples, weight parts and volume parts correspond to each other as g to ml. The percentages are by weight unless otherwise indicated. The temperature is measured in ° C. For the purposes of analysis, N means the total nitrogen content and ND means diazonitrogen.

Normalt blev der ikke lagt større vægt på en fuldstændig tørring af kondensationsprodukterne, således at de fremkomne produkter kan indeholde små mængder vand eller kondensationsmiddel. Desuden kan varierende mængder metalsalte i nogle tilfælde indesluttes under bundfældningen. Imidlertid kan produkternes indhold af aktive substanser let bestemmes ved værdien af analysen.Normally, no greater emphasis was placed on complete drying of the condensation products, so that the resulting products may contain small amounts of water or condensing agent. In addition, varying amounts of metal salts can sometimes be contained during the precipitation. However, the active substance content of the products can easily be determined by the value of the assay.

Udtrykket "råt kondensat", som anvendes i eksemplerne, betyder i almindelighed den rå kondensationsblanding, der fremstilles under kondensationen, hvilken normalt også indeholder kondensationsmediet.The term "raw condensate" used in the Examples generally means the crude condensation mixture produced during the condensation, which usually also contains the condensation medium.

Til bedre orientering er diazoforbindelserne A-N2X og bestanddelene , der er anvendt til fremstilling af de blandede kon- 39 U3621 densator, som findes i de reproduktionsmaterialer, som er fremkommet på basis af de kondensationsprodukter, som fremstilles ved fremgangsmåden ifølge opfindelsen, opført i den følgende tabel 1, under angivelse af numre. I eksemplerne henvises der til disse numre.For better orientation, the diazo compounds A-N2X and the components used to prepare the mixed condenser present in the reproduction materials obtained from the condensation products produced by the process of the invention are listed in the the following Table 1, specifying numbers. The examples refer to these numbers.

TABEl· 1;TABLE · 1;

Mazoforbindelser.Mazoforbindelser.

Diazo 1: Diphenylamin-4-diazoniumsaltDiazo 1: Diphenylamine-4-diazonium salt

Diazo 2: 3-methoxy-diphenylamin-4-diazoniumsaltDiazo 2: 3-methoxy-diphenylamine-4-diazonium salt

Diazo 3: 4'-methoxy-diphenylamin-4- diazoniumsaltDiazo 3: 4'-methoxy-diphenylamine-4-diazonium salt

Diazo 4: 2,-carboxy-diphenylamin-4-diazoniumsaltDiazo 4: 2, -carboxy-diphenylamine-4-diazonium salt

Diazo 5: 2,4',5-triethoxy-diphenyl-4«diazoniumsaltDiazo 5: 2,4 ', 5-triethoxy-diphenyl-4'-diazonium salt

Diazo 6: 4-(4-methyl-phenylmercapto)-2,5-dimethoxy-benzen- diazoniumsaltDiazo 6: 4- (4-methyl-phenylmercapto) -2,5-dimethoxy-benzenediazonium salt

Diazo 7: 2,5-dimethoxy-4-phenoxy-benzen-diazoniumsaltDiazo 7: 2,5-dimethoxy-4-phenoxy-benzene-diazonium salt

Diazo 8: 4-(2,5-diethoxy-benzoylamino)~2,5-diethoxy-benzen- diazoniumsaltDiazo 8: 4- (2,5-diethoxy-benzoylamino) ~ 2,5-diethoxy-benzenediazonium salt

Diazo 9: 3-raethoxy-diphenylenoxid~2-diazoniumsaltDiazo 9: 3-methoxy-diphenylene oxide ~ 2-diazonium salt

Diazo 10: 4-[N-methyl-N-naphthyl-(1)-methylamino]- benzen-diazoniumsaltDiazo 10: 4- [N-methyl-N-naphthyl- (1) methylamino] - benzene diazonium salt

Diazo 11: 4-diazo-diphenylamin-3-carboxylsyre (indre salt)Diazo 11: 4-diazo-diphenylamine-3-carboxylic acid (inner salt)

Diazo 12: 2,5-dimethoxy-4-(N-methyl-N-phenylmercaptoacetyl- amino)-benzen-diazoniumsaltDiazo 12: 2,5-dimethoxy-4- (N-methyl-N-phenylmercaptoacetylamino) benzene diazonium salt

Diazo 13: 4-[N-methyl-N-(β-phenyl-mercaptoethyl)-amino]-benzen- diazoniumsalt 40 143621Diazo 13: 4- [N-methyl-N- (β-phenyl-mercaptoethyl) -amino] -benzene-diazonium salt 40

Bestanddele B^Ingredients B ^

Ro. 1: R,R'-dimethylol-ravsyrediamidRo. 1: R, R'-dimethylol succinic diamide

Ro 2 : Hexa-methoxymethyl-melaminRow 2: Hexa-methoxymethyl-melamine

Ro. 3: R,R'-dimethylol-urinstofRo. 3: R, R'-dimethylol urea

Ro. 4: R,R'-dimethylol-terephthalsyrediamidRo. 4: R, R'-dimethylol-terephthalic acid diamide

Ro. 5: 2,6-dimethylol-4-methyl-phenolRo. 5: 2,6-dimethylol-4-methyl-phenol

Ro. 6: 2,6-dimethylol-4-metliyl-anisolRo. 6: 2,6-dimethylol-4-methyl-anisole

Ro. 7i Di-hydroxy-methyl-durenRo. 7i Di-hydroxy-methyl duration

Ro. 8: Di-acetoxymethyl-durenRo. 8: Di-Acetoxymethyl Duration

Ro. 9: 1,3-dimethyl-4,6-dimethylol-benzenRo. 9: 1,3-dimethyl-4,6-dimethylolbenzene

Ro. 10: 1,3-diisopropyl-4,6-dimetliylol-benzenRo. 10: 1,3-diisopropyl-4,6-dimethylethyl benzene

Ro. 11: 1, 5-di-acetoxymeth.yl-naphthalenRo. 11: 1,5-di-acetoxymethyl-naphthalene

Ro. 12: 1,4-dimethylol-benzenRo. 12: 1,4-dimethylol-benzene

Ro. 13: Kommerciel bis-methoxymethyl-diphenylether (Sammensætning angivet i eksempel 8)Ro. 13: Commercial bis-methoxymethyl diphenyl ether (Composition given in Example 8)

Ro. 14: 4,4’-di-aeetoxymetliyl-diphenyletherRo. 14: 4,4'-di-diethoxymethyl-diphenyl ether

Ro» 15: 4,4' -di-meth.oxy-methyl-diphenyleth.erRo »15: 4,4'-di-methoxy-methyl-diphenyleth

Ro. 16: 2,5-di-eth.oxymethyl-thioph.enRo. 16: 2,5-diethoxymethylthiophene

Ro·. 17: 9,10-di-methoxymethyl-anthracenRo ·. 17: 9,10-di-methoxymethyl-anthracene

Ro. 18: BenzhydrolRo. 18: Benzhydrol

Ro. 19: 1,4-bis-(a-hydroxybenzyl)-benzen 143621 41Ro. 19: 1,4-bis- (a-hydroxybenzyl) -benzene 41

No. 20: 1,3-diisopropyl-4,6-di-methoxymethyl-benzenNo. 20: 1,3-diisopropyl-4,6-dimethoxymethylbenzene

No. 21: 4,4'-di-methoxymethyl-diphenylsulfidNo. 21: 4,4'-dimethoxymethyl diphenylsulfide

No. 22: Methoxymethyl-diphenyl-ether, fremstillet ved reaktion mellem teknisk, chlormethyleret diphenylether og na-triummethylat (Sammensætning se eksempel 53)No. 22: Methoxymethyl diphenyl ether, prepared by reaction between technical chloromethylated diphenyl ether and sodium methylate (Composition see Example 53)

No. 23: 2,2,-bis-(4-hydroxymethyl-plienoxy)-diethyletherNo. 23: 2,2-bis (4-hydroxymethylplienoxy) diethyl ether

No. 24: 1,3-bis-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenoxy)-propanNo. 24: 1,3-bis- (4-hydroxymethyl-phenoxy) -propane

No. 25: Bis-methoxymethyl-diphenyloxidNo. 25: Bis-methoxymethyl diphenyloxide

No. 26: 4,4'-bis-methoxymethyl-diphenylmethanNo. 26: 4,4'-bis-methoxymethyl-diphenylmethane

No. 27: Methoxymethyleret bipbenylNo. 27: Methoxymethylated bipbenyl

No. 28: Methoxymethyleret 4,4'-dimethyl-diphenyletherNo. 28: Methoxymethylated 4,4'-dimethyl diphenyl ether

No. 29: Methoxymethyleret 2-isopropyl-5-methyl-diphenyl-etherNo. 29: Methoxymethylated 2-isopropyl-5-methyl-diphenyl ether

No. 30: Methoxymethyleret 3-brom-4-methoxy-diphenyl-etherNo. 30: Methoxymethylated 3-bromo-4-methoxy-diphenyl ether

No. 31: Methoxymethyleret dibenzo-thiophenNo. 31: Methoxymethylated dibenzo-thiophene

No. 32: Methoxymethyleret 1,4-diphenoxybenzenNo. 32: Methoxymethylated 1,4-diphenoxybenzene

No. 33: 2,6-bis-(methoxymethyl)-4-methyl-phenolNo. 33: 2,6-bis- (methoxymethyl) -4-methyl-phenol

No. 34: 4,4’-bis-(ethoxymethyl)-diphenyletherNo. 34: 4,4'-bis (ethoxymethyl) diphenyl ether

No. 35: 4,4'-bis-(hydroxymethyl)-diphenyletherNo. 35: 4,4'-bis (hydroxymethyl) diphenyl ether

No. 36: Ν,Ν'-dimethylol-oxamidNo. 36: Ν, Ν'-dimethylol oxamide

No. 37: Ν,Ν'-dimethylol adipinsyre-diamidNo. 37: Ν, Ν'-dimethylol adipic acid diamide

No. 38: Trimethylolcitramid.No. 38: trimethylol citramide.

42 143621 EKSEMPEL 1-21 I de følgende eksempler vises de gode til udmærkede, oleofile egenskaber af de exponerede produkter af 20 af de nye kondensationsprodukter, når de påføres på overfladisk hydrolyserede cellu-loseacetatfilm, i kombination med en forbedret lysfølsomhed, i sammenligning med rene formaldehydkondensater. Sammensætningen af de anvendte kondensationsprodukter og overtræksopløsninger er anført i den følgende tabel 2.EXAMPLES 1-21 In the following examples, the good to excellent oleophilic properties of the exposed products of 20 of the new condensation products when applied to superficially hydrolyzed cellulose acetate films, in combination with an improved photosensitivity, are shown in comparison to pure formaldehyde. The composition of the condensation products used and coating solutions are listed in the following Table 2.

43 14382143 143821

rHrh

Φ Ό Η •ΗΦ Ό Η • Η

S COS CO

m \ ·· Wm \ ·· W

tsO ft C"- OtsO ft C "- O

g gm iiMMg gm iiMM

•H R ·· ft ro pqin o° ft ft W as• H R ·· ft ro pqin o ° ft ft W as

bO H So "o^SoO I 1 Ο I IbO H So "o ^ SoO I 1 Ο I I

r< Q, δ « w O CM CM Ο O CM Ο Or <Q, δ «w O CM CM Ο O CM Ο O

•HO ft W ft ft ft W ft ft W WW• HO ft W ft ft ft W ft ft W WW

ti mti m

QQ

Η Φ ft fH fHΗ Φ ft fH fH

Ο Φ Φ m w >Ο Φ Φ m w>

Μ ·Η -HΜ · Η -H

ffi Η -P I . [ ,,ffi Η -P I. [,,

u fn -Η II III III IIu fn -Η II III III II

•p Φ W• p Φ W

k w d φ ί>π cd ^ I ^ ο ra -Ρ Μ cd £ w ft G d φ ο "JR G d tn cm S Cd G CM VO OOCO vo O O CT> in II HO - * - - -k w d φ ί> π cd ^ I ^ ο ra -Ρ Μ cd £ w ft G d φ ο "JR G d tn cm S Cd G CM VO OOCO vo O O CT> in II HO - * - - -

,¾ t— T- i- *- O τ-r-r- OO, ¾ t— T- i- * - O τ-r-r- OO

VOVO

g · Φ Φ cn U ft H · in · ^ O ft hm ·· »cd G «cd a 3 vo Φ jM O VO ftft ft O fn ^ gCQ L „ r-r- Φ ft- <- -P «50 C- Ch cmi p, tn - ~ >d h ft - -Hcd ~ ~g · Φ Φ cn U ft H · in · ^ O ft hm ·· »cd G« cd a 3 vo Φ jM O VO ftft ft O fn ^ gCQ L „rr- Φ ft- <- -P« 50 C- Ch cmi p, tn - ~> dh ft - -Hcd ~ ~

I H^ft CM *— t— r-fdOPiCM*— 3 CM Ο OI H ^ ft CM * - t— r-fdOPiCM * - 3 CM Ο O

Hi h ° cd ·· ·· ·· rW a ρ* ·· ·· ^ o 1¾ ·* HI OtjW II 1- T— r— CD O G i-v-CQ T- r~ S i wr-?.. o h +3 W) ί-ι vo · <! I fn a S Φ (fl Φ fn c_)| 0S ·« ^ CM > O ft ft^; ft O OOft ° ,—, ft- ο <? a += ftHi h ° cd ·· ·· ·· rW a ρ * ·· ·· ^ o 1¾ · * HI OtjW II 1- T— r— CD AND iv-CQ T- r ~ S i wr -? .. oh + 3 W) ί-ι vo · <! In fn and S Φ (fl Φ fn c_) | 0S · «^ CM> O ft ft ^; ft O OOft °, -, ft- ο <? a + = ft

C· Φ CM fOC · Φ CM fO

U H ft -p φ a oU H ft -p φ a o

Cfl fH o G CM ICfl fH o G CM I

CD cd φ N ft" G ft · O . i , ΦΦ I ft11 III | i ,CD cd φ N ft "G ft · O. i, ΦΦ I ft11 III | i,

HCQ H CMHHH HHH HHHCQ H CMHHH HHH HH

£ o ft Ο Ο O OOO OO£ o ft Ο Ο O OOO OO

oisland

XX

oisland

-P OJ-P OJ

<D W I I III III I + d o<D W I I III III I + d o

GG

cdCD

rHrh

ft Hft H

Φ v- d dΦ v- d d

$ pq ft- in C-VO o co to cn CO$ pq ft- in C-VO o co to cn CO

43 cn *— T— t— T—43 cn * - T— t— T—

CDCD

ΦΦ

ft I Ift I I

I -Η- I I I I ft- II -Η- I I I I ft- I

ft- O ft- ft- ft- ft- Ο -Φ IIft- O ft- ft- ft- ft- Ο -Φ II

Oft OOO O ft O ft" ft" kj cm cq co co ra cm m 00 w w ft ft ft www E2£2 - * --- --- w w I H CM CM CM «— CM ft- CM -- β 'H* O ft Φ X O O OOO OOO Λ _Oft OOO O ft O ft "ft" kj cm or co co ra cm m 00 ww ft ft ft www E2 £ 2 - * --- --- ww IH CM CM CM «- CM ft- CM - β 'H * O ft Φ XOO OOO OOO Λ _

N ft CD CM N N NNN NNM OON ft CD CM N N NNN NNM OO

cdGHS cd cd cdcdcd ώ cd ώ nn ηοφι ·η ft ft ft ft ftftft cd cncdGHS cd cd cdcdcd ώ cd ώ nn ηοφι · η ft ft ft ft ftftft cd cn

RftdC PR RPR RRR ftp 1 ~ H r-CM in in CD h CO Cnt- 5 44 t43621 •Η a <ηRftdC PR RPR RRR ftp 1 ~ H r-CM in a CD h CO Cnt- 5 44 t43621 • Η a <η

bObO

ρρ

•H O O O O O O O O O• H O O O O O O O O O

p CM CM CM CM CM CMCMCMCMp CM CM CM CM CM CMCMCMCM

m KW K KK W KW Km KW K KK W KW K

s Μ H i S ft ft •H O 2 H ^ 03 ( CD W3s Μ H i S ft ft • H O 2 H ^ 03 {CD W3

S P O H OS P O H O

Η ω ®N >iNΗ ω ®N> iN

Pi P P H Cd .M cdPi P P H Cd .M cd

O 03 <13 >5·Η 03 -HO 03 <13> 5 · Η 03 -H

CQ (tø |> Λ! Ό H Tj ,¾ ·Η·Η 03 \ 03 0\CQ (thaw |> Λ! Ό H Tj, ¾ · Η · Η 03 \ 03 0 \

8 H-P Η Ό" Pt S CM8 H-P Η Ό ”Pt S CM

P p Η I O O ft H II I II IP p Η I O O ft H II I II I

-P 03 K 0 ft 3 CM O-P 03 K 0 ft 3 CM O

P'd'd tn P \ p 03 0) t>sOj CM K W) t- N Pi >P'd'd tn P \ p 03 0) t> sOj CM K W) t- N Pi>

OISLAND

o t— t— t— cm o o t— o Π Λ n Λ f« «S »1 Λo t— t— t— cm o o t— o Π Λ n Λ f «« S »1 Λ

y CM O O O t- CM C\l O CMy CM O O O t- CM C \ l O CM

^ tfl R^ tfl R

a 03 ^ i—I ·a 03 i-i ·

H i MH i M

03 JP o m CO03 JP to CO

S ft p CM O *- IRS ft p CM O * - IR

. i-i -v ri r. ri -PI -d „ Pi O r- CM t- o. i-i -v ri r. ri -PI -d „Pi O r- CM t- o

Cd I r-H Cd ICd I r-H Cd I

mi o ix! "-· -pi K cm o PI hg s t- t- T- t-t- t-mi o ix! "- · -pi K cm o PI hg s t- t- T- t-t- t-

Ol O , <h i ft <; Ή I o .Ol O, <h i ft <; Ή I o.

5 o^5 o ^

Kl ftKl ft

Gat -p -p CM tn CM CM CMHole -p -p CM tn CM CM CM

pq 1 cd 03 I Η K Η Η Hpq 1 cd 03 I Η K Η Η H

<tjr m P P 0*000<tjr m P P 0 * 000

i-il p 03 s O-P P CM I P CM P CM P CMi-il p 03 s O-P P CM I P CM P CM P CM

(Upo ,Μ Cd N*M- NN N(Upo, Μ Cd N * M- NN N

rpcd03 03 · O ·· ·rpcd03 03 · O ·· ·

p Pi -P P I I ft II Ip Pi -P P I I ft II I

003 ocd 03 H i—I CM HH H003 ocd 03 H i — I CM HH H

M m ΡΌ o o K o o oM m ΡΌ o o K o o o

-P-P

03 Ό03 Ό

P OP O

HK™ +i +1 I 1 IHK ™ + i +1 I 1 I

ft oft o

HH

ωω

KK

ΌΌ

pt- tnO IU3 O O CMpt- tnO IU3 O O CM

cd pq t— t— t— cm cm t— -p 02 03 +cd pq t— t— t— cm cm t— -p 02 03 +

pq I CM CMpq In CM CM

II I *Φ HHII I * Φ HH

H-*=h «ς(-0· O CM O CMH - * = h «ς (-0 · O CM O CM

O O O ft I CM P PO O O ft I CM P P

02 U2 02 CM Η Η N N02 U2 02 CM Η Η N N

K K W W o O CMK K W W o O CM

w~ *· *· ·* ·» p I Iw ~ * · * · · * · »p I I

I CMCM t— t— C N Η HIn CMCM t— t— C N Η H

P O OP O O

O H 03 Hl O O o o o o - o··O H 03 Hl O O o o o o - o ··

N R 03 CM N N NNN Nt- N CON R 03 CM N N NNN Nt- N CO

PPHSPP Cd Cd Cd OS cd •Η O 03 I Η Η ·Η ·Η Η Η ·ΗPPHSPP Cd Cd Cd OS cd • Η O 03 I Η Η · Η · Η Η Η · Η

RftK-id PR R R R R RRftK-id PR R R R R R

« —7— 03 ,k| t-cM mn-in von- pq v- T~ T— T— T— 3 45 143621«—7— 03, k | t-cM mn-in von- pq v- T ~ T— T— T— 3 45 143621

β τi •ri θ 03 bOβ τi • ri θ 03 bO

β Ο Ο Ο Οβ Ο Ο Ο Ο

•Η CM CM CM CM• Η CM CM CM CM

β tn tu tn tn 03 sβ tn tu tn tn 03 s

bo Habove H

S ft •ri OS ft • ri O

c 03 s ω H Ph Phc 03 s ω H Ph Ph

ft 03 03 Hft 03 03 H

O bO ί> 0) 03 *ri Ή Λί H 4s Is.. +3 « Ph -ri „I I I I 03O bO ί> 0) 03 * ri Ή Λί H 4s Is .. +3 «Ph -ri„ I I I I 03

£ 03 β H£ 03 β H

P β β ΡϊP β β Ρϊ

Ph t>H cd ΛPh t> H cd Λ

(13 -P(13 -P

>> Φ o i Ph ph e>> Φ o in Ph ph e

H 03 03 OH 03 03 O

ω η Η β βω η Η β β

Η Ο tHΗ Ο tH

r \ O O T- 03 ·— O 0 Sr \ O O T- 03 · - O 0 S

y. ..---- H cdy. ..---- H cd

A T- o r- o T- OSA T- o r- o T- OS

vp O pHvp O pH

^ >> O^ >> Oh

i—I «Η ------ Η & ϊ>> s φ m 03 -—' I iH +3 i—I · i—I 03 §>a Φ /—· i H j ϊΐ Ή °cd Ph ft Λ 0i — I «Η ------ Η & ϊ >> s φ m 03 -— 'I iH +3 i — I · i — I 03 §> a Φ / - · i H j ϊΐ Ή ° cd Ph ft Λ 0

+3 i 0) co O +3 ft 03 ft -PH+3 i 0) co O +3 ft 03 ft -PH

cd i S Ph irs 03 sti ® β 031 hn ft cm S β O Ph -P, ΌηΛ co 'i- 03 f- β -P bO II ilcd i S Ph irs 03 path ® β 031 hn ft cm S β O Ph -P, ΌηΛ co 'i- 03 f- β -P bO II il

Ph I H cd - - Ph'-' " X cd CMPh I H cd - - Ph'- '"X cd CM

O i Ojxiw O intHbOO 03¾ WO i Ojxiw O intHbOO 03¾ W

«HI Λ WD Pi PhO S „"HI Λ WD Pi PhO S"

I Ph g g .. ·· 03 H ·· 03· g PHI Ph g g .. ·· 03 H ·· 03 · g PH

I -— O i 03 H >> C— Ph Cl3 SI -— O i 03 H >> C— Ph Cl3 S

CM I O ft <i H -------- T- O i- ft W fl i s hi I -- Η i m i -pCM I O ft <i H -------- T- O i- ft W fl i s hi I - Η i m i -p

<d I cd -P CM CM<d I CD -P CM CM

EH I 03 03 Η HEH I 03 03 Η H

β Ph O CM O CMβ Ph O CM O CM

03 03 s si si d IhO IS3 [S3 β Cd 03 · ·03 03 s si si d IhO IS3 [S3 β Cd 03 · ·

O ft II I IO ft II I I

r-^ 03 HH HHr- ^ 03 HH HH

03 O O O O03 O O O O

-P 03 β β o-P 03 β β o

cd CMcd CM

h tn i + i +h tn i + i +

Pi o H ·*»" 03 β β β T- CM in cm in cd Pi Hr- T- T-Pi o H · * »" 03 β β β T- CM in cm in CD Pi Hr- T- T-

-P-P

0303

03 CM CM03 CM CM

PP Η HPP Η H

O CM O CMO CM O CM

β S Iβ S I

IS] N H-IS] N H-

• · O• · Oh

il , ca Η Η Η tn O O o ·» »I « »il, ca Η Η Η tn O O o · »» I «»

I CT> CM M3 CMIn CT> CM M3 CM

ββ

ΟΗΦχ O O O OΟΗΦχ O O O O

N β 03 CM N N N S3 d PHg si il aJ βN β 03 CM N N N S3 d PHg si il aJ β

•H O 03 I ·Η*γΙ Η H• H O 03 I · Η * γΙ Η H

fl «Η β < O 1=1 1=1 f=t %fl «Η β <O 1 = 1 1 = 1 f = t%

CQCQ

M co σ> o r- pq i- Τ» c\j oj 46 163621 I tilfælde af rent vandige overtræksopløsninger kan overtrækningen gennemføres ved pensling, hvorimod opløsninger, der fortrinsvis indeholder organiske opløsningsmidler, påføres ved hjælp af en roterende plade. Der anvendes varm luft til tørring. Efter billedmæssig exponering tinder en negativ original fremkaldes materialet, f.eks. ved at overtørre med vand eller en af de kendte pufrede opløsninger af vandopløselige koblingsbestanddele, f.eks, af pyrazoionserien. Materialet bliver derpå sværtet med fedtet sværte, hvorved exponeringsprodukterne optager sværten. I et antal tilfælde er det også muligt at forstærke billedet ved hjælp af lakker, f.eks. de sædvanlige emulsionslakker. I alle tilfælde er de oleofile egenskaber af exponeringsprodukterne af de nye diazokondensater overlegne i forhold til de hidtil kendte formaldehydkondensater af de tilsvarende diazoforbindelser.In the case of pure aqueous coating solutions, the coating can be carried out by brushing, whereas solutions which preferably contain organic solvents are applied by means of a rotating plate. Hot air is used for drying. After image exposure, a negative original thins the material, e.g. by over-drying with water or one of the known buffered solutions of water-soluble coupling constituents, for example, of the pyrazoion series. The material is then hardened with greasy ink, whereby the exposure products absorb the ink. In a number of cases, it is also possible to enhance the image by means of lacquers, e.g. the usual emulsion paints. In all cases, the oleophilic properties of the exposure products of the new diazocondensates are superior to the previously known formaldehyde condensates of the corresponding diazo compounds.

Dette illustreres faktisk ved følgende sammenligninger:This is actually illustrated by the following comparisons:

Pormaldehydkondensater af diazoforbindelser 1 og 2, fremstillet i phosphorsyre som beskrevet i henholdsvis eksempel 1 af U.S.A. patent nr. 3.311.605 og eksempel 1 i U.S.A. patent nr. 3.4-06.159, repræsenterer exponeringsprodukter, der kun har ringe sværteop-tagelsesevne eller ikke optager nogen sværte overhovedet, når de overtrækkes og behandles som beskrevet i det foregående.Pormaldehyde condensates of diazo compounds 1 and 2 prepared in phosphoric acid as described in Example 1 of U.S.A., respectively. U.S. Patent No. 3,311,605 and Example 1 of U.S.A. Patent No. 3-4-06,159, represents exposure products which have little ink absorption ability or do not absorb any ink at all when coated and treated as described above.

Ved tilsætning af phosphorsyre til overtræksopløsningen opnås der endog ringere resultater.By adding phosphoric acid to the coating solution, even poorer results are obtained.

I modsætning dertil udviser de nye kondensationsprodukter, der er fremstillet i phosphorsyre, f.eks. de i eksempel 2 til 4, 6, 8, 10, 14, 19 og 21 angivne kondensationsprodukter, god til udmærket sværteoptagelsesevne i billedarealerne. De gode, oleofile egenskaber mistes ikke ved tilsætningen af phosphorsyre til overtræksopløsningerne. De overtræksopløsninger, der er anvendt i eksempel 3 til 15, kan f.eks. indeholde 2 molekyler phosphorsyre pr. diazogruppe, uden nogen signifikant reduktion af sværte-optagelsesevnen af de exponerede produkter. I eksempel 21 er der 10 molekyler phosphorsyre tilstede pr. diazogruppe. Der foreligger også en lignende virkning i eksempel 11, hvori der anven- 47 143621 des et råt kondensatprodukt i phosphorsyre til overtrækning uden separation af kondensationsmidlet.In contrast, the new condensation products produced in phosphoric acid, e.g. the condensation products indicated in Examples 2 to 4, 6, 8, 10, 14, 19 and 21, good for excellent ink absorption in the image areas. The good oleophilic properties are not lost by the addition of phosphoric acid to the coating solutions. The coating solutions used in Examples 3 to 15 can e.g. contain 2 molecules of phosphoric acid per diazo group, without any significant reduction in the black-up ability of the exposed products. In Example 21, 10 molecules of phosphoric acid are present. diazo group. There is also a similar effect in Example 11 in which a crude condensate product in phosphoric acid is used for coating without separation of the condensing agent.

Det fremgår også af disse eksempler, at inkorporeringen af små mængder bestanddel B-^ er tilstrækkelig til at frembringe en betydelig virkning. Virkningen forekommer endog i tilfælde af en inkorporering af kun 0,15 mol bestanddel pr. mol diazoforbin-delse, skønt optimale resultater ikke opnås i dette tilfælde.It is also apparent from these examples that the incorporation of small amounts of component B 1 is sufficient to produce a significant effect. The effect occurs even in the case of incorporation of only 0.15 moles of ingredient per day. mole of diazo compound, although optimum results are not obtained in this case.

Eksempel 12, 13, 16 og 19 viser overlegenheden af de nye kondensationsprodukter i sammenligning med de formaldehydkondensater, der er fremstillet i svovlsyre og bundfældet i form af zinkchlo-riddobbeltsaltet, hvilket sidste for tiden foretrækkes som dia-zoharpikser. Selv med 0,1 vægt-# opløsninger af de nye, blandede kondensater (eksempel 12) og tilsætningen af 2 molekyler phos-phorsyre pr. diazogruppe opnår man trykkeforme med god sværte-optagelsesevne, ud fra hvilke der kan fremstilles tryk på konventionelle offset-presser. Når man anvender en 0,1 vægt-# opløsning af det tilsvarende formaldehydkondensat (eksempel 13) og viderebehandler på samme måde, opnås der ingen signifikant sværteoptagelsesevne. Der opnås kun en moderat tilfredsstillende sværteoptagelsesevne, når man forøger koncentrationen af denne diazoforbindelse til en værdi, der er mange gange større end denne værdi.Examples 12, 13, 16 and 19 show the superiority of the new condensation products as compared to the formaldehyde condensates prepared in sulfuric acid and precipitated in the form of the zinc chloride double salt, which is currently preferred as diazo resins. Even with 0.1% by weight solutions of the new mixed condensates (Example 12) and the addition of 2 molecules of phosphoric acid per ml. diazo group obtains printing forms with good ink-absorbing ability from which pressure can be produced on conventional offset presses. When using a 0.1 wt. # Solution of the corresponding formaldehyde condensate (Example 13) and further processing in the same way, no significant ink absorption ability is obtained. Only a moderately satisfactory ink absorption ability is obtained when increasing the concentration of this diazo compound to a value many times greater than this value.

Fremstillingen og sammensætningen af de blandede kondensater, der anvendes i eksempel 1 til 21, er beskrevet detaljeret i det følgende: EKSEMPEL 1 17,75 vægtdele 4-methoxy-diphenylamin-4'-diazoniumsulfat (91 #) (Diazo 3, sulfat, tabel 1) opløses i 150 volumendele 86 # phos-phorsyre. 11,2 vægtdele dimethylolterephthalsyrediamid (bestanddel , nr. 4, tabel 1) indføres i opløsningen i form af et fint pulver og under kraftig omrøring, og kondensationen gennemføres 48 143621 i 21 timer ved stuetemperatur. Det rå kondensat opløses i 1000 volumendele vand ved 40° 0, og kondensationsproduktet bundfældes derpå fra opløsningen ved tilsætning af 2000 volumendele 50 f> zinkehloridopløsning. Dobbeltsaltet bundfældes, opløses i 500 volumendele vand ved 50° 0, og genbundfældes ved tilsætning af zinkchlorid. Udbytte: 26,8 vægtdele (C 46,6 %, N 11,5 %). I henhold til analysen indeholder produktet grundstofferne N og C i forholdet 5 : 23,6.The preparation and composition of the mixed condensates used in Examples 1 to 21 are described in detail below. EXAMPLE 1 17.75 parts by weight of 4-methoxy-diphenylamine-4'-diazonium sulfate (91 #) (Diazo 3, sulfate, Table 1) dissolves in 150 parts by volume 86 # phosphoric acid. 11.2 parts by weight of dimethylol terephthalic acid diamide (component, # 4, Table 1) is introduced into the solution in the form of a fine powder and with vigorous stirring, and the condensation is carried out for 21 hours at room temperature. The crude condensate is dissolved in 1000 parts by volume of water at 40 ° 0, and the condensation product is then precipitated from the solution by the addition of 2000 volumes by volume of 50 µg of zinc chloride solution. The double salt is precipitated, dissolved in 500 volumes of water at 50 ° 0, and precipitated by the addition of zinc chloride. Yield: 26.8 parts by weight (C 46.6%, N 11.5%). According to the analysis, the product contains elements N and C in a ratio of 5: 23.6.

EKSEMPEL 2 6,5 vægtdele 3-methoxy-diphenylamin-4-diazonium-phosphat (Diazo 2, phosphat; tabel 1) opløses i 60 volumendele 86,7 f° phosphor-syre ved 40° C. Opløsningen afkøles til stuetemperatur, og man tilsætter hurtigt og under omrøring en opløsning af 3,4 vægtdele 2,6-dimethylol-4-methylphenol (bestanddel , nr. 5, tabel 1) i 7 volumendele N-methylpyrrolidon. Blandingen afkøles i en sådan udstrækning, at blandinges temperatur ikke overskrider 50° C, Blandingen bliver derpå kondenseret i 2 timer ved 40° C.EXAMPLE 2 6.5 parts by weight of 3-methoxy-diphenylamine-4-diazonium phosphate (Diazo 2, phosphate; Table 1) are dissolved in 60 parts by volume of 86.7 ° F phosphoric acid at 40 ° C. The solution is cooled to room temperature and allowed to cool to room temperature. rapidly and with stirring, add a solution of 3.4 parts by weight of 2,6-dimethylol-4-methylphenol (component, # 5, Table 1) in 7 parts by volume of N-methylpyrrolidone. The mixture is cooled to such an extent that the temperature of the mixture does not exceed 50 ° C. The mixture is then condensed for 2 hours at 40 ° C.

Der opnås et råt kondensat, der er opløseligt i vand uden remanens. Med henblik på bundfældning af kondensationsproduktet røres den rå kondensationsblanding ud i 1000 volumendele isopro-panol og tørres. Udbytte: 7,5 vægtdele. Man får herved det sure phosphat af et kondensat, der i henhold til analyse har et overskydende indhold af ca. 9 carbonatomer pr. diazogruppe, i sammenligning med den ukondenserede diazoforbindelse. Der kondenseres således ca. 1 mol af den anden bestanddel pr. mol diazoforbindelse (C 47,3 f, Έ 7 ,6 f>, m (diazo-N) 5,1 % P 9,4 %; atomforhold: 21,7:3:2:1,67).A crude condensate is obtained which is soluble in water without residue. To precipitate the condensation product, the crude condensation mixture is stirred into 1000 parts by volume of isopropanol and dried. Yield: 7.5 parts by weight. This gives the acidic phosphate of a condensate which, according to analysis, has an excess content of approx. 9 carbon atoms per diazo group, as compared to the uncondensed diazo compound. Thus, approx. 1 mole of the second component per mole of diazo compound (C 47.3 f, Έ7.6 f>, m (diazo-N) 5.1% P 9.4%; atomic ratio: 21.7: 3: 2: 1.67).

EKSEMPEL 3 32.3 vægtdele 3-methoxy-diphenylamin-4-diazonium-sulfat (Diazo 2, sulfat, tabel l) opløses i 100 volumendele 86 % phosphorsyre.Example 3 32.3 parts by weight of 3-methoxy-diphenylamine-4-diazonium sulfate (Diazo 2, sulfate, Table 1) are dissolved in 100 parts by volume of 86% phosphoric acid.

19.4 vægtdele bis-(hydroxymethyl)-duren (bestanddel B^, nr. 7, 49 U3B-21 tabel 1) tilsættes under omrøring i små portioner ved stuetemperatur, og kondensationen gennemføres i 25 timer ved stuetemperatur.19.4 parts by weight of the bis (hydroxymethyl) duration (component B ^, No. 7, 49 U3B-21 Table 1) is added with stirring in small portions at room temperature and the condensation is carried out for 25 hours at room temperature.

Det rå kondensat opløsee i 1000 volumendele vand; der fremkommer en i nogen grad uklar opløsning, der klares ved trykfiltrering. Kondensationsproduktets chlorid bundfældes ved opvarmning af filtratet til 70° C og ved tilsætning af 220 volumendele saltsyre (36 saltsyre fortyndet med det samme volumen vand). Med henblik på rensning gentages bundfældningen på samme måde. Udbytte: 33.8 vægtdele. I henhold til analyse har kondensationsproduktet et overskydende indhold på 13 carbonatomer pr. diazogruppe, i sammenligning med den ikke kondenserede diazoforbindelse. Dette svarer til et forhold på ca. 1,1 mol af den anden bestanddel pr. mol diazoforbindelse (C 65,0 #, N 8,7 Cl 1,2 $>\ atomforhold: 26,1 : 3 ; 1,25).The crude condensate dissolves in 1000 parts by volume of water; a somewhat cloudy solution is obtained which is clarified by pressure filtration. The chloride of the condensation product is precipitated by heating the filtrate to 70 ° C and by adding 220 parts by volume of hydrochloric acid (36 hydrochloric acid diluted with the same volume of water). For purification, the precipitate is repeated in the same way. Yield: 33.8 parts by weight. According to analysis, the condensation product has an excess content of 13 carbon atoms per minute. diazo group, compared to the non-condensed diazo compound. This corresponds to a ratio of approx. 1.1 moles of the second component per mole of diazo compound (C 65.0 #, N 8.7 Cl 1.2 $> atomic ratio: 26.1: 3; 1.25).

EKSEMPEL 4 17.8 vægtdele 3-methoxy-diphenylamin-4-diazonium-sulfat (Diazo 2, sulfat, tabel 1) opløses i 55 volumendele 86 # phosphorsyre.Example 4 17.8 parts by weight of 3-methoxy-diphenylamine-4-diazonium sulfate (Diazo 2, sulfate, Table 1) are dissolved in 55 parts by volume of 86 # phosphoric acid.

10 vægtdele fint pulveriseret 4-methyl-2,6-bis-(hydroxymethyl)-anisol (bestanddel B1f nr. 6, tabel 1) tilsættes derpå langsomt og under omrøring. Omrøringen fortsættes i 5 timer ved stuetemperatur og i 8,5 timer ved 40° C, og man lader derpå massen henstå i 30 timer ved stuetemperatur. Kondensationsblandingen opløses i 300 volumendele vand (klar opløsning), og kondensatet bundfældes under omrøring ved 5° C med 150 volumendele mættet opløsning af natriumchlorid. Bundfaldet separeres og genbundfældes på samme måde. Der fremkommer 18,7 vægtdele af et klæbrigt kondensationsprodukt, der i henhold til analyse har et overskydende indhold på 11,2 carbonatomer pr. diazogruppe, i sammenligning med den ukondenserede diazoforbindelse. Dette svarer til et forhold på ca. 1,1 mol af den anden bestanddel pr. mol diazoforbindelse (C 60,3 #, N 8,7 #, Cl 10,2 atomforhold: 24,2:3:1:1,38).Ten parts by weight of finely powdered 4-methyl-2,6-bis (hydroxymethyl) anisole (component B1f # 6, Table 1) is then added slowly and with stirring. Stirring is continued for 5 hours at room temperature and for 8.5 hours at 40 ° C, and then the mass is allowed to stand for 30 hours at room temperature. The condensation mixture is dissolved in 300 parts by volume of water (clear solution) and the condensate is precipitated with stirring at 5 ° C with 150 parts by volume of saturated solution of sodium chloride. The precipitate is separated and precipitated in the same way. 18.7 parts by weight of a sticky condensation product is obtained which, according to analysis, has an excess content of 11.2 carbon atoms per minute. diazo group, as compared to the uncondensed diazo compound. This corresponds to a ratio of approx. 1.1 moles of the second component per mole of diazo compound (C 60.3 #, N 8.7 #, Cl 10.2 atomic ratio: 24.2: 3: 1: 1.38).

5 14362j EKSEMPEL 5 15,42 vægtdele diphenylamin-4-diazoniumsulfat (95 #)(Diazo 1, sulfat, tabel 1) opløses i 100 volumendele methansulfonsyre (90$).EXAMPLE 5 15.42 parts by weight of diphenylamine-4-diazonium sulfate (95 #) (Diazo 1, sulfate, Table 1) are dissolved in 100 parts by volume of methanesulfonic acid ($ 90).

6,8 vægtdele fint pulveriseret 1,5-bis-(acetoxymethyl)-naphtha-len (bestanddel B1, nr. 11, tabel 1) tilsættes derpå under omrøring. Efter kondensering i 1,5 timer ved stuetemperatur er det rå kondensat i stand til at danne en klar opløsning i vand, 4,15 vægtdele 1,3-dimethyl-4,6-dimethylol-benzen (bestanddel , nr. 9, tabel 1) indføres derpå under omrøring i blandingen, og kondensationen fortsættes i yderligere 45 minutter ved stuetemperatur. Det rå kondensat opløses i 500 volumendele vand (klar opløsning). Kondensationsproduktet bundfældes ved 10° C ved tilsætning af 200 volumendele saltsyre (36,5 % syre fortyndet med det samme volumen vand). Med henblik på rensning opløses produktet i vand og bundfældes igen som chloridet ved tilsætning af saltsyre. Udbytte: 14,5 vægtdele.6.8 parts by weight of finely powdered 1,5-bis (acetoxymethyl) naphthalene (Component B1, No. 11, Table 1) is then added with stirring. After condensing for 1.5 hours at room temperature, the crude condensate is capable of forming a clear solution in water, 4.15 parts by weight of 1,3-dimethyl-4,6-dimethylolbenzene (component, No. 9, Table 1 ) is then introduced with stirring into the mixture and the condensation is continued for an additional 45 minutes at room temperature. The crude condensate is dissolved in 500 parts by volume of water (clear solution). The condensation product is precipitated at 10 ° C by the addition of 200 parts by volume of hydrochloric acid (36.5% acid diluted with the same volume of water). For purification, the product is dissolved in water and precipitated again as the chloride by the addition of hydrochloric acid. Yield: 14.5 parts by weight.

I henhold til analyse har kondensationsproduktet et overskydende indhold på 10,7 carbonatomer pr. diazogruppe, i sammenligning med den ikke kondenserede diazoforbindelse (C 67>2 B 10,4 atomforhold: 22,6 : 3).According to analysis, the condensation product has an excess content of 10.7 carbon atoms per minute. diazo group, compared to the non-condensed diazo compound (C 67> 2 B 10.4 atomic ratio: 22.6: 3).

EKSEMPEL 6 32,4 vægtdele 3-methoxy-diphenylamin-4-diazonium-sulfat (Diazo 2, sulfat, tabel 1) opløses i 320 volumendele 86 $ phosphorsyre. Ved en begyndende, intern temperatur på 25° C tilsættes der under omrøring 44,5 vægtdele 1,3-diisopropyl-4,6-dimethylol-benzen (bestanddel B^, nr. 10, tabel 1) i en meget fint pulveriseret form. Omrøringen fortsættes i 1 time under opvarmning, og kondensationen gennemføres derpå i 20 timer ved 40° C. Der opnås et kondensat, der danner en klar opløsning i vand.Example 6 32.4 parts by weight of 3-methoxy-diphenylamine-4-diazonium sulfate (Diazo 2, sulfate, Table 1) are dissolved in 320 parts by volume of 86 $ phosphoric acid. At a starting internal temperature of 25 ° C, 44.5 parts by weight of 1,3-diisopropyl-4,6-dimethylol-benzene (component B ^, No. 10, Table 1) is added in a very finely powdered form. Stirring is continued for 1 hour with heating, and then the condensation is carried out for 20 hours at 40 ° C. A condensate is obtained which forms a clear solution in water.

Kondensationsproduktet bundfældes fra den vandige opløsning af det rå kondensat ved hjælp af saltsyre, opløses igen i vand med 51 143621 henblik på rensning, og genbundfældes med saltsyre. Udbytte: 64 vægtdele (G 68,2 #, N 5,1 atomforhold: 46,8 : 3). Det kan på basis af analyseresultaterne antages, at der pr. mol dia-zoforbindelse er inkorporeret ca. 2,4 mol af den anden bestand del.The condensation product is precipitated from the aqueous solution of the crude condensate by hydrochloric acid, dissolved again in water with purification, and precipitated with hydrochloric acid. Yield: 64 parts by weight (G 68.2 #, N 5.1 atomic ratio: 46.8: 3). On the basis of the analysis results, it can be assumed that per mole of diazo compound is incorporated ca. 2.4 moles of the second stock portion.

EKSEMPEL 7EXAMPLE 7

Ved stuetemperatur og under omrøring tilsættes der forsigtigt 2,8 vægtdele bis-(acetoxymethyl)-duren (bestanddel B-j, nr. 8, tabel 1) til en opløsning af 3,4 vægtdele 2'-carboxy-diphenylamin- 4-diazoniumphosphat (Diazo 4, phosphat, tabel 1) i 20 volumendele 90 methansulfonsyre, og omrøringen fortsættes i 24 timer ved stuetemperatur. Por at isolere reaktionsproduktet røres den klare kondensationsblanding ud. i 250 volumendele vand. Bundfaldet filtreres fra ved sugning, vaskes med 250 volumendele vand, opløses igen ved 50° C i 250 volumendele vand og genbundfældes ved tilsætning af 50 volumendele 18 # saltsyre. Filtrering af bundfaldet forbedres ved en kort opvarmning af suspensionen til 80° C og påfølgende gentagne afkøling. Produktet filtreres fra ved sugning, vaskes med 1 N saltsyre og tørres ved 35° C. Udbyttet er 3,7 vægtdele (C 64,0 #, N 8,5 $>\ atomforhold: 26,3 : 3). I henhold til analysen indeholder det blandede kondensat ca. 1,1 mol af den anden bestanddel pr. mol diazo-forbindelse.At room temperature and with stirring, 2.8 parts by weight of bis (acetoxymethyl) duration (component Bj, No. 8, Table 1) is gently added to a solution of 3.4 parts by weight of 2'-carboxy-diphenylamine-4-diazonium phosphate (Diazo 4, phosphate, Table 1) in 20 parts by volume of 90 methanesulfonic acid, and stirring is continued for 24 hours at room temperature. To isolate the reaction product, the clear condensation mixture is stirred. in 250 parts by volume of water. The precipitate is filtered off by suction, washed with 250 parts by volume of water, dissolved again at 50 ° C in 250 parts by volume of water and precipitated by the addition of 50 parts by volume of 18 # hydrochloric acid. Filtration of the precipitate is improved by briefly heating the suspension to 80 ° C and subsequent repeated cooling. The product is filtered off by suction, washed with 1N hydrochloric acid and dried at 35 ° C. The yield is 3.7 parts by weight (C 64.0 #, N 8.5 $> atomic ratio: 26.3: 3). According to the assay, the mixed condensate contains approx. 1.1 moles of the second component per mole of diazo compound.

EKSEMPEL 8 33,2 vægtdele 3-methoxy-diphenylamin-4-diazonium-sulfat (Diazo 2, sulfat, tabel 1)(97,5 #) opløses i 100 volumendele 86 % phos-phorsyre. I løbet af 15 minutter tilsættes der dråbevis og under omrøring 25,9 vægtdele methoxymethyl-diphenyloxid (sammensætningen deraf er angivet i det følgende) (Bestanddel B1, nr. 13, tabel 1). Der fremkommer et klart, råt kondensat, der holdes under omrøring i yderligere 1,5 timer ved stuetemperatur og derpå i 6 52 143621EXAMPLE 8 33.2 parts by weight of 3-methoxy-diphenylamine-4-diazonium sulfate (Diazo 2, sulfate, Table 1) (97.5 #) are dissolved in 100 parts by volume of 86% phosphoric acid. Within 15 minutes, 25.9 parts by weight of methoxymethyl diphenyloxide (with the composition thereof is given below) (Component B1, No. 13, Table 1) is added dropwise and with stirring. A clear, raw condensate is obtained which is kept under stirring for an additional 1.5 hours at room temperature and then for 6 52 143621

timer ved 40° C. Kondensatet opløses i 500 volumendele vand, og opløsningen, der indeholder en ringe uklarhed, klares ved filtrering. Kondensationsproduktet hundfældes ved hjælp af saltsyre. Der kan også anvendes natriumchlorid til bundfældeisen« Hvis man skal opnå et produkt, der i det væsentlige er frit for phosphorsyre, er det tilrådeligt at genbundfælde produktet pi samme måde. Udbytte: 37,6 vægtdele. I henhold til analysen har kondensationsproduktet et indhold på 16 flere carbonatomer pr. diazomolekyle end den ukondenserede diazoforbindelse (CThe condensate is dissolved in 500 parts by volume of water and the solution containing a slight haze is clarified by filtration. The condensation product is dog precipitated by hydrochloric acid. It is also possible to use sodium chloride for the precipitate. If a product which is essentially free of phosphoric acid is to be obtained, it is advisable to re-precipitate the product in the same way. Yield: 37.6 parts by weight. According to the analysis, the condensation product has a content of 16 more carbon atoms per diazomolecule than the uncondensed diazo compound (C

61,7 #, N 7,4 #, 01 9,3 %; atomforhold: 29,2 : 3 : 1.5).61.7 #, N 7.4 #, 01 9.3%; atomic ratio: 29.2: 3: 1.5).

Det anvendte methoxymethyl-diphenyloxid (bestanddel B^) har følgende sammensætning: diphenylether 1,3# mono-o-(methoxymethyl)-diphenylether 2,2 # mono-p-(methoxymethyl)-diphenylether 11,8 # ukendt lignende monomethoxymethyl bestanddel 3,9 # o, p'-di-(methoxymethyl)-diphenylether 21,9 # p, p’-di-(methoxymethyl)-diphenylether 47,3 # tri-(methoxymethyl)-diphenylether 1,3 # tetra-(methoxymethyl)-diphenylether 9,5 # Når man indfører methoxymethyl-diphenyloxidet i syren i fravær af en diazoforbindelse, opløses det i begyndelsen, når man rører kraftigt om. Efter få sekunder til få minutter bundfælder der et kondensat, der er uopløseligt i syren og i kogende vand.The methoxymethyl diphenyloxide used (component B 2) has the following composition: diphenyl ether 1,3 # mono-o- (methoxymethyl) diphenyl ether 2,2 # mono-p- (methoxymethyl) diphenyl ether 11.8 # unknown similar monomethoxymethyl component 3 , 9 # o, p'-di- (methoxymethyl) diphenyl ether 21.9 # p, p'-di- (methoxymethyl) diphenyl ether 47,3 # tri- (methoxymethyl) diphenyl ether 1,3 # tetra- (methoxymethyl) ) -diphenyl ether 9.5 # When introducing the methoxymethyl diphenyloxide into the acid in the absence of a diazo compound, it initially dissolves when vigorously stirred. After a few seconds to a few minutes, a condensate which is insoluble in the acid and in boiling water precipitates.

Man opnår et blandet kondensat, der giver anledning til dannelsen af exponeringsprodukter med de samme oleofile egenskaber, når man erstatter sulfatet af Diazo 2 med en ækvimolær mængde af sulfatet af Diazo 1, og i øvrigt anvender en ellers identisk proces. De blandede kondensater, der indeholder Diazo 2, giver 53 143621 i øvrigt anledning til dannelsen af reproduktionslag med bedre opbevaringsevne.A mixed condensate is obtained which gives rise to the formation of exposure products having the same oleophilic properties when replacing the sulphate of Diazo 2 with an equimolar amount of the sulphate of Diazo 1, and otherwise using an otherwise identical process. Moreover, the mixed condensates containing Diazo 2 give rise to the formation of reproductive layers with better storage capacity.

EKSEMPEL 9 4,64 vægtdele diphenylamin-4-diazoniumsulfat (Dlazo 1, sulfat, tabel 1) (95 %) opløses i 600 volumendele 86 % phosphorsyre.Example 9 4.64 parts by weight of diphenylamine-4-diazonium sulfate (Dlazo 1, sulfate, Table 1) (95%) are dissolved in 600 parts by volume of 86% phosphoric acid.

Derpå opløses 4,65 vægtdele 1,4-bis-(a-hydroxybenzyl)-benzen (Bestanddel B-^, nr. 19, tabel 1) i 30 volumendelé iseddikesyre, der er så varm, at der foregår en opløsning. Den varme iseddi-kesyreopløsning hældes derpå i diazoopløsningen, mens man foretager en kraftig omrøring. Der foretages en kondensation ved stuetemperatur over et tidsrum af 21 timer. Kondensationsblandingen opløses derpå i 2000 volumendele vand, filtreres til klarhed og bundfældes ved tilsætning af 300 volumendele koncentreret saltsyre. Bundfaldet separeres, opløses ved 60° C i 500 volumendele vand, filtreres og bundfældes ved tilsætning af 50 volumendele 6 F saltsyreopløsning i vand. Det produkt, der bundfælder, bundfældes igen på samme måde. Der opnås herved 4,8 vægtdele af chloridet af kondensationsproduktet. I henhold til analysen er forholdet C:N:C1 lig 26,6:3:3,05. Dette svarer til et forhold på ca. 0,73 mol af den anden bestanddel pr. mol diazo-forbindelse (C 69,2 %, K 9,1 %, Cl 8,2 %).Then 4.65 parts by weight of 1,4-bis- (a-hydroxybenzyl) -benzene (Component B-, No. 19, Table 1) is dissolved in 30 parts by volume of glacial acetic acid, which is so hot that a solution takes place. The hot glacial acetic acid solution is then poured into the diazop solution while vigorously stirring. Condensation is carried out at room temperature over a period of 21 hours. The condensation mixture is then dissolved in 2000 parts by volume of water, filtered for clarity and precipitated by the addition of 300 parts by volume of concentrated hydrochloric acid. The precipitate is separated, dissolved at 60 ° C in 500 volumes of water, filtered and precipitated by the addition of 50 volumes of 6 F hydrochloric acid solution in water. The product that settles is again precipitated in the same way. Thereby, 4.8 parts by weight of the chloride of the condensation product is obtained. According to the analysis, the ratio C: N: C1 equals 26.6: 3: 3.05. This corresponds to a ratio of approx. 0.73 moles of the second component per mole of diazo compound (C 69.2%, K 9.1%, Cl 8.2%).

EKSEMPEL 10 30,84 vægtdele diphenylamin-4-diazoniumsulfat (95%) (Diazo 1, sulfat, tabel 1) opløses i 1000 volumendelé 86 % phosphorsyre.EXAMPLE 10 30.84 parts by weight of diphenylamine-4-diazonium sulfate (95%) (Diazo 1, sulfate, Table 1) are dissolved in 1000 parts by volume of 86% phosphoric acid.

I løbet af 1 time tilsættes der dråbevis og under omrøring en opløsning af 18,4 vægtdele benzhydrol (bestanddel B^, nr. 18, tabel 1) i 200 volumendele iseddikesyre. Kondensationen gennemføres i 24 timer ved stuetemperatur. Man opnår et klart, råt kondensat, der opløses i vand uden remanens. Halvdelen af det rå kondensat indføres i 2500 volumendele vand, der er opvarmet til 40° C. Kondensationsproduktet danner i begyndelsen en klar 54 143621 opløsning og krystalliserer ved afkøling i form af små flager. Udbytte: 21,9 vægtdele (C 65,6 fi, U 8,1 %, P 8,9 atomforhold: 24.5 : 3 : 1,5).Over 1 hour, a solution of 18.4 parts by weight of benzhydrol (Component B ^, No. 18, Table 1) is added dropwise in 200 parts by volume of glacial acetic acid. The condensation is carried out for 24 hours at room temperature. A clear, raw condensate is obtained which dissolves in water without residue. Half of the raw condensate is introduced into 2500 parts by volume of water heated to 40 ° C. The condensation product initially forms a clear solution and crystallizes upon cooling in the form of small flakes. Yield: 21.9 parts by weight (C 65.6 fi, U 8.1%, P 8.9 atomic ratio: 24.5: 3: 1.5).

I henhold til analysen har kondensationsproduktet et indhold på 12.5 flere carbonatomer pr. diazogruppe end den ikke kondenserede forbindelse. Dette svarer til et forhold på oa. 1 mol af den anden forbindelse pr. mol diazoforbindelse.According to the analysis, the condensation product has a content of 12.5 more carbon atoms per diazo group than the non-condensed compound. This corresponds to a ratio of oa. 1 mole of the second compound per mole of diazo compound.

Den anden halvdel af det rå kondensat blandes med 1,5 vægtdele paraformaldehyd og kondenseres i 20 timer ved stuetemperatur.The other half of the crude condensate is mixed with 1.5 parts by weight of paraformaldehyde and condensed for 20 hours at room temperature.

Det rå kondensat opløses i 2000 volumendele vand og filtreres, hvorved man fjerner en ringe uklarhed, således at opløsningen bliver helt klar. Det kan på kendt måde separeres i form af zihkchloriddobbeltsaltet. Udbytte ! 22,9 vægtdele (0 59,9 fit U 8,5 fi\ atomforhold: 24,6 : 3).The crude condensate is dissolved in 2000 parts by volume of water and filtered to remove a slight cloudiness so that the solution becomes completely clear. It can be separated in the known manner in the form of the zihchloride double salt. Yield! 22.9 parts by weight (0 59.9 fit U 8.5 atomic ratio: 24.6: 3).

EKSEMPEL 11EXAMPLE 11

Med henblik på fremstillingen af det rå kondensat indføres 11 vægtdele 3-methoxy-diphenylamin-4-diazoniumsulfat (Diazo 2, sulfat, tabel 1) i 39,9 vægtdele 86 fi phosphorsyre, og blandingen afkøles til stuetemperatur. Derpå indfører man dtåbevis 5,17 vægtdele af en blanding af methoxymethylerede diphenylethere af den i eksempel 8 angivne sammensætning (Bestanddel , nr. 13, tabel 1), og blandingen holdes under omrøring i 1 time.For the preparation of the crude condensate, 11 parts by weight of 3-methoxy-diphenylamine-4-diazonium sulfate (Diazo 2, sulfate, Table 1) is introduced into 39.9 parts by weight 86 of phosphoric acid and the mixture is cooled to room temperature. Then, 5.17 parts by weight of a mixture of methoxymethylated diphenyl ethers of the composition of Example 8 is introduced (Component, No. 13, Table 1) and the mixture is kept under stirring for 1 hour.

Derpå opvarmes blandingen til 40° C, der tilsættes en blanding af 22,1 vægtdele af den samme diazoforbindelse med 2,4 vægtdele paraformaldehyd, og kondensationen gennemføres i 24 timer ved 40° C.Then the mixture is heated to 40 ° C, a mixture of 22.1 parts by weight of the same diazo compound with 2.4 parts by weight of paraformaldehyde is added and the condensation is carried out for 24 hours at 40 ° C.

Det rå kondensat anvendes direkte til fremstilling af overtræksblandingen.The raw condensate is used directly to prepare the coating mixture.

EKSEMPEL 12EXAMPLE 12

Til fremstilling af diazokondensationsproduktet opløses 81 vægt- 55 143521 dele Diazo 2, sulfat (tabel 1) i 500 volumendele 85 # phosphorsyre, 61 vægtdele 1,3-diisopropyl-4,6-dimethylol-benzen (Bestanddel ,To prepare the diazocondensation product, 81% by weight of Diazo 2 sulfate (Table 1) is dissolved in 500 parts by volume of 85 # phosphoric acid, 61 parts by weight of 1,3-diisopropyl-4,6-dimethylol-benzene (Component,

No. 10, tabel 1) Indføres 1 løbet af 15 minutter, og massen kondenseres i 39 timer ved 40° C. Kondensationsblandingen, der danner en klar opløsning i vand, opløses derpå i 2500 volumendele vand og bundfældes på ny ved tilsætning af 500 volumendele 18 vandig saltsyreopløsning. Efter filtrering ved sugning og vaskning med 0,5 S saltsyre tørres produktet med luft. Udbytte: 113 vægtdele chlorid af kondensationsproduktet (CNo. 10, Table 1) Introduce 1 over 15 minutes and the mass is condensed for 39 hours at 40 ° C. The condensation mixture, which forms a clear solution in water, is then dissolved in 2500 parts by volume and precipitated again by adding 500 parts by volume 18 aqueous. hydrochloric acid solution. After filtration by suction and washing with 0.5 S hydrochloric acid, the product is dried with air. Yield: 113 parts by weight of chloride of the condensation product (C

66,2 K 8,8 atomforhold: 26,3 : 3). Det fremgår af analyseresultatet, at kondensatet indeholder ca. 1 mol af den anden bestanddel pr. mol diazoforbindelse.66.2 K 8.8 atomic ratio: 26.3: 3). The analysis result shows that the condensate contains approx. 1 mole of the second component per mole of diazo compound.

EKSEMPEL 13EXAMPLE 13

Man fremstiller en diazo—harpiks i form af zinkchloriddobbeltsaltet ved kondensation af ækvimolekylære mængder diazo 1, sulfat (Tabel 1) og formaldehyd i 80 ^ svovlsyre, analogt med den proces, der er beskrevet i U.S.A. patent nr. 2.063.631.A diazo resin in the form of the zinc chloride double salt is prepared by the condensation of equimolecular amounts of diazo 1, sulfate (Table 1) and formaldehyde in 80 µ sulfuric acid, analogous to the process described in U.S.A. Patent No. 2,063,631.

EKSEMPEL 14 4,84 vægtdele 3-methoxy-diphenylamin-4-diazonium-phosphat (Diazo 2, phosphat, tabel 1) og 4,4 vægtdele diphenylamin-4-diazonium-phosphat (Diazo, 1, phosphat, tabel 1) opløses i 300 volumendele 86 i> phosphorsyre. 6 vægtdele 2,5-bis-(ethoxy-methyl)-thiophen (Bestanddel B1, nr . 16, tabel 1) tilsættes derpå dråbevis og under kraftig omrøring. Blandingen bliver rødlig, men forbliver klar. Kondensationen gennemføres i 2,5 timer ved stuetemperatur.EXAMPLE 14 4.84 parts by weight of 3-methoxy-diphenylamine-4-diazonium phosphate (Diazo 2, phosphate, Table 1) and 4.4 parts by weight of diphenylamine-4-diazonium phosphate (Diazo, 1, phosphate, Table 1) are dissolved in 300 volume parts 86 in> phosphoric acid. 6 parts by weight of 2,5-bis (ethoxy-methyl) -thiophene (Component B1, No. 16, Table 1) are then added dropwise and with vigorous stirring. The mixture becomes reddish but remains clear. The condensation is carried out for 2.5 hours at room temperature.

Det rå kondensat danner en klar opløsning i vand.The crude condensate forms a clear solution in water.

Por at bundfælde reaktionsproduktet indføres blandingen i isopro-panol, der holdes på en temperatur af ca. 65° C, og som holdes under grundig omrøring, og der afkøles til stuetemperatur. Bundfaldet filtreres fra ved sugning, og det vaskes grundigt med isopro-panol og tørres. Udbytte: 10,9 vægtdele. I henhold til analysen 56 143621 indeholder kondensationsproduktet, i form af et surt.phosphat, bestanddelene 3-methoxy-4-diazo-diphenylamin, 4-diazo-diphenyl-amin, og thiophen i et forhold på 0,7 til 0,3 til 2 (0 46,9 f°, N 6,7 f>, S 10,1 f>, 0CH3 3,1 1*\ atomforhold: 24,6 : 3: 1,98 : 0,73).To precipitate the reaction product, the mixture is introduced into isopropanol maintained at a temperature of ca. 65 ° C and kept under thorough stirring and cooled to room temperature. The precipitate is filtered off by suction and washed thoroughly with isopropanol and dried. Yield: 10.9 parts by weight. According to Assay 56 143621, the condensation product, in the form of an acid phosphate, contains the constituents 3-methoxy-4-diazo-diphenylamine, 4-diazo-diphenylamine, and thiophene in a ratio of 0.7 to 0.3 2 (0 46.9 f °, N 6.7 f>, S 10.1 f>, 0CH3 3.1 1 * \ atomic ratio: 24.6: 3: 1.98: 0.73).

Hår man indfører 2,5- bis-(ethoxymethyl)-thiophenet i phosphor-syre i fravær af diazoforbindelsen, dannes der øjeblikkeligt et homokondensat af denne forbindelse, hvilket praktisk talt er uopløseligt i syre og vand.When the 2,5-bis (ethoxymethyl) thiophene is introduced into phosphoric acid in the absence of the diazo compound, a homocondensate of this compound is formed immediately, which is virtually insoluble in acid and water.

EKSEMPEL 15 3.6 vægtdele 2,5-dimethoxy-4-phenoxy-benzen-diazoniumchlorid (Mazo 7, tabel 1) i form af dobbeltsaltet med 0,5 mol zinkchlorid (indeholdende HaCl, iT = 7,7 %) opløses i 60 volumendele 93 % phosphorsyre. Ler føres tør luft gennem opløsningen, indtil der ikke undslipper yderligere hydrogenchlorid. 2,7 vægtdele 1,3-diisopropyl-4,6-di-(methoxymethyl)-benzen (Bestanddel B^, nr, 20, tabel 1) tilsættes derpå, og massen kondenseres i 1 time ved stuetemperatur og i 2 timer ved 40° C. Kondensationsblandingen opløses i vand, således at der dannes en klar opløsning, kondensatet bundfældes med zinkchlorid, separeres og tørres. Udbytte; 2,9 vægtdele (C 57,6 fo, H 4,4 f>; atomforhold: 30.6 : 2), Analysen viser, at det blandede kondensat indeholder ca. 1,2 mol af den anden bestanddel pr. mol diazoniumforbindelse.EXAMPLE 15 3.6 parts by weight of 2,5-dimethoxy-4-phenoxy-benzene-diazonium chloride (Mazo 7, Table 1) in the form of the double salt with 0.5 mole of zinc chloride (containing HaCl, iT = 7.7%) are dissolved in 60 parts by volume 93 % phosphoric acid. Dry air is passed through the solution until no additional hydrogen chloride escapes. 2.7 parts by weight of 1,3-diisopropyl-4,6-di- (methoxymethyl) benzene (Component B 2, No. 20, Table 1) are then added and the mass is condensed for 1 hour at room temperature and for 2 hours at 40 ° C. The condensation mixture is dissolved in water to form a clear solution, the condensate is precipitated with zinc chloride, separated and dried. Yield; 2.9 parts by weight (C 57.6 fo, H 4.4 f>; atomic ratio: 30.6: 2). The analysis shows that the mixed condensate contains approx. 1.2 moles of the second component per mole of diazonium compound.

EKSEMPEL 16 3.6 vægtdele af det diazoniumsalt, der anvendes som udgangsmateriale i eksempel 15 (Liazo 7, zinkchloriddobbeltsalt, tabel 1) opløses i 60 volumendele 90 fo methansulfonsyre, og der føres tør luft gennem opløsningen, indtil der ikke undslipper yderligere hydrogenchlorid.EXAMPLE 16 3.6 parts by weight of the diazonium salt used as the starting material of Example 15 (Liazo 7, zinc chloride double salt, Table 1) are dissolved in 60 parts by volume of 90 µm of methanesulfonic acid and dry air is passed through the solution until no further hydrogen chloride escapes.

Lerpå indføres 2,7 vægtdele 1,3-diisopropyl-4,6-bis-(methoxyme- 57 umi thyl)-benzen (Bestanddel B^, nr. 20, tabel 1), og massen kondenseres i 1 time ved stuetemperatur og i 2 timer ved 40° C.Then 2.7 parts by weight of 1,3-diisopropyl-4,6-bis (methoxymethyl-57-methyl) -benzene (Component B ^, No. 20, Table 1) are introduced and the mass is condensed for 1 hour at room temperature and at room temperature. 2 hours at 40 ° C.

Blandingen indføres i vand og befries for uopløste bestanddele ved tilsætning af trækul, efterfulgt af filtrering ved sugning.The mixture is introduced into water and freed of undissolved constituents by the addition of charcoal, followed by filtration by suction.

Det kondenserede produkt bundfældes fra filtratet i form af zinkchloriddobbeltsaltet. Udbytte: 5,8 vægtdele (C 41,0 N 2,7 i>\ atomforhold: 35,3 : 2). Dette svarer til et indhold på ca. 1,5 mol af den anden bestanddel pr. mol diazoforbindelse.The condensed product is precipitated from the filtrate in the form of the zinc chloride double salt. Yield: 5.8 parts by weight (C 41.0 N 2.7 in atomic ratio: 35.3: 2). This corresponds to a content of approx. 1.5 moles of the second component per mole of diazo compound.

EKSEMPEL 17 1,75 vægtdele 4-(2,5-diethoxy-benzoylamino)-2,5-diethoxy-benzen-diazoniumehlorid (Diazo 8, tabel 1), i form af zinkchloriddobbeltsaltet (N = 4,8 ^), opløses i 10 volumendele 90 i> methansulfon-syre, og der føres tør luft gennem blandingen, indtil der ikke undslipper mere hydrogenchlorid. Derpå tilsættes der 0,14 vægtdele 1,4-bis-hydroxymethyl-benzen (Bestanddel B1, nr. 12, tabel 1). Efter kondensering i 4 timer ved stuetemperatur fortyndes blandingen med vand, og der filtreres, hvorpå kondensatet bundfældes fra filtratet ved hjælp af en zinkchloridopløsning. Udbytte: 2,2 vægtdele (C 25,2 N 3,6 $} atomforhold: 24,5 : 3).EXAMPLE 17 1.75 parts by weight of 4- (2,5-diethoxy-benzoylamino) -2,5-diethoxy-benzene-diazonium chloride (Diazo 8, Table 1), in the form of the zinc chloride double salt (N = 4.8 10 volumes 90 parts of methanesulfonic acid, and dry air is passed through the mixture until no more hydrogen chloride escapes. Then 0.14 parts by weight of 1,4-bis-hydroxymethylbenzene are added (Component B1, No. 12, Table 1). After condensing for 4 hours at room temperature, the mixture is diluted with water and filtered, and the condensate is precipitated from the filtrate using a zinc chloride solution. Yield: 2.2 parts by weight (C 25.2 N 3.6 $} atomic ratio: 24.5: 3).

EKSEMPEL 18 0,78 vægtdele 3-methoxy->diphenylen-oxid-2-diazoniumchlorid, i fonn af dobbeltsaltet med 0,5 mol zinkchlorid (N = 7,2 90 (Diazo 9, tabel 1), opløses ± 10 volumendele 90 $ methansulfonsyre, og der føres tør luft gennem blandingen, indtil der ikke undslipper mere hydrogenchlorid. Derpå tilsættes der 0,14 vægtdele 1,4-dimethylol-benzen (Bestanddel B1, nr. 12, tabeil), og kondensationen gennemføres i 4 timer ved stuetemperatur. Kondensationsproduktet bundfældes ved hjælp af zinkchlorid. Udbytte: 1,4 vægtdele. (C 22,4 $, N 2,9; atomforhold: 18: 2).. På basis af analysen 58 143521 kan det antages, at der pr. mol diazoforbindelse er inkorporeret ca. 0,6 mol af den anden bestanddel.EXAMPLE 18 0.78 parts by weight of 3-methoxy-> diphenylene oxide-2-diazonium chloride, in the form of the double salt with 0.5 mole of zinc chloride (N = 7.2 90 (Diazo 9, Table 1)) dissolves ± 10 volumes by 90 methane sulfonic acid and dry air is passed through the mixture until no more hydrogen chloride is released, then 0.14 parts by weight of 1,4-dimethylol-benzene (Component B1, no. 12, tabeil) is added and the condensation is carried out for 4 hours at room temperature. The condensation product is precipitated by zinc chloride Yield: 1.4 parts by weight (C 22.4 $, N 2.9; atomic ratio: 18: 2) .. On the basis of the analysis 58 143521, it can be assumed that per mole diazo compound is incorporated about 0.6 mole of the second component.

EKSEMPEL 19EXAMPLE 19

Man fremstiller et kondensationsprodukt ud fra 3-methoxy-diphe-nyl-amin-4-diazoniumehlorid og formaldehyd som beskrevet i eksempel 1) af U.S.A. patent nr. 3.406,159» og det separeres i form af et surt phosphat, der stadig indeholder noget phosphorsyre (IT 9,3 f>·, atomforhold 0 : N : P = 14 : 3 : 2,3).A condensation product is prepared from 3-methoxy-diphenyl-amine-4-diazonium chloride and formaldehyde as described in Example 1) of U.S.A. Patent No. 3,406,159 »and it is separated into an acid phosphate which still contains some phosphoric acid (IT 9.3 f> ·, atomic ratio 0: N: P = 14: 3: 2.3).

Produktet har en gennemsnitlig kondensationsgrad på ca. 3 enheder af methoxydiphenylamindiazoniumsalt pr. molekyle, bestemt for diazo-amino-forbindelsen med diisobutylamin i benzen under anvendelse af den kryoskopiske metode til bestemmelse af molekylvægt.The product has an average degree of condensation of approx. 3 units of methoxydiphenylamine diazonium salt per molecule, determined for the diazo-amino compound with diisobutylamine in benzene using the cryoscopic method for determining molecular weight.

10 vægtdele af diazo kondensationsproduktet opløses i 85 vægtdele 85 f> phosphorsyre. 5,7 vægtdele 4,4'-bis-methoxymethyl-diphenylether (Bestanddel B^, nr. 15, tabel 1) tilsættes dråbevis i løbet af 10 minutter, og blandingen bliver derpå kondenseret i 20 timer uden yderligere opvarmning. Den klare kondensations-blanding, der danner en klar opløsning i vand, fortyndes med 100 volumendele vand, og derpå tilsættes der 330 volumendele af en mættet vandig opløsning af natriumchlorid. Det således dannede bundfald renses ved igen at opløse det i vand og ved at genbundfælde det med en opløsning af natriumchlorid, og det bundfældede produkt bliver derpå tørret. Udbytte: 8,1 vægtdele (C 48,3 ΪΓ 4,3 f \ atomforhold: 39,4 : 3).10 parts by weight of the diazo condensation product are dissolved in 85 parts by weight 85 f> phosphoric acid. 5.7 parts by weight of 4,4'-bis-methoxymethyl diphenyl ether (Component B ^, No. 15, Table 1) is added dropwise over 10 minutes and the mixture is then condensed for 20 hours without further heating. The clear condensation mixture forming a clear solution in water is diluted with 100 parts by volume of water and then 330 parts by volume of a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride is added. The precipitate thus formed is purified by re-dissolving it in water and by precipitating it with a solution of sodium chloride, and the precipitated product is then dried. Yield: 8.1 parts by weight (C 48.3 ΪΓ 4.3 atomic ratio: 39.4: 3).

I henhold til analysen er diazo-homokondensatet og den anden bestanddel til stede i det blandede kondensat i et molært forhold på ca. 1 : 5,4.According to the assay, the diazo homocondensate and the second component are present in the mixed condensate in a molar ratio of about 1: 5.4.

59 143*21 EKSEMPEL 20 5 vægtdele 4-p-tolylmercapto-2,5-dimethoxy-benzen-diazoniumchlorid, i form af zinkchloriddobbeltsaltet (N 6,9 %) (Diazo 6, tabel 1), opløses i 40 volumendele 80 $ svovlsyre, og der føres tør luft gennem opløsningen, Indtil der ikke undslipper yderligere mængder hydrogenchlorid.EXAMPLE 20 5 parts by weight of 4-p-tolylmercapto-2,5-dimethoxy-benzene diazonium chloride, in the form of the zinc chloride double salt (N 6.9%) (Diazo 6, Table 1), dissolve in 40 parts by volume of 80 $ sulfuric acid and dry air is passed through the solution, until no additional hydrogen chloride escapes.

0,88 vægtdele af 1,4-bis-(hydroxymethyl)-benzen (Bestanddel B^, nr. 12, tabel 1) tilsættes til opløsningen i portioner, opløsningen holdes under omrøring i 1 time ved stuetemperatur, og man lader den derpå henstå natten over. Derpå hældes den i 300 volumendele vand, der tilsættes 2 vægtdele trækul for at fjerne en ringe uklarhed, og opløsningen filtreres derpå under sugning.0.88 parts by weight of 1,4-bis (hydroxymethyl) benzene (Component B ^, No. 12, Table 1) is added to the solution in portions, the solution is stirred for 1 hour at room temperature and then allowed to stand overnight. Then it is poured into 300 parts by volume of water, 2 parts by weight of charcoal is added to remove a slight haze, and the solution is then filtered under suction.

Pra det klare filtrat bundfældes kondensationsproduktet ved tilsætning af zinkchlorid og natriumchlorid. Udbytte: 5,4 vægtdele, lufttørret (C 31,0 $, N 3,5 #} atomforhold: 20,6 : 2). Kondensatet indeholder ca. 0,7 mol af den anden bestanddel pr. mol diazoforbindelse.In the clear filtrate, the condensation product is precipitated by the addition of zinc chloride and sodium chloride. Yield: 5.4 parts by weight, air dried (C $ 31.0, N 3.5 #} atomic ratio: 20.6: 2). The condensate contains approx. 0.7 mol of the second component per mole of diazo compound.

EKSEMPEL 21 32,3 vægtdele 3-methoxy-diphenylamin-4-diazoniumsulfat (Diazo 2, sulfat, tabeil) opløses i 265 vægtdele 93 $ phosphorsyre. 25,8 vægtdele 4,4’-bis-(methoxymethyl)-diphenylether (Bestanddel B1, nr, 15, tabel 1) tilsættes dråbevis til opløsningen, og kondensationen gennemføres i 2 timer ved 40° C. Der tilsættes 16 vægtdele paraformaldehyd til blandingen, hvorved der fremkommer en klar opløsning i vand, kondensationen fortsættes i 6 timer ved 40° C, og man lader derpå blandingen henstå natten over. Blandingen, der opløses i vand uden at efterlade nogen remanens, opløses derpå i vand, og der tilsættes en mættet opløsning af natriumchlorid. Det voluminøse bundfald, der dannes, holdes på 40° C i 1 time, filtreres derpå fra ved sugning i så vidt omfang som muligt, og indholdet i sugefilteret, nemlig en grøn pasta, tørres derpå over phosphorpentoxid, hvorpå produktet omdannes 60 umi til en sejg, grøn masse, der lugter stærkt af formaldehyd. Udbytte: 175 vægtdele (C 16,4 $, H 1,9 $, S 0,45 %> p ^.7 %f atomforhold: C:N:P = 30,2:3:9>7). I sammenligning med den ukondenserede diazoforbindelse har kondensatet et indhold på ca« 17 flere carhonatomer.EXAMPLE 21 32.3 parts by weight of 3-methoxy-diphenylamine-4-diazonium sulfate (Diazo 2, sulfate, tabeil) are dissolved in 265 parts by weight of 93 $ phosphoric acid. 25.8 parts by weight of 4,4'-bis (methoxymethyl) diphenyl ether (Component B1, No. 15, Table 1) is added dropwise to the solution and the condensation is carried out for 2 hours at 40 ° C. 16 parts by weight of paraformaldehyde are added to the mixture. whereby a clear solution is obtained in water, the condensation is continued for 6 hours at 40 ° C and the mixture is left to stand overnight. The mixture, which is dissolved in water without leaving any residue, is then dissolved in water and a saturated solution of sodium chloride is added. The bulky precipitate formed is kept at 40 ° C for 1 hour, then filtered off by suction as far as possible, and the contents of the suction filter, namely a green paste, are then dried over phosphorus pentoxide, whereupon the product is converted to 60 tough, green pulp that smells strongly of formaldehyde. Yield: 175 parts by weight (C $ 16.4, H $ 1.9, S 0.45%> p ^ .7% f atomic ratio: C: N: P = 30.2: 3: 9> 7). Compared to the uncondensed diazo compound, the condensate has a content of about «17 more carbon atoms.

EKSEMPEL 22 - 28EXAMPLES 22 - 28

Eksempel 22 - 28 viser, at man under anvendelse af de nye kondensationsprodukter også i nærværelse af phosphorsyre kan opnå reproduktionslag, der er betydeligt mindre følsomme over for fingeraftryk under behandlingen end reproduktionslag, der fremstilles på samme måde, men under anvendelse af de kendte formaldehydkondensater af diazoforbindelserne alene (samme anion og samme tilsætning af phosphorsyre).Examples 22-28 show that using the new condensation products, in the presence of phosphoric acid, reproduction layers which are significantly less sensitive to fingerprints during treatment than reproduction layers prepared in the same manner, but using the known formaldehyde condensates of the diazo compounds alone (same anion and same phosphoric acid addition).

Le i tabel 3 viste overtræksopløsninger påføres på et aluminiumunderlag, der er blevet gjort ru med metaltrådsbørster og forbehandlet med polyvinylphosphonsyre i henhold til U.S.A. patent nr, 3.220.832, Overtrækket tørres derpå med varm luft.Coatings shown in Table 3 are applied to an aluminum substrate which has been roughened with metal wire brushes and pre-treated with polyvinylphosphonic acid according to U.S.A. Patent No. 3,220,832, The coating is then dried with hot air.

Reduktionen af materialets følsomhed over for fugtighed, der bliver konstaterbar ved følsomheden over for fingeraftryk, involverer naturlig-vis en reduktion af fremkaldeligheden af reproduktionslaget med vand. Vandige opløsninger af salte, der fortrinsvis yderligere indeholder befugtningsmidler eller små koncentrationer af organiske opløsningsmidler, er dog i almindelighed velegnet til fremkaldelse.The reduction of the material's sensitivity to moisture, which becomes detectable by the sensitivity to fingerprints, naturally involves a reduction of the reproducibility of the reproduction layer with water. However, aqueous solutions of salts, which preferably further contain wetting agents or small concentrations of organic solvents, are generally suitable for development.

Le fremkaldere, der er anvendt i de individuelle eksempler, er angivet i den sidste søjle i tabel 3, der indeholder detaljerne af eksemplerne.Le developers used in the individual examples are listed in the last column of Table 3 which contains the details of the examples.

Fremkalder I betyder: 100 volumendele vand, 5 vægtdele natriumlaurylsulfat (50$) (remanens natriumsulfat), og 3 vægtdele vinsyre.Developer I means: 100 parts by volume of water, 5 parts by weight of sodium lauryl sulfate ($ 50) (sodium sulfate of the residue), and 3 parts by weight of tartaric acid.

61 14382161 143821

Fremkalder II betyder: Fremkalder I, hvortil der er tilsat 2 vægtdele benzylalkohol.Developer II means: Developer I to which 2 parts by weight of benzyl alcohol is added.

Fremstillingen af kopien viser, at de reproduktionslag, der opnås under anvendelse af de nye kondensationsprodukter, er op til fire gange så lysfølsomme som de reproduktionslag, der opnås under anvendelse af de kendte formaldehydkondensater af de samme diazoforbindelser. Billedarealerne optager tryksværte i fuldt tilfredsstillende omfang.The preparation of the copy shows that the reproduction layers obtained using the new condensation products are up to four times as light sensitive as the reproduction layers obtained using the known formaldehyde condensates of the same diazo compounds. The image areas take up ink well to the fullest extent.

143621 _62____143621 _62____

fHfH

Q) _Q) _

Η OΗ Oh

M CM Η HM CM Η H

$ H iXjHHHHH$ H iXjHHHHH

SS

ΦΦ

fHfH

ft m oj « 1JO® cj H ft ft o hos'd § = = = = = 15 ·· fi rj i i rj-j rh Cl? VO fl) •η P.3 § w^a d o_g______—,- CO I , ,· i, S 1^° ' d g1ft m oj «1JO® cj H ft ft o hos'd § = = = = = 15 ·· fi rj i i rj-j rh Cl? VO fl) • η P.3 § w ^ a d o_g ______—, - CO I,, · i, S 1 ^ ° 'd g1

H XO N » PH XO N »P

ft i M Ph Cd M d 0·Η Φ tn ·Η Φ Ο Η Οθft i M Ph Cd M d 0 · Η Φ tn · Η Φ Ο Η Οθ

cQ m -p H Ld -d ft i—IOO HcQ m -p H Ld -d ft i — IOO H

^ O ft = = = = =OWN Φ S'd'dfn S d · d a d -d^ O ft = = = = = OWN Φ S'd'dfn S d · d a d -d

d d'd (D ω d d ® -Pd d (D ω d d ® -P

P <3 cd >· cm ι-H ft hD H >d ft ω £------- & I $ O VO ΦP <3 cd> · cm ι-H ft hD H> d ft ω £ ------- & I $ O VO Φ

S in in M- co ιλ M- 03 SS in a M- co ιλ M- 03 S

•v ·» ·1 O• v · »· 1 O

o° o oooooo d ---------ao ° o oooooo d --------- a

^-v H^ -v H

• III! o• III! island

Ml i i i i i o fcfl Ο I II I I I CM >aMl i i i i i i o fcfl fl I II I I I CM> a

KM nd O d I ll » i I LTV HKM nd O d I ll »i I LTV H

I H S ft I II III1I H S ft I II III1

Ri ο ® X ft I II i i I £ ft i rd h ej i 'i ! i ! ®Ri ο ® X ft I II i i I £ ft i rd h not i 'i! i! ®

Rl d H S I II 11^- HRl d H S I II 11 ^ - H

<ji ο φ i o i ll ill g> * acm a__{_j-j-[-1-j- £ I II 111 φ<ji ο φ i o i ll ill g> * acm a __ {_ j-j - [- 1-j- £ I II 111 φ

I II I I I OI II I I I O

i il I i i Ph IIin il I i in Ph II

I I ' ' 1 1 J° π Λ I Ch I I 1 I I I id 0 o 0) d I II III· g g d-H I II I i ! 1 _,_ g C- cd S i II 111·=!· ¢5 ft-p d i i i i i j <? hI I '' 1 1 J ° π Λ I Ch I I 1 I I I id 0 o 0) d I II III · g g d-H I II I i! 1 _, _ g C- cd S i II 111 · =! · ¢ 5 ft-p d i i i i i j <? H

-p Φ Φ O I I I I I I PM-p Φ Φ O I I I I I I PM

cd CQ fn ft I II III CMcd CQ fn ft I II III CM

ra i i i i i i Ed d i i i i i i Φ __._.— -—-- τϊ do , ira i i i i i i i Ed d i i i i i i Φ __._.— -—-- τϊ do, i

O CM I I I I I IO CM I I I I I I

X HH Mm X^- Mi lo Μίνο Mic- Mien ο φ φ φ φ Φ ΦX HH Mm X ^ - Mi lo Μίνο Mic- Mien ο φ φ φ φ Φ Φ

-P i—I i—I i—I i—I rd i—I-P i — I i — I i — I i — I rd i — I

φ , _______- q) - .,-1 φ--Η φ--Η Φ--Η Φ —Η Φ - d ft ft ft ft ft ft gi as as asssssss ede^ ·οφ οφ οφοφοφοφφ, _______- q) -., - 1 φ - Η φ - Η Φ - Η Φ —Η Φ - d ft ft ft ft ft ft ft gi as assssss ede ^ · οφ οφ οφοφοφοφ

Hd rora m ra ramraratQCQWra ffl 3 -- -PR I I I t I I C— to h i 1 i i i ! Φ® j j I I j jHd rora m ra ramraratQCQWra ffl 3 - -PR I I I t I I C— to h i 1 i i i! Φ® j j I I j j

I I I I I I II I I I I I I I

I i I I I I ·Μ·I I I I I I · Μ ·

I I I I I I OI I I I I I O

I I I I i I ftI I I I i I ft

I I I I I I CMI I I I I I CM

i i i i i i idi i i i i i i id

I I I I I II I I I I I I

I I I I I I I ·“ id i i i i i i <— ΟΉ (D M I I I I I ! n R ro cm i i i i I 2I I I I I I I · “id i i i i i i i <- n (D M I I I I I! N R ro cm i i i i i 2

cs fn h s i ! j ! Scs fn h s i! j! S

Η Ο Φ 1 I I I I I I toΗ Ο Φ 1 I I I I I I two

R ft R =< I I I I I I 1HR ft R = <I I I I I I 1H

i i I i i I Ri i i i i i i R

m „m „

Mi CM m.'M-iriVDC^COMi CM m.'M-iriVDC ^ CO

m CM CM CM CM CM CM CMm CM CM CM CM CM CM CM

63 143621 EKSEMPEL 28 4,4 vægtdele diphenylamin-4-diazoniumphosphat (Diazo 1, phos-phat, tabel 1) opløses i 300 volumendele 96,5 tf phosphorsyre.EXAMPLE 28 4.4 parts by weight of diphenylamine-4-diazonium phosphate (Diazo 1, phosphate, Table 1) are dissolved in 300 parts by volume of 96.5 tf phosphoric acid.

En kogende opløsning af 4,0 vægtdele 9,10-bis-methoxymethyl-anthracen (Bestanddel B1, nr. 17, tabel 1) i 30 volumendele iseddikesyre hældes i opløsningen under grundig omrøring. Kondensationen gennemføres i 1,5 timer uden yderligere opvarmning. Det rå kondensat er opløseligt i vand uden remanens. Por at isolere kondensationsproduktet fortyndes kondensationsblandingen med 150 volumendele methanol, og opløsningen hældes under omrøring ned i 2,000 volumendele isopropanol ved ca. 65° C. Bundfaldet frafiltreres under sugning, vaskes med isopropanol og tørres. Udbytte: 5,4 vægtdele. I henhold til analysen har kondensatet et indhold på 24,4 flere carbonatomer pr. molekyle diazoforbin-delse end den ukondenserede diazoforbindelse; dette svarer til ca. 1,5 mol af den anden bestanddel pr. mol diazoforbindelse (C 52,9 tf, N 5, 1 tf, P 11,3 tf; atomforhold: 36,4 : 3 :3).A boiling solution of 4.0 parts by weight of 9,10-bis-methoxymethyl-anthracene (Component B1, No. 17, Table 1) in 30 parts by volume of glacial acetic acid is poured into the solution with thorough stirring. The condensation is carried out for 1.5 hours without further heating. The raw condensate is soluble in water without residue. To isolate the condensation product, the condensation mixture is diluted with 150 parts by volume of methanol and the solution is poured into 2,000 volumes of isopropanol with stirring at ca. 65 ° C. The precipitate is filtered off with suction, washed with isopropanol and dried. Yield: 5.4 parts by weight. According to the analysis, the condensate has a content of 24.4 more carbon atoms per minute. molecular diazo compound than the uncondensed diazo compound; this corresponds to approx. 1.5 moles of the second component per mole of diazo compound (C 52.9 tf, N 5, 1 tf, P 11.3 tf; atomic ratio: 36.4: 3: 3).

De nedenstående eksempler viser den brede anvendelighed af de nye kondensationsprodukter på forskellige understøtningsmaterialer og i forskellige reprografiske processer.The examples below show the wide applicability of the new condensation products on different support materials and in different reprographic processes.

Udover fordelene ved de forbedrede oleofile egenskaber af expo-neringsprodukterne og den forbedrede lysfølsomhed, der også gentagne gange viser sig i de følgende eksempler, viser disse eksempler yderligere fordele i forbindelse med individuelle grupper af blandede kondensater.In addition to the advantages of the improved oleophilic properties of the exposure products and the improved light sensitivity, which is also repeatedly shown in the following examples, these examples show additional advantages associated with individual groups of mixed condensates.

EKSEMPEL 29EXAMPLE 29

En ad elektrolytisk vej rugjort aluminiumfolie overtrækkes ved pensling med en 2 vægt-tf vandig opløsning af chloridet af et kondensationsprodukt, der er fremstillet ud fra diazoforbindelse 2 og bestanddel No, 14, tabel 1. Efter billedmæssig expone-ring over for lys gennem et negativ fremkaldes folien ved at tørre 64 * 143621 den over med 1,5 f> vandig phosphorsyre og sværtes med fedtet sværte. Der fremkommer herved en effektiv trykkeform.An aluminum foil roughened aluminum foil is coated by brushing with a 2 wt. Aqueous solution of the chloride of a condensation product prepared from diazo compound 2 and component No, 14, Table 1. After imaging exposure to light through a negative the foil is developed by drying it over with 1.5 µl of aqueous phosphoric acid and hardening with greasy ink. This results in an effective printing form.

En lige så effektiv trykkeform fremstilles på analog måde ved at påføre den samme opløsning på en ad mekanisk vej rugjort aluminiumfolie, der på kendt måde er "blevet forbehandlet med et alkalimetalsilicat.An equally effective printing form is prepared in an analogous manner by applying the same solution to an aluminum mechanical roughened aluminum foil which in a known manner has been "pre-treated with an alkali metal silicate.

I stedet for at anvende chloridet af kondensationsproduktet er det også muligt at anvende det tilsvarende zinkchloriddobbelt-salt eller cadmiumchloriddobbeltsalt. Fremkalder II er velegnet til fremkaldelse.Instead of using the chloride of the condensation product, it is also possible to use the corresponding zinc chloride double salt or cadmium chloride double salt. Developer II is suitable for developing.

Kondensationsproduktet fremstilles på følgende måde: 30.2 vægtdele 3-methoxy~diphenylamin-4—diazoniumsulfat (Diazo 2, sulfat, tabel 1) opløses i 93,5 volumendele 86 fo phosphorsyre.The condensation product is prepared as follows: 30.2 parts by weight of 3-methoxy-diphenylamine-4-diazonium sulfate (Diazo 2, sulfate, Table 1) is dissolved in 93.5 parts by volume of 86 fo phosphoric acid.

29.3 vægtdele fint pulveriseret 4,4-bis-aeetoxymethyl-diphenyl- ether (Bestanddel , nr. 14, tabel 1) tilsættes derpå under kraftig omrøring, blandingen holdes under omrøring i yderligere 1,5 timer uden opvarmning og kondenseres slutteligt i 3,5 timer ved 40° C. Den klare kondensationsblanding opløses i 500 volumendele vand (klar opløsning), og chloridet af kondensationsproduktet bundfældes ved 40° C ved dråbevis tilsætning af 220 volumendele saltsyre (36 fo HC1 fortyndet med det samme volumen vand). Med henblik på rensning opløses bundfaldet i varmt vand, og chloridet bundfældes igen ved tilsætning af saltsyre. Tørringen gennemføres ved 30° 0 ved at cirkulere luft i et tørrekammer. Udbytte: 38,7 vægtdele (C 65,7 f, B 8,1 fo, 01 8,6 f>\ atomforhold 28,5 : 3 : 1,26).29.3 parts by weight of finely powdered 4,4-bis-aethoxymethyl-diphenyl ether (Component, No. 14, Table 1) is then added with vigorous stirring, the mixture is stirred for an additional 1.5 hours without heating and finally condensed for 3.5 hours. The clear condensation mixture is dissolved in 500 parts by volume of water (clear solution) and the chloride of the condensation product is precipitated at 40 ° C by the dropwise addition of 220 parts by volume of hydrochloric acid (36 fo HCl diluted with the same volume of water). For purification, the precipitate is dissolved in hot water and the chloride is again precipitated by the addition of hydrochloric acid. The drying is carried out at 30 ° 0 by circulating air in a drying chamber. Yield: 38.7 parts by weight (C 65.7 f, B 8.1 fo, 01 8.6 f> atomic ratio 28.5: 3: 1.26).

EKSEMPEL 30EXAMPLE 30

En aluminiumfolie, der er gjort ru ved hjælp af metalbørster og forbehandlet med polyvinylphosphonsyre i henhold til U.S.A# patent nr. 3.220.832, overtrækkes med følgende overtræksopløsninger, og lagene tørres: 65 U3S21 1 2 3 4 5 6 diazo-formaldehyd-kondensat 0,4 - - - 0,04 0,13 (vægtdele) blandet kondensat - 0,34 0,34 0,34 0,31 0,23 (vægtdele) ++^ phosphorsyre, mol pr, 2,8 0 0,5 2,8 0,5 2,8 mol diazogrupper I hvert tilfælde opløses der i 100 volumendele ethylenglycol-monomethylether /butylacetat (8:2 volumendele).An aluminum foil roughened by metal brushes and pre-treated with polyvinylphosphonic acid according to US Patent No. 3,220,832 is coated with the following coating solutions and the layers are dried: 65 U3S21 1 2 3 4 5 6 diazo-formaldehyde condensate 0 4 - - - 0.04 0.13 (parts by weight) of mixed condensate - 0.34 0.34 0.34 0.31 0.23 (parts by weight) ++ ^ phosphoric acid, moles per, 2.8 0 0.5 2.8 0.5 2.8 moles of diazo groups In each case, dissolve in 100 parts by volume ethylene glycol monomethyl ether / butyl acetate (8: 2 parts by volume).

+) formaldehyd-kondensat fra diazoforbindelse 2, chlorid, (tabel I) i 2,8 mol phosphorsyre, analogt med eksempel 1 i U.S.A. patent No. 3.406.159 ++) Det blandede kondensat (chlorid) er det samme som i eksempel 29.+) formaldehyde condensate from diazo compound 2, chloride, (Table I) in 2.8 moles of phosphoric acid, analogous to Example 1 of U.S.A. patent no. 3.406.159 ++) The mixed condensate (chloride) is the same as in Example 29.

Efter exponering for en trefaset kulbuelampe med 2,4 kW under en negativ original og en 21 trins gråkile med tæthedsinkrementer på 0,15 opnås der den samme mængde af hærdede kiletrin for alle lagene (bedømt efter fremkaldelse og sværtning med fedtet sværte), når man anvender følgende exponeringstider: 1 2 3 4 5 6After exposure to a three-phase carbon bulb with 2.4 kW below a negative original and a 21-step gray wedge with density increments of 0.15, the same amount of cured wedge step is obtained for all layers (judged by developing and blackening with grease black) when apply the following exposure times: 1 2 3 4 5 6

Varigheden af exponeringen i relative enheder 70 18 18 35 25 50Duration of exposure in relative units 70 18 18 35 25 50

Fremkalderen i tilfælde 1 er vand, i tilfælde 2 til 6 Fremkalder II (se eksempel 22 til 28). For yderligere at forøge trykkeoplaget er det muligt at forstærke de på denne måde fremkomne trykkeforme med passende lakker, f.eks. de produkter, der er beskrevet i U.S.A. patent nr. 3.313.233, især eksempel 1, og 2.754.279·The developer in case 1 is water, in case 2 to 6 developer II (see examples 22 to 28). To further increase the printing surface, it is possible to reinforce the printing molds thus obtained with suitable varnishes, e.g. the products described in U.S.A. Patent Nos. 3,313,233, especially Example 1, and 2,754,279 ·

Efter opbevaring i 8 uger ved 52° C kan de forsensibiliserede materialer 1, 4 og 6 stadig viderebehandles let. De lag, der 66 143621 indeholder mindre phosphorsyre eller ingen phosphorsyre, har mindre lagerstabilitet under disse betingelser.After storage for 8 weeks at 52 ° C, the pre-sensitized materials 1, 4 and 6 can still be lightly processed. The layers containing less phosphoric acid or no phosphoric acid have less storage stability under these conditions.

Por at forøge trykkeoplaget af de trykkeforme, der er fremstillet ud fra reproduktionsmaterialet, er det også muligt at forsyne reproduktionslaget med et overtræk af vanduopløselige polymere, f.eks. som beskrevet i U.S.A. patent nr. 3.136.637.By increasing the printing layer of the printing forms made from the reproduction material, it is also possible to provide the reproduction layer with a coating of water-insoluble polymers, e.g. as described in U.S.A. Patent No. 3,136,637.

Det er også muligt til sådanne overtræk yderligere at tilsætte farvestoffer, pigmenter og diazoforbindelser, f.eks. de forbindelser, der er beskrevet i U.S.A. patent nr. 3.180.732 og 3.175.906. En tilsvarende arbejdsmetode er beskrevet i U.S.A. patent nr. 3.522.042, svarende til fransk patent nr. 1.538.092.It is also possible to further add dyes, pigments and diazo compounds to such coatings, e.g. the compounds disclosed in U.S.A. Patent Nos. 3,180,732 and 3,175,906. A similar working method is described in U.S.A. Patent No. 3,522,042, corresponding to French Patent No. 1,538,092.

Som blandet kondensat kan man også anvende et produkt, der er fremstillet på basis af 1 mol 3-methoxy-diphenylamin-4-diazonium-sulfat (Diazo 2, sulfat, tabeil) og 1,5 mol 4,4'-bis-methoxymethyl-diphenylether (Bestanddel B1 .nr. 15, tabel 1), analogt med eksempel 29, og separeret som chloridet. I dette tilfælde kan man klare sig med endog kortere exponeringstider, men tilsætning af mere phosphorsyre er nødvendig for at opnå lag med samme lageropbevaringsstabilitet.As a mixed condensate, a product prepared from 1 mole of 3-methoxy-diphenylamine-4-diazonium sulfate (Diazo 2, sulfate, tabeil) and 1.5 moles of 4,4'-bis-methoxymethyl can also be used. -diphenyl ether (Component B1, No. 15, Table 1), analogous to Example 29, and separated as the chloride. In this case, even shorter exposure times can be coped with, but the addition of more phosphoric acid is necessary to achieve layers with the same storage stability.

EKSEMPEL 31EXAMPLE 31

Det i eksempel 30 anvendte aluminiumunderlag, der er forud overtrukket med polyvinylphosphonsyre, overtrækkes med følgende opløsning: 1,25 vægtdele af et råt kondensat af 3-methoxy-diphenylamin-4- diazoniumchlorid og formaldehyd i phosphorsyre (molært forhold 1 : 1 : 2,8), Kondensation i 40 timer ved 40° C, 10,0 vægtdele af det i eksempel 8 beskrevne kondensationsprodukt, 5,1 vægtdele 85 $> phosphorsyre, 2400,0 vægtdele ethylenglycolmonomethylether, og 580,0 vægtdele butylacetat.The aluminum substrate used in Example 30, previously coated with polyvinylphosphonic acid, is coated with the following solution: 1.25 parts by weight of a crude condensate of 3-methoxy-diphenylamine-4-diazonium chloride and formaldehyde in phosphoric acid (molar ratio 1: 1: 2, 8), Condensation for 40 hours at 40 ° C, 10.0 parts by weight of the condensation product described in Example 8, 5.1 parts by weight 85 $ phosphoric acid, 2400.0 parts by weight of ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, and 580.0 parts by weight of butyl acetate.

67 143*2167 143 * 21

Overtrækket tørres i 2 minutter ved 100° C.The coating is dried for 2 minutes at 100 ° C.

Følsomheden af reproduktionslagene over for fingeraftryk under behandlingen reduceres betydeligt, i sammenligning med et repro-duktionslag, der kun indeholder det først angivne, rå kondensat, og lysfølsomheden af det nye reproduktionslag er noget mere end to gange så stor som lysfølsomheden af et lag, der kun indeholder det først angivne, rå kondensat. Fremkaldelse af det exponerede reproduktionsmateriale kan gennemføres med fremkalder II beskrevet i eksempel 22 til 28. Trykkeformen kan derpå lakeres med de konventionelle lakker, f.eks. de, der er beskrevet i det foregående eksempel, og trykkeoplaget deraf kan forøges yderligere.The sensitivity of the reproductive layers to fingerprints during treatment is significantly reduced, as compared to a reproduction layer containing only the first stated, raw condensate, and the light sensitivity of the new reproduction layer is somewhat more than twice the light sensitivity of a layer which only contains the first specified raw condensate. Development of the exposed reproduction material can be carried out with developer II described in Examples 22 to 28. The printing form can then be lacquered with the conventional lacquers, e.g. those described in the preceding example, and the printing thereof may be further increased.

Det reproduktionsmateriale, der fremstilles i henhold til dette eksempel, har en udmærket lagerholdbarhed. Plader, som er opbevaret i tre år i fravær af lys ved stuetemperatur (ikke luftkonditioneret) kan stadig viderebehandles til trykkeforme i henhold til den ovenfor angivne metode.The reproduction material produced according to this example has an excellent shelf life. Plates stored for three years in the absence of light at room temperature (not air-conditioned) can still be processed into printing molds according to the above method.

EKSEMPEL 32EXAMPLE 32

En papirtrykkefolie, der er fremstillet i henhold til, hvad der er beskrevet i U.S.A. patent nr. 2.778.735, overtrækkes med følgende opløsning ved pensling og tørreB.A paper printing sheet manufactured according to what is described in U.S.A. Patent No. 2,778,735 is coated with the following solution by brushing and dryingB.

Overtræksopløsning: 2 vægtdele af det i eksempel 12 beskrevne, blandede kondensationsprodukt opløses i 97 vægtdele varmt vand. Opløsningen omsættes med 0,53 vægtdele natriumsulfit og holdes under omrøring i 1 time. Den i nogen grad uklare opløsning anvendes direkte til overtrækning af underlaget.Coating solution: 2 parts by weight of the mixed condensation product described in Example 12 is dissolved in 97 parts by weight of warm water. The solution is reacted with 0.53 parts by weight of sodium sulfite and kept under stirring for 1 hour. The somewhat cloudy solution is used directly for coating the substrate.

Efter billedmæssig exponering af reproduktionsmaterialet og frem- 68 143621 kaldelse med vand opnås der et meget tilfredsstillende oleofilt billede, der har en god optagelsesevne for fedtet sværte. Billed arealerne har bedre oleofile egenskaber end de, der opnås i henhold til den samme arbejdsmetode, men under anvendelse af en kommerciel diazoharpiks (diphenylamin-4-diazoniumsulfat kondenseret i 80 f> svovlsyre med formaldehyd og bundfældet som zinkchlorid-dobbeltsaltet). .After imaging exposure of the reproduction material and evocation with water, a very satisfactory oleophilic image is obtained which has a good uptake ability for the greasy ink. The image areas have better oleophilic properties than those obtained by the same working method, but using a commercial diazo resin (diphenylamine-4-diazonium sulfate condensed in 80% sulfuric acid with formaldehyde and precipitated as the zinc chloride double salt). .

EKSEMPEL 33EXAMPLE 33

En ad elektrolytisk vej rugjort aluminiumfolie overtrækkes med en opløsning af følgende bestanddele: 2.0 vægtdele af det i eksempel 12 beskrevne diazokondensat, 80.0 volumendele vand, 0,284 vægtdele zinkchlorid, 0,527 vægtdele natriumsulfit, og 20.0 volumendele dimethylformamid.An aluminum foil roughened aluminum foil is coated with a solution of the following ingredients: 2.0 parts by weight of the diazocondensate described in Example 12, 80.0 parts by volume of water, 0.284 parts by weight of zinc chloride, 0.527 parts by weight of sodium sulfite, and 20.0 parts by volume of dimethylformamide.

Efter billedmæssig exponering under et linienegativ bliver folien fremkaldt med fremkalder II, der er beskrevet i eksempel 22 til 28, renset med vand, behandlet med 1 f> phosphorsyre og sværtet med fedtet sværte. Der opnås, en effektiv trykkeform, hvis billed-arealer har bedre oleofile egenskaber end billedarealerne af en trykkeform, der er fremstillet på samme måde under anvendelse af det samme derivat af en kommerciel diazoharpiks (se eksempel 32).After imaging exposure under a line negative, the film is developed with developer II described in Examples 22 to 28, purified with water, treated with 1 µg of phosphoric acid and inked with greasy ink. An effective printing form is obtained whose image areas have better oleophilic properties than the image areas of a printing mold made in the same way using the same derivative of a commercial diazo resin (see Example 32).

Når man anvender den ovenfor angivne overtræksopløsning, er det også muligt at opnå offset-trykkeforme på ad mekanisk vej rugjort aluminium, der er behandlet på kendt måde med vandig opløsning af alkalimetalsilicat, hvorved fremkaldelsen foregår på samme måde.When using the above coating solution, it is also possible to obtain offset printing molds of mechanically roughened aluminum treated in known manner with aqueous solution of alkali metal silicate, whereby the development is carried out in the same way.

69 143621 EKSEMPEL 34EXAMPLE 34

En polyethylenterephthalat -film, der er gjort ru ved sandblæsning, overtrækkes med følgende findelte overtræksblanding, og overtrækket tørres: 1,25 vægtdele poly-N-vinyl-N-methylacetamid (K værdi 91), 0,5 vægtdele Heliogen Blue B pulver (Cl 74,160), 0,1 vægtdele findelt siliciumdioxid ("Aerosir MOX 170), 0,375 vægtdele af det nedenfor beskrevne diazokondensat, 18,0 vægtdele vand, og 1.6 vægtdele ethanol.A polyethylene terephthalate film roughened by sand blasting is coated with the following finely divided coating mixture and dried: 1.25 parts by weight of poly-N-vinyl-N-methylacetamide (K value 91), 0.5 parts by weight of Heliogen Blue B powder ( Cl 74,160), 0.1 parts by weight of finely divided silica ("Aerosir MOX 170), 0.375 parts by weight of the diazocondensate described below, 18.0 parts by weight of water, and 1.6 parts by weight of ethanol.

Efter billedmæssig .exponering under et negativ opnås der et blåt farvet positivt, brungult billede ved at rense med vand. Diazokondensatet fremstilles på følgende måde: 32,4 vægtdele 3-methoxy-diphenylamin-4-diazonium-sulfat (Diazo 2, sulfat, tabel I), opløses i 320 volumendele 85 $ phosphorsyre.After image exposure under a negative, a blue-colored positive brown-yellow image is obtained by purifying with water. The diazocondensate is prepared as follows: 32.4 parts by weight of 3-methoxy-diphenylamine-4-diazonium sulfate (Diazo 2, sulfate, Table I) is dissolved in 320 parts by volume of $ 85 phosphoric acid.

16.6 vægtdele fint pulveriseret og sigtet 1,3-dimethyl-4,6-dimethylol-benzen (Bestanddel B^ nr. 9, tabel 1) tilsættes under kraftig omrøring i løbet af 10 minutter, og omrøringen fortsættes i 30 minutter ved stuetemperatur. Kondensationen gennemføres derpå under omrøring i 42 timer ved 40° C. Det rå kondensat er opløseligt i vand uden remanens.16.6 parts by weight of finely powdered and sieved 1,3-dimethyl-4,6-dimethylol benzene (Component B ^ No. 9, Table 1) is added with vigorous stirring over 10 minutes and stirring is continued for 30 minutes at room temperature. The condensation is then carried out with stirring for 42 hours at 40 ° C. The crude condensate is soluble in water without residue.

Por at separere kondensationsproduktet opløses kondensationsblandingen i 1000 volumendele vand, produktet bundfældes ved tilsætning af 60 volumendele 45 i° vandigt hydrogenbromid, og bundfaldet filtreres fra ved sugning.To separate the condensation product, the condensation mixture is dissolved in 1000 parts by volume of water, the product is precipitated by the addition of 60 parts by volume 45 in aqueous hydrogen bromide and the precipitate is filtered off by suction.

70 14362170 143621

Med henblik på rensning opløses produktet igen i 1000 volumendele vand, hvis temperatur er 50° C, og produktet bundfældes igen ved tilsætning af hydrogenbromid, vaskes med 1 i° vandigt hydrogen-bromid, og det filtrerede produkt lufttørres. Udbytte: 42 vægt dele (C 53,1 $ί, U 7,8 $>, Br 18,6 %; atomforhold 23,8 : 3 : 1,25)For purification, the product is redissolved in 1000 parts by volume of water, the temperature of which is 50 ° C, and the product is again precipitated by the addition of hydrogen bromide, washed with 1 in aqueous hydrogen bromide and the filtered product air dried. Yield: 42 parts by weight (C $ 53.1, U $ 7.8, Br 18.6%; atomic ratio 23.8: 3: 1.25)

Ca. 1,1 mol af den anden bestanddel er til stede pr. mol diazo-forbindelse.Ca. 1.1 moles of the second component are present per mole of diazo compound.

EKSEMPEL 35EXAMPLE 35

Det samme underlag som i eksempel 34 overtrækkes med følgende blanding: 4.0 vægtdele polyvinylpyrrolidon (K værdi 90), 1.0 vægtdele af det i eksempel 29 beskrevne diazokondensat, 0,1 vægtdel crystalviolet (Cl 42,555), 12.0 vægtdele ethanol, og 88.0 vægtdele vand.The same substrate as in Example 34 is coated with the following mixture: 4.0 parts by weight of polyvinylpyrrolidone (K value 90), 1.0 parts by weight of the diazocondensate described in Example 29, 0.1 parts by weight of crystal violet (Cl 42.555), 12.0 parts by weight of ethanol, and 88.0 parts by weight of water.

Efter billedmæssig exponering under et negativ opnås et blåt-farvet, positivt, brungult billede ved skylning med vand.After image exposure during a negative, a blue-colored, positive, brown-yellow image is obtained by rinsing with water.

EKSEMPEL 36EXAMPLE 36

En ad elektrolytisk vej rugjort aluminiumfolie overtrækkes med den i eksempel 35 beskrevne overtræksopløsning.An aluminum foil roughened aluminum foil is coated with the coating solution described in Example 35.

Efter billedmæssig exponering under et positiv bliver de lagdele, der ikke er hærdet ved virkningen af lys, fjernet ved opløsning ved hjælp af vand. Efter tørring bliver den underlagsoverflade, der er blotlagt i billedarealerne ved fremkaldelse, ætset let på 71 143621 konventionel måde og slutteligt overtrukket med den i TJ.S.A, patent nr. 3.374.734 beskrevne lak. Der opnås en positiv trykkeform ved sværtning og fjernelse af det hærdede reproduktionslag ved at overskylle med varm, fortyndet phosphorsyre.After image exposure during a positive, the layers which are not cured by the action of light are removed by dissolution by water. After drying, the substrate surface exposed in the image areas upon development is lightly etched in conventional manner and finally coated with the lacquer described in TJ.S.A, Patent No. 3,374,734. A positive printing form is obtained by blackening and removing the cured reproductive layer by rinsing with warm, dilute phosphoric acid.

EKSEMPEL 37EXAMPLE 37

En polyethylenterephthalatfilm, der er forsynet med et hydrofilt, mat lag af findelt silica, titandioxid og hærdet polyvinylalkohol, overt række s med en 0,4 % opløsning af det naphthalen-1-sulf onat af kondensationsproduktet, der er beskrevet i eksempel 34. Det anvendte opløsningsmiddel er en blanding af 80 vægtdele ethylenglycolmonome-thylether og 20 vægtdele butylacetat.A polyethylene terephthalate film provided with a hydrophilic matt layer of finely divided silica, titanium dioxide and cured polyvinyl alcohol, over series s with a 0.4% solution of the naphthalene-1-sulfonate of the condensation product described in Example 34. solvent used is a mixture of 80 parts by weight of ethylene glycol monomethyl ether and 20 parts by weight of butyl acetate.

Efter billedmæssig exponering under et negativ gennemføres fremkaldelsen ved at overtørre med fremkalder I eller II (eksempel 22 til 28), og pladen, der er befugtet med fremkalderen, sværtes med fedtet sværte. Der fremkommer en positiv trykkeform.After visual exposure during a negative, the development is carried out by over-drying with developer I or II (Examples 22 to 28) and the plate moistened with the developer is hardened with greasy ink. A positive form of printing appears.

Som underlag kan man også anvende en tilstrækkeligt vandresistent papirfolie med et hydrofilt, mat lag af baryt, kaolin og findelt siliciumdioxid i hærdet polyvinylalkohol. Den i dette tilfælde anvendte overtræksopløsning er imidlertid en 2 % opløsning af kondensationsproduktet i alkohol. Efter billedmæssig exponering gennem et negativ opnås der en positiv trykkeform ved hjælp af fremkalder I.As a substrate, a sufficiently water-resistant paper film can also be used with a hydrophilic, matte layer of barite, kaolin and finely divided silica in hardened polyvinyl alcohol. However, the coating solution used in this case is a 2% solution of the condensation product in alcohol. After imaging exposure through a negative, a positive printing form is obtained by means of developer I.

EKSEMPEL 38EXAMPLE 38

Et nylonstof, der konventionelt anvendes ved skærmtrykning, og som er blevet fixeret i en ramme, overtrækkes ved hjælp af en skarp kniv med den nedenfor angivne blanding. Overtrækket tørres med en kold luftstrøm.A nylon fabric conventionally used in screen printing and which has been fixed in a frame is coated by a sharp knife with the mixture specified below. The coating is dried with a cold air stream.

90,0 vægtdele af en polyvinylalkohol, hydrolyseret til 98 %, hvoraf en 4 % opløsning i vand ved 20° C har en viskositet på 8 til 11 cp., 72 US621 423.0 vægtdele vand, 15.0 ' vægtdele findelt silieiumdioxid (‘kerosil" MOX 170), 30.0 vægtdele dibutylphthalat, 7,5 vægtdele af det i eksempel 29 beskrevne kondensat, og 0,5 vægtdele crystalviolet (01 42,555).90.0 parts by weight of a polyvinyl alcohol, hydrolyzed to 98%, of which a 4% solution in water at 20 ° C has a viscosity of 8 to 11 cp., 72 US621 423.0 parts by weight of water, 15.0 'parts by weight of finely divided silica (' kerosil 'MOX) 170), 30.0 parts by weight of dibutyl phthalate, 7.5 parts by weight of the condensate described in Example 29, and 0.5 parts by weight of crystal violet (01 42,555).

Skærmen exponeres i 6 minutter med en xenonimpulslampe med 5 kW i en afstand på 1 m. Der opnås en skærmtrykkeform ved rensning med koldt vand.The screen is exposed for 6 minutes with a 5 kW xenon pulse lamp at a distance of 1 m. A screen printing form is obtained by cleaning with cold water.

EKSEMPEL 39EXAMPLE 39

En zinkplade (2 mm tyk), der i ringe grad var ætset overfladisk ved behandling med fortyndet salpetersyre, overtrækkes på en roterende plade (80 omdrejninger pr. minut) med den nedenfor angivne overtræksopløsning. Overtrækket tørres foreløbigt og tørres derpå i 2 minutter ved 100° C.A zinc plate (2 mm thick) which was poorly etched superficially by treatment with dilute nitric acid is coated on a rotating plate (80 rpm) with the coating solution given below. The coating is provisionally dried and then dried for 2 minutes at 100 ° C.

Overtræksopløsning: 3.0 vægtdele af det i eksempel 29 beskrevne kondensat, 10.0 vægtdele af en phenol-formaldehyd-harpiks af novolak-typen, smelteinterval 75 til 83° C (*Α1ηονοϊ1 320 K), 60.0 vægtdele ethylenglycolmonomethylether, og 40.0 vægtdele dimethylformamid.Coating solution: 3.0 parts by weight of the condensate described in Example 29, 10.0 parts by weight of a phenol-formaldehyde resin of the novolak type, melting range 75 to 83 ° C (* η1ηονοϊ1 320 K), 60.0 parts by weight of ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, and 40.0 parts by weight of dimethylformamide.

Efter opbevaring i 3 dage ved stuetemperatur exponeres reproduktionsmaterialet i 6 minutter under et liniepositiv med et rør-exponeringsorgan CPrintaphot1), der indeholder 6 superaktiniske luminis c er ende rør (’Philips- type TLA 20 W/05), der er monteret 73 148**1 i en afstand på 7 cm fra reproduktionsmaterialet. Fremkaldelsen sker med en 2 vægt-# vandig trinatriumphosphatopløsning, hvortil der er blevet tilsat 5 volumen-# ethylenglycolmonomethylether.After storage for 3 days at room temperature, the reproduction material is exposed for 6 minutes under a line positive with a tube-exposing device CPrintaphot1) containing 6 superactinic luminis c end tubes (Philips-type TLA 20 W / 05) mounted 73 148 * * 1 at a distance of 7 cm from the reproduction material. The development is carried out with a 2 wt.

Den kopierede plade opvarmes i 15 minutter til 180° C og ætees derpå med 5 vægt-# salpetersyre. Der fremkommer herved en positiv relieftrykkeform.The copied plate is heated to 180 ° C for 15 minutes and then etched with 5% by weight nitric acid. This results in a positive relief printing form.

EKSEMPEL 40EXAMPLE 40

En formstoffilm, der er lamineret til en tynd kobberfolie, renses på kobberoverfladen med et slibemiddel, renses med acetone og overtrækkes derpå med den i eksempel 39 beskrevne opløsning, hvorpå overtrækket tørres. Pladen exponeres under et positiv, der repræsenterer et kredsløbsdiagram, og fremkaldes på den i eksempel 39 beskrevne måde. Der fremkommer et kopieret kredsløb (positivt) ved bortætsning af kobberet i de blotlagte arealer ved hjælp af 40 # vandig ferrichloridopløsning.A resin film laminated to a thin copper foil is cleaned on the copper surface with an abrasive, purified with acetone and then coated with the solution described in Example 39, and then the coating is dried. The plate is exposed under a positive representing a circuit diagram and developed in the manner described in Example 39. A copied circuit (positive) is obtained by etching the copper into the exposed areas using 40 # aqueous ferric chloride solution.

EKSEMPEL 41EXAMPLE 41

En aluminiumfolie, der er gjort ru ved hjælp af metalbørster og forovertrukket med polyvinylphosphonsyre 1 henhold til U.S.A. patent nr. 3.220,832, overtrækkes med følgende overtræksopløsning, hvorpå overtrækket tørres: 0,4 vægtdele af det nedenfor beskrevne kondensationsprodukt, 80.0 vægtdele ethylenglycolmonomethylether, og 20.0 vægtdele butylacetat.An aluminum foil roughened with metal brushes and coated with polyvinylphosphonic acid 1 according to U.S.A. Patent No. 3,220,832 is coated with the following coating solution, and the coating is dried: 0.4 parts by weight of the condensation product described below, 80.0 parts by weight of ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, and 20.0 parts by weight of butyl acetate.

Fremkaldelse af materialet og billedmæssig exponering under et negativ med henblik på opnåelse af en positiv trykkeform gennemføres som angivet i eksempel 30.Evolution of the material and image exposure during a negative to obtain a positive printing form are carried out as indicated in Example 30.

74 143*2174 143 * 21

Med henblik på fremstilling af kondensationsproduktet tilsætter man under kraftig omrøring 12,9 vægtdele 4,4'-bis-methoxymethyl-diphenylether (Bestanddel B1 'nr. 15, tabel 1) til en opløsning af 3,23 vægtdele 3-methoxy-diphenylamin-4-diazoniumsulfat (Diazo 2, sulfat, tabel 1) i 12 vægtdele 86 # phosphorsyre, og kondensationen gennemføres 24 timer ved 40° C. Det klare, rå kondensat indføres i 100 volumendele 2 N saltsyre, hvorved der separerer en viskos, klæbrig masse. Efter dekantering af den vandige moderlud bliver denne masse æltet med andre 100 volumendele 2 N saltsyre, og den vandige fase dekanteres igen.To prepare the condensation product, 12.9 parts by weight of 4,4'-bis-methoxymethyl-diphenyl ether (Component B1 '# 15, Table 1) is added to a solution of 3.23 parts by weight of 3-methoxy-diphenylamine. 4-diazonium sulfate (Diazo 2, sulfate, Table 1) in 12 parts by weight of 86 # phosphoric acid, and the condensation is carried out at 40 ° C for 24 hours. . After decanting the aqueous mother liquor, this mass is kneaded with other 100 parts by volume of 2N hydrochloric acid and the aqueous phase is decanted again.

Efter tørring under reduceret tryk anvendes det i nogen grad klæbrige kondensat til overtrækning (C 64,6 %, N 3,4 %; atomforhold 66,5 : 3).After drying under reduced pressure, some sticky condensate is used for coating (C 64.6%, N 3.4%; atomic ratio 66.5: 3).

EKSEMPEL 42EXAMPLE 42

Aluminiumunderlag, der er blevet gjort ru ad elektrolytisk vej og derpå anodiseret samt forbehandlet med polyvinylphosphonsyre i henhold til U.S.A. patent nr. 3.220.832, overtrækkes alle med en af de følgende overtræksopløsninger, og overtrækket tørres.Aluminum substrates which have been roughened electrolytically and then anodized and pre-treated with polyvinylphosphonic acid according to U.S.A. No. 3,220,832, all are coated with one of the following coating solutions and the coating is dried.

(a) (b) (c) (d) vægtdele vægtdele vægtdele vægtdele(a) (b) (c) (d) parts by weight parts by weight parts by weight

Blandet kondensat (se nedenfor) 1,1 1,1 1,1 1,1Mixed condensate (see below) 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1

Diazokondensat i henhold til 0,6 0,6 0,6 0,6 U.S.A. patent nr. 3.406.159 eksempel 1, indstillet til 2,8 molekyler phosphorsyre pr.Diazocondensate according to 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 U.S.A. Patent No. 3,406,159 Example 1, adjusted to 2.8 molecules of phosphoric acid per

diazogruppe p-toluensulfonsyre , HgO 0,2 0,2 0,2 0,2diazo group p-toluenesulfonic acid, HgO 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2

Harpiks 1 0,3 75 143821 (a) (b) (c) (4) vægtdele vægtdele vægtdele vægtdeleResin 1 0.3 75 143821 (a) (b) (c) (4) parts by weight parts by weight parts by weight

Harpiks 2 — 5,0Resin 2 - 5.0

Harpiks 3 --- — 0,1Resin 3 --- 0.1

Harpiks 4 — — 0,1Resin 4 - - 0.1

Harpiks 5 — — — 3,0Resin 5 - - - 3.0

Ethylenglycolmono- 100 100 100 100 methylether/butyl- volumen- volumen- volumen- volumenacetat 8 : 2 dele dele dele dele (volumendele)Ethylene glycol mono-100 100 100 100 methyl ether / butyl-volume-volume-volume-acetate 8: 2 parts parts parts parts (parts by volume)

Det blandede kondensat fremstilles på følgende måde: 32,3 vægtdele 3-methoxy-diphenylamin-4-diazoniumsulfat (Diazo 2, sulfat, tabel 1) opløses i 170 vægtdele 85 $ phosphorsyre, 25,8 vægtdele 4,4,-bis-methoxymethyl-diphenylether (Bestanddel B^ nr.The mixed condensate is prepared as follows: 32.3 parts by weight of 3-methoxy-diphenylamine-4-diazonium sulfate (Diazo 2, sulfate, Table 1) is dissolved in 170 parts by weight of $ 85 phosphoric acid, 25.8 parts by weight of 4.4, bis-methoxymethyl -diphenyl ether (Component B

15, tabel 1) tilsættes dråbevis, og kondensationen gennemføres i 5 timer ved 40° C. Efter fortynding med 250 volumendele vand bundfældes chloridet af kondensationsproduktet ved tilsætning af 220 volumendele halvkoncentreret saltsyre. Chloridet af kondensa tet opløses igen i vand, og man fremstiller mesitylensulfonatet af diazoforbindelsen under anvendelse af natriumsaltet af mesity-lensulfonsyre, hvilket mesitylensulfonat er et bundfald, der er tungtopløseligt i vand. Udbytte: 53 vægtdele (C 76,2 #, N 6,3 $>, S 4,6 atomforhold 37,3 : 3 : 0,96).15, Table 1) is added dropwise and the condensation is carried out for 5 hours at 40 ° C. After dilution with 250 parts by volume of water, the chloride of the condensation product is precipitated by the addition of 220 parts by volume of semi-concentrated hydrochloric acid. The chloride of the condensate is dissolved again in water and the mesitylene sulfonate of the diazo compound is prepared using the sodium salt of mesitylene sulfonic acid, which mesitylene sulfonate is a water-soluble precipitate. Yield: 53 parts by weight (C 76.2 #, N 6.3 $>, S 4.6 atomic ratio 37.3: 3: 0.96).

Kondensationsproduktet har en homolog polymer struktur. Et blandet kondensat, der er fremstillet på praktisk talt samme måde (kondensations- og oparbejdningsbetingelser er beskrevet i det følgende), omdannes ved hjælp af 1-phenyl-3-methyl-5-pyrazolon til azofarvestoffet, hvis molekylvægt bestemmes. Farvestoffet fraktioneres yderligere, og den gennemsnitlige molekylvægt af de individuelle fraktioner bestemmes.The condensation product has a homologous polymeric structure. A mixed condensate prepared in substantially the same way (condensation and work-up conditions are described below) is converted by the 1-phenyl-3-methyl-5-pyrazolone to the azo dye whose molecular weight is determined. The dye is further fractionated and the average molecular weight of the individual fractions determined.

Fremstilling af det blandede kondensat: 3-methoxy-diphenylamin~4-diazoniumsulfat 32,3 vægtdele 86 io phosphorsyre 170,0 vægtdele 4,4'-bis-methoxymethyl-diphenylether (98 til 99 $>) 25,8 vægtdele 76 U3321Preparation of the mixed condensate: 3-methoxy-diphenylamine ~ 4-diazonium sulfate 32.3 parts by weight 86io phosphoric acid 170.0 parts by weight 4,4'-bis-methoxymethyl diphenyl ether (98 to 99 $>) 25.8 parts by weight 76 U3321

"Varighed af kondensation 4,5 timer ved 40° C"Duration of condensation 4.5 hours at 40 ° C

Separation som chloridet to gange med saltsyreSeparation as the chloride twice with hydrochloric acid

Sluttelig form for separation salt af mesitylen- sulfonsyreFinal form of separation salt of mesitylene sulfonic acid

Udbytte 55,0 vægtdele (0 67,2 i, N 6,4 S 4,5 1», P 0,2 #, Cl 0,23 00H3 4,9 ί\ atomforhold C * N : S : 0CH5 = 36,7 : 3 : 0,95 : 1,04).Yield 55.0 parts by weight (0 67.2 in, N 6.4 S 4.5 1 », P 0.2 #, Cl 0.23 00H3 4.9 ί / atomic ratio C * N: S: OCH 5 = 36, 7: 3: 0.95: 1.04).

Farvestoffet fremkommer i et udbytte på 9,23 vægtdele ud fra 10 vægtdele af dette produkt i ethylenglycolmonomethylether, under tilsætning af NH^ og phenylmethylpyrazolon.The dye is obtained in a yield of 9.23 parts by weight from 10 parts by weight of this product in ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, with the addition of NH 2 and phenylmethylpyrazolone.

Den gennemsnitlige molekylvægt af farvestoffet bestemmes ved os-mometrisk bestemmelse af damptrykket af en opløsning i chloroform og er 3180.The average molecular weight of the dye is determined by osmometric determination of the vapor pressure of a solution in chloroform and is 3180.

Med henblik på fraktionering påføres chloroformopløsninger af farvestoffet på aluminiumfolier og tørres. Disse tynde farvestof-lag extraheres derpå med blandinger af opløsningsmiddel (chloroform) og ikke opløsningsmiddel (methanol), idet extraktionen påbegyndes med opløsningsmiddelblandinger med lille opløsningsevne og fortsættes med blandinger med voksende opløsningsevne. Detaljer i forbindelse med forsøgsresultaterne og de gennemsnitlige molekylvægte af de individuelle fraktioner er angivet i den følgende tabel:For fractionation, chloroform solutions of the dye are applied to aluminum foils and dried. These thin dye layers are then extracted with solvent (chloroform) and non-solvent (methanol) mixtures, starting with low solvent solvent mixtures and continuing with growing solubility mixtures. Details of the test results and the average molecular weights of the individual fractions are given in the following table:

Fraktion Chloroform Methanol Fraktion N Gennemsnitlig molekylvægtFraction Chloroform Methanol Fraction N Average molecular weight

Nr. (ml) (ml) Mængde # (mg) 1 - 150,0 3,2 2 60,0 90,0 13,9 3 67,5 82,5 65,8 11,8 1 115 4 75,0 75,0 89,6 11,8 1 451 5 82,5 67,5 91,2 11,5 1 828 6 90,0 60,0 152,6 11,3 2 530 7 97,5 52,5 247,3 10,8 4 012 8 105,0 45,0 429,4 10,6 6 165 9 112,5 37,5 156,6 10,3 6 674 77 U3621No. (ml) (ml) Amount # (mg) 1 - 150.0 3.2 2 60.0 90.0 13.9 3 67.5 82.5 65.8 11.8 1 115 4 75.0 75, 0 89.6 11.8 1 451 5 82.5 67.5 91.2 11.5 1 828 6 90.0 60.0 152.6 11.3 2.530 7 97.5 52.5 247.3 10 , 8 4 012 8 105.0 45.0 429.4 10.6 6 165 9 112.5 37.5 156.6 10.3 6 674 77 U3621

Man anvender følgende harpikser:The following resins are used:

Resin 1: Epoxy-harpiks på hasis af bis-phenol-A-epichlorohydrin.Resin 1: Epoxy resin on hasis of bis-phenol-A-epichlorohydrin.

smeltepunkt 64 til 76° C, gennemsnitlig molekylvægt 900.mp 64 to 76 ° C, average molecular weight 900.

Resin 2: Polyvinylbutyral, indeholdende 69 til 71 $ polyvinyl- butyral-, 1 % polyvinylacetat- og 24 til 27 % polyvinyl- alkohol-enheder; viskositeten af en 6 $ opløsning ved 20° C er 4 til 6 cp. (DIN 53015)·Resin 2: Polyvinyl butyral containing 69 to 71 $ polyvinyl butyral, 1% polyvinyl acetate and 24 to 27% polyvinyl alcohol units; the viscosity of a 6 $ solution at 20 ° C is 4 to 6 cp. (DIN 53015) ·

Resin 3: Ikke blødgjort urinstof, harpiks med approximåtivt syretal 2 fResamin" 106 P),Resin 3: Non-softened urea, resin with approximate acid number 2 fResamine "106 P),

Resin 4: Ricinen-modificeret alkyd-harpiks (phthalsyreanhydrid 38 %, olieindhold 30 $, syretal under 10, viskositet 40 $> i xylen 550 til 700 cp. (MAlftalat“ 814 B).Resin 4: Ricin-modified alkyd resin (phthalic anhydride 38%, oil content $ 30, acid number below 10, viscosity $ 40> in xylene 550 to 700 cp. (MAlphthalate "814 B).

Resin 5: Polyvinylacetat med gennemsnitlig molekylvægt lOOOOO.Resin 5: Average molecular weight polyvinyl acetate 10000O.

Pladerne exponeres billedmæssigt i 2 minutter under et negativ med en xenonimpulslampe med 5 kW i en afstand på 1 m og omdannes derpå til trykkeforme ved at tørre dem over med en fremkalder af den nedenstående sammensætning, hvorved trykkeformene giver anledning til fremkomsten af store trykkeoplag, især i tilfælde af prøverae (a), (b) og (d).The plates are imaged for 2 minutes under a negative with a 5 kW xenon pulse lamp at a distance of 1 m and then transformed into printing molds by drying them with a developer of the composition below, whereby the printing molds give rise to large print runs, especially in the case of samples (a), (b) and (d).

Den anvendte fremkalder er en blanding af 50.0 vægtdele vand, 15.0 vægtdele isopropanol, 20.0 vægtdele n-propanol, 12.5 vægtdele n-propylacetat, 1,5 vægtdele polyacrylsyre og 1.5 vægtdele eddikesyre.The developer used is a mixture of 50.0 parts by weight of water, 15.0 parts by weight of isopropanol, 20.0 parts by weight of n-propanol, 12.5 parts by weight of n-propyl acetate, 1.5 parts by weight of polyacrylic acid and 1.5 parts by weight of acetic acid.

Det er også muligt at forstærke trykkeformene på kendt måde ved lakering og på den måde at forøge trykkeoplagets størrelse.It is also possible to reinforce the printing shapes in known manner by varnishing and in this way to increase the size of the printing bed.

78 tsmi78 tsp

Man kan også opnå passende lag ved at undgå diazokondensatet i overtræksopløsningerne (a) til (d) i henhold til U.S.A. patent hr. 3.406.159» eksempel 1, og ved at erstatte toluensulfonsyren med ca. 0,5 til 2 mol phosphorsyre pr. mol diazogruppe.Appropriate layers can also be obtained by avoiding the diazocondensate in the coating solutions (a) to (d) of U.S.A. patent No. 3,406,159 'Example 1, and by replacing the toluene sulfonic acid with approx. 0.5 to 2 moles of phosphoric acid per mole of diazo group.

I stedet for det anvendte, "blandede kondensat er det også muligt at anvende "blandede kondensater med de samme "bestanddele, men med andre strukturelle forhold, f.eks. følgende: (1) (2) 3*-methoxy-diphenylamin-4- 100 vægtdele 64,6 vægtdele diazoniumsulfat (Diazo 2, sulfat, tabel 1) 85 i> phosphorsyre 527 vægtdele 340 vægtdele 4,4’-bis-methozymethyl- 60 vægtdele 77,4 vægt dele diphenylether (Bestanddel B.j, nr. 15, tabel l)Instead of the "mixed condensate" used, it is also possible to use "mixed condensates with the same" constituents but with other structural conditions, for example the following: (1) (2) 3 * -methoxy-diphenylamine-4 - 100 parts by weight 64.6 parts by weight of diazonium sulfate (Diazo 2, sulfate, Table 1) 85 in phosphoric acid 527 parts by weight 340 parts by weight 4,4'-bis-methozymethyl- 60 parts by weight 77,4 parts by weight of diphenyl ether (Component Bj, no. 15) Table l)

Varighed af kondensation 6 timer ved 4,5 timer ved 40° C, 40° 0 henstand natten overCondensation duration 6 hours at 4.5 hours at 40 ° C, 40 ° 0 overnight

Bundfaldet to gange som chloridet og slutteligt separeret som saltet af mesitylensul- mesitylensul- fonsyre fonsyreThe precipitate twice as the chloride and finally separated as the salt by mesitylene sulmsitylensulphonic acid phonic acid

Udbytte 140,0 vægtdele 126,0 vægtdeleYield 140.0 parts by weight 126.0 parts by weight

Analyse C: 66,5 C: 69,2 # N: 6,8 f N: 4,9 # S: 5,2 % S: 4,0 # 0CH3 : — 0CH3 : 4,9 1°Analysis C: 66.5 C: 69.2 # N: 6.8 f N: 4.9 # S: 5.2% S: 4.0 # 0CH3: - 0CH3: 4.9 1 °

Atomforhold 34,2 : 3 : 1 49,5 : 3: 1,07 :1,35Atomic ratio 34.2: 3: 1 49.5: 3: 1.07: 1.35

Den gennemsnitlige molekylvægt af azofarvestoffet af (2) med me-thylphenylpyrazolon, bestemt som beskrevet i det foregående, er '2390.The average molecular weight of the azo dye of (2) with methylphenylpyrazolone, determined as described above, is' 2390.

79 143621 EKSEMPEL 43EXAMPLE 43

Fremgangsmåden er analog med den 1 eksempel 42 angivne, men man anvender til overtrækning følgende opløsning: 1.0 vægtdele af det i eksempel 14 beskrevne blandede kondensat 1,6 volumendele 1 N saltsyre, 1.0 vægtdele Harpiks 2 i eksempel 42, 0,4 vægtdele af diazokondensat i henhold til U.S.A. patent nr, 3.406.159, eksempel 1, indstillet til 2,8 molekyler phosphorsyrer pr* diasogruppe, 4.0 volumendele vand, og : _ 96.0 volumendele af en blanding af ethylenglyoolmonomethylether og volumenforhold på 8 s 2.The process is analogous to that of Example 42, but the following solution is employed: 1.0 parts by weight of the mixed condensate described in Example 14 1.6 parts by volume of 1 N hydrochloric acid, 1.0 parts by weight of Resin 2 of Example 42, 0.4 parts by weight of diazocondensate according to the United States Patent No. 3,406,159, Example 1, adjusted to 2.8 molecules of phosphoric acids per slide group, 4.0 parts by volume of water, and: - 96.0 parts by volume of a mixture of ethylene glycol monomethyl ether and volume ratio of 8 s 2.

Der fremkommer et i høj grad lysfølsomt reproduktionsmateriale, der analogt med eksempel 42 kan viderebehandles til trykkeforme, der giver anledning til fremkomsten af høje trykkeoplag.A highly photosensitive reproduction material is obtained which, by analogy to Example 42, can be further processed into printing forms which give rise to the appearance of high printing stocks.

EKSEMPEL 44EXAMPLE 44

En aluminiumunderstøtning, der er forpvertrukket med polyvfnylphos*· phonsyre i henhold til U.S.A. patent nr. 3.220.832 og gjort ru ved hjælp af metalbørster, overtrækkes med følgende overtræks-opløsning: 0,4 vægtdele af de nedenfor beskrevne, blandede kondensater, 0,0605 vægtdele p-toluensulfonsyre, 0,080 vægtdele 4-methoxy~4'-dimethylamino-azobenzen, og 100.0 volumendele af en blanding af ethylenglycolmonomethylether og butylacetat i et volumenforhold på 8 { 2.An aluminum support pre-coated with polyphenylphosphonic acid according to U.S.A. U.S. Patent No. 3,220,832 and roughened by means of metal brushes are coated with the following coating solution: 0.4 parts by weight of the mixed condensates described below, 0.0505 parts by weight of p-toluenesulfonic acid, 0.080 parts by weight of 4-methoxy ~ 4'- dimethylamino-azobenzene, and 100.0 parts by volume of a mixture of ethylene glycol monomethyl ether and butyl acetate in a volume ratio of 8 {2.

Der fremkommer et i høj grad lysfølsomt reproduktionsmateriale.A highly photosensitive reproduction material appears.

80 14362180 143621

Ved billedmæssig exponering gennem et negativ opnås der et tydeligt synligt positivt kontrastbillede, Fremkaldelse til opnåelse af en trykkeform kan gennemføres med fremkalder I (eksempel 22 til 28).By pictorial exposure through a negative, a clearly visible positive contrast image is obtained. Evolution to obtain a printing form can be performed with developer I (Examples 22 to 28).

De blandede kondensater fremstilles analogt med eksempel 42 på følgende måde: (a) (b) 86 ia phosphorsyre 120 vægtdele 170 vægtdele 4-methoxy-diphenylamin- 32,3 vægtdele 32,3 vægtdele . „ 4'diazoniumsulfat (Diazo 3» • tabel 1) 4,4'-bis-methoxymethyl- 12,9 vægtdele 25,8 vægtdele diphenyloxid (Bestanddel B-^ nr. 15, tabel 1)The mixed condensates are prepared analogously to Example 42 as follows: (a) (b) 86 ia phosphoric acid 120 parts by weight 170 parts by weight 4-methoxy-diphenylamine 32.3 parts by weight 32.3 parts by weight. "4'Diazonium Sulfate (Diazo 3" Table 1) 4,4'-Bis-methoxymethyl 12.9 parts by weight 25.8 parts by weight of diphenyloxide (Component B- No. 15, Table 1)

Varighed af kondensation (40°C) 20 timer 3,5 timer.Duration of condensation (40 ° C) 20 hours 3.5 hours.

Kondensationsblandingerne danner en klar opløsning i varmt vand. Kondensationsprodukterne bundfældes med saltsyre som chlorideme.The condensation mixtures form a clear solution in hot water. The condensation products are precipitated with hydrochloric acid as the chlorides.

(a) (b)(a) (b)

Udbytte: 22,1 vægtdele 44,5 vægtdeleYield: 22.1 parts by weight 44.5 parts by weight

At omf erhold 0 : IT i kondensationsproduktet: 29,5 : 3 34,2 : 3To include obtain 0: IT in the condensation product: 29.5: 3 34.2: 3

Analyse: C 64,2 % 56,6 # - F 7,6 fo 6,7 *.Analysis: C 64.2% 56.6 # - F 7.6 fo 6.7 *.

I henhold til analysen kan det antages, at det blandede kondensat i tilfælde (a) indeholder ca. 1,2, og i tilfælde (b) ca. 1,5 mol af den anden bestanddel pr. mol diazoforbindelse.According to the analysis, it can be assumed that the mixed condensate in case (a) contains ca. 1.2, and in case (b) approx. 1.5 moles of the second component per mole of diazo compound.

EKSEMPEL 45 I henhold til den i eksempel 39 beskrevne metode overtrækkes en zinkplade med følgende overtræksopløsning: 81 143621 0,3 vægtdele af det i eksempel 2 beskrevne kondensationsprodukt 1.0 volumendele vand, 0,54 volumendele 1 N saltsyre, 1.0 vægtdele af den phenol-f ormaldehyd-harpiks, der er anvendt i eksempel 39, 6.0 vægtdele ethylenglycolmonomethylether, og 4.0 vægtdele dimethylformamid.EXAMPLE 45 According to the method described in Example 39, a zinc plate with the following coating solution is coated: ormaldehyde resin used in Example 39, 6.0 parts by weight of ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, and 4.0 parts by weight of dimethylformamide.

Der opnås en positiv relieftrykkeform ved viderebehandling som angivet i eksempel 39.A positive relief printing form is obtained by further processing as set forth in Example 39.

EKSEMPEL 46 til 48Examples 46 to 48

Eksempel 46 til 48 viser velegnetheden af et antal andre blandede kondensater som bestanddele af lysfølsomme reproduktionslag af reproduktionsmaterialer, der er anvendelige til fotomekanisk fremstilling af offsettrykkeforme. Le anvendte understøtninger er aluminiumfolier, der er gjort ru ved hjælp af metalbørster og forbehandlet i henhold til U.S.A. patent nr. 3.220,832 med polyvinyl phosphonsyre.Examples 46 to 48 show the suitability of a number of other mixed condensates as constituents of photosensitive reproduction layers of reproduction materials useful for photomechanical production of offset printing forms. The supports used are aluminum foils roughened using metal brushes and pre-treated according to U.S.A. Patent No. 3,220,832 with polyvinyl phosphonic acid.

De anvendte overtræksopløsninger samt detaljerne i forbindelse med de anvendte blandede kondensater er angivet i den følgende tabel 4.The coating solutions used as well as the details of the mixed condensates used are given in the following Table 4.

Under henvisning til eksempel 46 bør det anføres, at reproduktionslaget har en udmærket lysfølsomhed og desuden en udmærket lagerstabilitet. Det er således muligt at kopiere og fremkalde den forsensibiliserede trykkeplade efter opbevaring i 8 timer ved 100° 0, uden at de ikke billedførende områder har tendens til at skumme.Referring to Example 46, it should be noted that the reproduction layer has an excellent light sensitivity and in addition an excellent storage stability. Thus, it is possible to copy and develop the pre-sensitized printing plate after storage for 8 hours at 100 ° 0, without the non-imaging areas tending to foam.

Idet der henvises til eksempel 48, bør det bemærkes, at man kan fremstille en trykkeform selv efter en meget kort exponering med lys. Det er således tilstrækkeligt at exponere kopien i 10 til 20 sekunder med en 5 kW xenonimpulslampe i en afstand på 1 m. Trykkeformen kan forstærkes med de sædvanlige lakker.Referring to Example 48, it should be noted that a printing form can be produced even after a very short exposure to light. Thus, it is sufficient to expose the copy for 10 to 20 seconds with a 5 kW xenon pulse lamp at a distance of 1 m. The printing form can be enhanced with the usual varnishes.

_ ^ ^ 82_ ^ ^ 82

CO 00 COCO 00 CO

CM CM CM 143621CM CM CM 143621

Η Η HΗ Η H

f-ι ·Η Ή -Hf-ι · Η Ή -H

0) -P -P -P0) -P -P -P

*d* d

H CM CM CMH CM CM CM

© H CM H CM H CM© H CM H CM H CM

,¾ H · H · H · a ra ra ra, ¾ H · H · H · a ra ra ra

© ri Μ X© ri Μ X

p © © © |x| >«_✓ >1✓p © © © | x | > «_ ✓> 1✓

Ti •H © © S W)H m ri Φ tlD tlO-H TiTi • H © © S W) H m ri Φ tlD tlO-H Ti

ri ri-d P <jJO^Ori ri-d P <jJO ^ O

Ή Ή ri © R CM R CM© Ή ri © R CM R CM

ri ri © s \ \ri ri © s \ \

m m H p PI ·· PI ·· PIm m H p PI ·· PI ·· PI

S Sflrl s g g i—il—ir-iO g O gO gS Sflrl s g g i — il — ir-iO g O gO g

ft Pi © P C5 00 O 00 Oft Pi © P C5 00 O 00 O

O O Τί—' PI PI PIO O Τί— 'PI PI PI

m M---—-m M ---—-

SS

ri Iri I

-p i · o-p i · o

ri Tf ri Nri Tf ri N

© ri ri l H ft ri ri i© ri ri l H ft ri ri i

|> © I O -H © I|> © I O -H © I

O © > I g -tf-Ti Pt IO ©> I g -tf-Ti Pt I

ri -Η I O Pi Iri -Η I O Pi I

Ti I inft H ri ITi I inft H ri I

ri -π i - to o ri <ί Ό i— W g W) 0 g LTV o tn •k » ·> _^__O_J-_Q_ Ήri -π i - to o ri <ί Ό i— W g W) 0 g LTV o tn • k »·> _ ^ __ O_J-_Q_ Ή

Hl ·Η ^ in - irsHl · Η ^ in - irs

Hl Ti M 00 t- n- pqi H o - -ajl o.Mr ri O ^Hl Ti M 00 t- n- pqi H o - -ajl o.Mr ri O ^

Sil ri W ft ri <3 H Pi 1· ·· ·· Ο-j. ·Η o ri &, <! -p __c_e-e- i iSil ri W ft ri <3 H Pi 1 · ·· ·· Ο-j. · Η o ri &, <! -p __c_e-e- i i

N /-VN / -V

O -H OJ CMO -H OJ CM

5p - Ύ Ύ5p - Ύ Ύ

<D ·· rH rH H<D ·· rH rH H

-P ri 'H >3 h 2 ri © ri »ri »ri »ri ra ri -p -P -p ri ri g ri , ri i ®-P ri 'H> 3 h 2 ri © ri »ri» ri »ri ra ri -p -P -p ri ri g ri, ri i ®

©ftp ft I tn l Pi tn H© ftp ft I tn l Pi tn H

ri o o riOH rio b ri oj'h ri ca o ri cq ri o -p kJ----—---- — ...... — —..... © 0 p o 2 © cm ri ri K o ri o ii i 0ri oo riOH rio b ri oj'h ri ca o ri cq ri o -p kJ ----—---- - ...... - —..... © 0 po 2 © cm ri ri K o ri o ii i 0

ri Hri H

I—i PI — i P

CQ - — — —. — —----- - .......- O -PCQ - - - -. - ------ - .......- UP

, i>3 ri, i> 3 ri

»rt H -PRt H -P

d © Μ © 1 ©rP V- us in ri o © -P © Ή w ^ 2 2 3 ra-ri pq 1 " ~ ri -p i -p ri . -Φ © »nd © Μ © 1 © rP V- us in ri o © -P © Ή w ^ 2 2 3 ra-ri pq 1 "~ ri -p i -p ri. -Φ ©» n

1 -M- O CM1 -M- 0 CM

O Kl HO Kl H

03 fri O CM 11 li κ ri03 free O CM 11 li κ ri

- OKI- OKI

i cm in v- PIin cm in v- PI

i ri · s O -H © w , O O O g N R 03 N N «1 o-aji ri · s O -H © w, O O O g N R 03 N N «1 o-aj

ri P H ^ ri ri riH PI Rri P H ^ ri ri riH PI R

Η O © I ·Η 1rl -ri OΗ O © I · Η 1rl -ri O

Ir <h Ti <__R R_R_ ro M VO t> 00Ir <h Ti <__ R R_R_ ro M VO t> 00

HH

83 14362183 143621

Fremstillingen af de diazokondensater, der anvendes i eksempel 46 til 48, er beskrevet i det følgende, EKSEMPEL 46The preparation of the diazocondensates used in Examples 46 to 48 is described below, EXAMPLE 46

Fremgangsmåden er af lignende art som den i eksempel 42 angivne fremgangsmåde, men der anvendes følgende stoffer: 16,2 vægtdele 3-methoxy-diphenyl-amin~4-diazonium~sulfat (Diazo 2, sulfat, tabel 1), 36 volumendele 86 % phosphorsyre, 6,86 vægtdele 4,4'-bis-methoxy-methyl-diphenylsulfid (Bestanddel B^ nr. 21, tabel 1). Kondensationen gennemføres i 1,5 timer ved stuetemperatur og 20 timer ved 40° C.The process is similar to that of Example 42, but the following substances are used: 16.2 parts by weight of 3-methoxy-diphenylamine ~ 4-diazonium sulfate (Diazo 2, sulfate, Table 1), 36 parts by volume 86% phosphoric acid, 6.86 parts by weight of 4,4'-bis-methoxy-methyl-diphenylsulfide (Component B ^ No. 21, Table 1). The condensation is carried out for 1.5 hours at room temperature and 20 hours at 40 ° C.

Det rå kondensat opløses i vand, og kondensationsproduktet bundfældes fra denne opløsning ved tilsætning af saltsyre. Det viskose bundfald genopløses i vand og genbundfældes ved tilsætning af saltsyre. Bundfaldet genopløses på ny i vand, og fra denne opløsning bundfældes det tilsvarende sulfonat af kondensationsproduktet ved hjælp af natriumsaltet af naphthalen-2-sulfonsyre.The crude condensate is dissolved in water and the condensation product is precipitated from this solution by the addition of hydrochloric acid. The viscous precipitate is redissolved in water and is precipitated by addition of hydrochloric acid. The precipitate is redissolved in water and from this solution the corresponding sulfonate of the condensation product is precipitated by the sodium salt of naphthalene-2-sulfonic acid.

Efter tørring ved 40° C er udbyttet 12,9 vægtdele (C 64,7 N 6,4 $, S 9,1 i°\ atomforhold 35,4 : 3 i 1,86).After drying at 40 ° C, the yield is 12.9 parts by weight (C 64.7 N 6.4 $, S 9.1 in ° / atomic ratio 35.4: 3 in 1.86).

Ca, 0,86 mol af den anden bestanddel er herefter til stede pr. mol diazoforbindelse.Approximately 0.86 moles of the second component is then present per day. mole of diazo compound.

Der opnås et lignende godt resultat under de i eksempel 46 angivne arbejdsbetingelser, når man anvender et kondensationsprodukt, der er fremstillet ud fra de samme bestanddele, men i andre mængder.A similar good result is obtained under the working conditions set forth in Example 46 when using a condensation product made from the same constituents but in different quantities.

I dette tilfælde foregår kondensationen på følgende måde: 16,2 vægtdele 3-methoxy-diphenylamin-4-diazonium-sulfat (Diazo 2, sulfat, tabel 1), 50 volumendele 86 $ phosphorsyre og 13,7 vægtdele 4,4'-bis-methoxy-methyl-diphenylsulfid (Bestanddel B1 nr. 21, tabel 1) kondenseres i 4 timer ved 40° C. Det rå kondensat opløses i vand, klares for en ringe uklarhed ved hjælp af aktivt kul, produktet bundfældes med en opløsning af natriumchlorid, 84 143621 separeres og Taskes med en opløsning af natriumchlorid. Chlori-det opløses igen i Tand, og kondensatet bundfældes som salt af mesitylensulfonsyre. Udbytte: 24,8 Tægtdele. (0 65,9 $, N 6,5 S 10,2 jS, atomforhold 55,4 : 5 : 2,05)In this case, the condensation takes place as follows: 16.2 parts by weight of 3-methoxy-diphenylamine-4-diazonium sulfate (Diazo 2, sulfate, Table 1), 50 parts by volume of 86 $ phosphoric acid, and 13.7 parts by weight of 4,4'-bis -Methoxy-methyl-diphenylsulfide (Component B1 no. 21, Table 1) is condensed for 4 hours at 40 ° C. The crude condensate is dissolved in water, clarified by activated carbon, the product is precipitated with a solution of sodium chloride. 84 143621 is separated and Tasked with a solution of sodium chloride. The chloride is dissolved again in Tooth, and the condensate is precipitated as salt of mesitylene sulfonic acid. Yield: 24.8 Cover parts. (0 65.9 $, N 6.5 S 10.2 µS, atomic ratio 55.4: 5: 2.05)

Kondensatet indeholder ca. 1 mol af den anden bestanddel pr, mol diazoforbindelse.The condensate contains approx. 1 mole of the second component per mole of diazo compound.

EKSEMPEL 47 8,3 Tægtdele Diazoforbindelse 5 (sulfat, lidt Tåd; N 6,2 $>) opløses i 60 Tolumendele 93 # phosphorsyre og 5,2 Tægtdele 4,4'-bis-methoxymethyl-diphenylether (Bestanddel nr. 15, tabel 1) tilsættes dråbeTis inden for 12 minutter. Blandingen holdes under omrøring i en time uden yderligere opTarmning og i to timer Ted 40° C.EXAMPLE 47 8.3 Cover Parts Diazo Compound 5 (Sulfate, Slight Thread; N 6.2 $>) is dissolved in 60 Tolumene Parts 93 # Phosphoric Acid and 5.2 Cover Parts 4,4'-Bis-Methoxymethyl Diphenyl Ether (Component No. 15, Table 1) add dropTis within 12 minutes. The mixture is kept under stirring for one hour without further heating and for two hours at 40 ° C.

Det klare, Tandopløselige, rå kondensat opløses i Tand, kondensationsproduktet bundfældes Ted tilsætning af Tandig saltsyre, og bundfaldet separeres igen med saltsyre, efter igen at haTe opløst det i frisk Tand. Efter tørring opnås 10 Tægtdele af chloridet af kondensationsproduktet (C 62,3 ΪΓ 4,3 i»\ atomforhold 33,8 : 2).The clear, tooth-soluble, raw condensate is dissolved in Tooth, the condensation product is precipitated by the addition of Dental Hydrochloric Acid, and the precipitate is separated again with hydrochloric acid, after having dissolved it again in Fresh Tooth. After drying, 10 parts of the chloride of the condensation product is obtained (C 62.3 ΪΓ 4.3 in ³ / atom ratio 33.8: 2).

Bette betyder, at der er ca. 1,1 mol af den anden bestanddel til stede pr, mol diazoforbindelse.Bette means that there are approx. 1.1 moles of the second component present per mole of diazo compound.

EKSEMPEL 48 0,94 Tægtdele diazoforbindelse Ko. 10 ( zinkchloriddobbeltsalt, K 8,9 i°) opløses i 10 Tolumendele 92 $ phosphorsyre, og der føres tør luft gennem blandingen, indtil der ikke mere undslipper noget hydrogenchlorid, d.T.s., indtil blandingen i det Tæsentlige er fri for chloridioner.EXAMPLE 48 0.94 Cover parts of diazo compound Ko. 10 (zinc chloride double salt, K 8.9 in °) is dissolved in 10 toluene portions of 92 $ phosphoric acid and dry air is passed through the mixture until no more hydrogen chloride escapes, i.e. until the mixture is essentially free of chloride ions.

85 14392185 143921

Der indføres 0,52 vægtdele 4,4'-bis-methoxymethyl-diphenylether (Bestanddel nr. 15, tabel 1) og kondensationen gennemføres i 15 timer ved stuetemperatur. Kondensationsblandingen opløses i 100 volumendele vand og klares med aktivt kul, og sulfonatet af diazoforbindelsen bundfældes med 0,92 vægtdele af natriumsaltet af naphthalen-2-sulfonsyre i 100 volumendele vand. Udbytte efter tørring: 0,9 vægtdele (C 64,4 N 3,8 fo, S 4,8 fa·, atomforhold 59,3 : 3 : 1,66)#0.52 parts by weight of 4,4'-bis-methoxymethyl diphenyl ether (Component No. 15, Table 1) is introduced and the condensation is carried out for 15 hours at room temperature. The condensation mixture is dissolved in 100 parts by volume of water and clarified with activated charcoal, and the sulfonate of the diazo compound is precipitated with 0.92 parts by weight of the sodium salt of naphthalene-2-sulfonic acid in 100 parts by volume of water. Yield after drying: 0.9 parts by weight (C 64.4 N 3.8 fo, S 4.8 fa ·, atomic ratio 59.3: 3: 1.66) #

Analysen viser, at ca, 0,66 mol af natriumsaltet af sulfonsyren er blevet medrevet under bundfældningen. I betragtning af denne kendsgerning er resultatet af analysen et kondensationsforhold mellem diazoforbindelse og den anden bestanddel på 1 : 1,75.The analysis shows that about 0.66 mole of the sodium salt of the sulfonic acid has been entrained during the precipitation. Given this fact, the result of the analysis is a condensation ratio of diazo compound to the second component of 1: 1.75.

EKSEMPEL 49EXAMPLE 49

Dette eksempel viser, at ikke blot de blandede kondensater i form af diazoniumsaltene, men i princippet også de diazoaminoforbin-delser, der kan fremstilles ud fra disse stoffer, ved reaktion med sekundære aminer kan anvendes som lysfølsomme bestanddele af reproduktionslag, og i visse tilfælde reproduktionslag, der er velegnet til fremstilling af gulbrune billeder.This example demonstrates that not only the mixed condensates in the form of the diazonium salts, but in principle also the diazoamino compounds which can be prepared from these substances can be used as reaction-sensitive components of reproduction layers and in some cases reproduction layers in reaction with secondary amines. , which is suitable for producing yellow-brown images.

1 vægtdel af det blandede kondensat, der er beskrevet i eksempel 29, fremstillet med den ækvivalente mængde af bestanddel no. 15, opløses imidlertid i 10 volumendele vand, og der tilsættes 0,39 vægtdele morpholin. Det gelatinøse bundfald filtreres fra ved sugning, vaskes hurtigt med vand og indføres derpå i 100 volumendele dimethylformamid, hvori 2 vægtdele polyvinylmethylacetamid (K værdi 91) tidligere var opløst. Den fremkomne overtræksopløsning påføres med et roterende organ på ad elektrolytisk vej rugjort aluminium, og overtrækket tørres derefter. Efter billed-mæssig exponering fjernes de arealer, der ikke er ramt af lys, med vand, og efter tørring bliver de tværbundne billedarealer farvet ved hjælp af en vandig opløsning af crystalviolet.1 part by weight of the mixed condensate described in Example 29 prepared with the equivalent amount of component no. 15, however, is dissolved in 10 parts by volume of water and 0.39 parts by weight of morpholine is added. The gelatinous precipitate is filtered off by suction, washed quickly with water and then introduced into 100 parts by volume of dimethylformamide, in which 2 parts by weight of polyvinylmethylacetamide (K value 91) was previously dissolved. The resulting coating solution is applied with a rotating means on electrolytic aluminum backing, and the coating is then dried. After image exposure, the areas not affected by light are removed with water and after drying, the cross-linked image areas are stained using an aqueous solution of crystal violet.

86 143621 EKSEMPEL 50EXAMPLE 50

En sandblæst polyesterfilm blev forsynet med et overtræk ved hjælp af et roterende organ med en vandig opløsning indeholdende 0,55 f> af det blandede kondensat, der er beskrevet i det følgende, og 5,5 f polyvinylmethylacetamid (K værdi 91)* Efter bille dmæs sig exponering fjernes de arealer, der ikke er ramt af lyset, med vand, og efter tørring farves de tværbundne billedarea-ler ved hjælp af en vandig opløsning af orystalviolet.A sandblasted polyester film was coated with a rotary member with an aqueous solution containing 0.55 µg of the mixed condensate described below and 5.5 µl polyvinylmethylacetamide (K value 91) * In case of exposure, the areas not affected by the light are removed with water and, after drying, the cross-linked image areas are stained with an aqueous solution of orystal violet.

Let blandede kondensat fremstilles på følgende måde: 6,5 vægtdele 3-methoxy-diphenylamin-4-diazonium-phosphat (Diazo 2, phosphat) opløses i 50 volumendele 86 f phosphorsyre, derpå indføres der 3,9 vægtdele hexa-methoxymethyl-melamin (Bestanddel B1 nr. 2, tabeil) under kraftig omrøring, og blandingen kondenseres i 20 timer ved stuetemperatur.Lightly mixed condensate is prepared as follows: 6.5 parts by weight of 3-methoxy-diphenylamine-4-diazonium phosphate (Diazo 2, phosphate) is dissolved in 50 parts by volume 86 of phosphoric acid, then 3.9 parts by weight of hexa-methoxymethyl-melamine ( Component B1 # 2, tabil) with vigorous stirring and the mixture is condensed for 20 hours at room temperature.

Kondensationsproduktet separeres fra det rå kondensat ved bundfældning med isopropanol. Udbytte: 9»1 vægtdele (C 32,9 f°i H 11,6 ¢, P 14,9 $)· I henhold til analysen indeholder produktet grundstofferne C og I i forholdet ca. 10 : 3.The condensation product is separated from the crude condensate by precipitation with isopropanol. Yield: 9 »1 parts by weight (C 32.9 f ° in H 11.6 ¢, P 14.9 $) · According to the analysis, the product contains elements C and I in a ratio of approx. 10: 3.

EKSEMPEL 51EXAMPLE 51

Len papirunderstøtning, der anvendes i eksempel 32, overtrækkes ved pensling med følgende overtræksopløsning; 2.0 vægtdele af det nedenfor beskrevne kondensat, 0,75 vægtdele 86 fo phosphorsyre, og 100.0 volumendele vand.Len paper support used in Example 32 is coated by brushing with the following coating solution; 2.0 parts by weight of the condensate described below, 0.75 parts by weight 86 fo phosphoric acid, and 100.0 parts by volume of water.

Efter tørring exponeres reproduktionslaget under en negativ original og tørres derpå over med vand. Ler opnås således en i høj grad sværteoptagende, positiv trykkeform.After drying, the reproduction layer is exposed under a negative original and then dried over with water. Thus, clay is obtained in a highly ink-absorbing, positive form.

Det blandede kondensat fremstilles på følgende måde: 87 143621 15,42 vægtdele diphenylamin-4-diazoniumsulfat (Dla-zo 1, sulfat, tabel 1) opløses i 100 volumendele 80 $> svovlsyre. Under kraftig omrøring indføres der 8,83 vægtdele fint pulveriseret dimethylol-ravsyre diamid (Bestanddel B^ nr. 1, tabel 1), mens man afkøler for at opretholde en temperatur på 25° 0. Blandingen kondenseres i 15,5 timer ved stuetemperatur, det rå kondensat opløses i 500 volumendele vand, og kondensatet bundfældes ved tilsætning af 80 volumendele af en 50 zinkchloridopløsning. Bundfaldet separeres, opløses i 500 volumendele vand ved 50° 0, bundfældes igen ved tilsætning af 50 volumendele af en 50 $ zinkchloridopløsning, filtreres fra ved sugning og tørres under reduceret tryk. Udbytte: 18,6 vægtdele. (0 40,8 I 11,6 96, ND 5,35 hvor ND er indholdet af diazo-nitrogen til forskel fra det totale nitrogenindhold, N; atomforhold: 17,8 : 4,3? :2), Af analysen fremgår det, at der er inkorporeret en anden bestanddel, men carbon*· amidgrupperne synes til en vis grad at være blevet hydrolyseret.The mixed condensate is prepared as follows: 87 143621 15.42 parts by weight of diphenylamine-4-diazonium sulfate (Dlazo 1, sulfate, Table 1) is dissolved in 100 parts by volume of 80 $> sulfuric acid. With vigorous stirring, 8.83 parts by weight of finely powdered dimethylol succinic diamide (Component B + # 1, Table 1) is introduced while cooling to maintain a temperature of 25 ° 0. The mixture is condensed for 15.5 hours at room temperature. the crude condensate is dissolved in 500 parts by volume of water and the condensate is precipitated by the addition of 80 parts by volume of a 50 zinc chloride solution. The precipitate is separated, dissolved in 500 parts by volume of water at 50 ° 0, precipitated again by the addition of 50 parts by volume of a $ 50 zinc chloride solution, filtered off by suction and dried under reduced pressure. Yield: 18.6 parts by weight. (0 40.8 In 11.6 96, ND 5.35 where ND is the content of diazo nitrogen as opposed to the total nitrogen content, N; atomic ratio: 17.8: 4.3?: 2), the analysis shows that a different component is incorporated, but the carbonic amide groups appear to have been hydrolyzed to some extent.

EKSEMPEL 52EXAMPLE 52

Dette eksempel viser overlegenheden af visse blandede kondensater i sammenligning med kendte diazo-diphenylamin-formaldehyd-konden-sater til hydrofil hærdning af vandopløselige kolloider. Hydrofile, hærdede kolloider er vigtige til en speoiel type positivt arbejdende, forud sensibiliserede trykkeplader (jævnfør U.S.A. patent nr. 3.085.008). Med plader af denne type overtrækkes en blanding af en hydrofil polymer og en diazoforbindelse på overfladen af et underlag, der er blevet gjort oleofilt. Under billedmæssig exponering under en positiv master bliver kolloidet tværbundet og forankret til den oleofile understøtning. De uex-ponerede arealer af laget bliver derpå fjernet, og den oleofile understøtning bliver blotlagt i disse arealer og vil repræsentere de billedarealer, der overfører tryksværten. Der opnås således en positiv trykkeform.This example demonstrates the superiority of certain mixed condensates in comparison to known diazo-diphenylamine-formaldehyde condensates for hydrophilic curing of water-soluble colloids. Hydrophilic cured colloids are important for a speoiel type of positive-working, pre-sensitized printing plates (cf. U.S. Pat. No. 3,085,008). With plates of this type, a mixture of a hydrophilic polymer and a diazo compound is coated on the surface of a substrate which has been made oleophilic. During imaging exposure under a positive master, the colloid becomes cross-linked and anchored to the oleophilic support. The unexposed areas of the layer are then removed, and the oleophilic support is exposed in these areas and will represent the image areas transmitting the ink. Thus, a positive printing form is obtained.

Da lys-dekompositionsprodukterne af kendte formaldehydkondensater har oleofile egenskaber, bør andelen af diazokondensat ikke være 88 143621 for høj $ på den anden side må tværbinding af laget være så fuldstændig som mulig for at gøre det mere resistent overfor angreb' under trykkeprocessen, og dette gennemføres under anvendelse af en høj andel af diazoforbindelse.Since the light decomposition products of known formaldehyde condensates have oleophilic properties, the proportion of diazocondensate should not be too high. using a high proportion of diazo compound.

Bette eksempel viser en sammenligning mellem to trykkeplader af denne type, hvor a) den ene blev fremstillet med chloridet af formaldehydkondensatet af diphenylamin-4-diazoniumchlorid fremstillet i overensstemmelse med eksempel 1 i TT.S.A. patent nr. 3.311,605, b) mens den anden blev fremstillet med chloridet af et blandet kondensat af diphenylamin-4-diazoniumsalt og dimethylolurin-stof, der blev fremstillet som angivet i det følgende.The best example shows a comparison between two printing plates of this type, wherein a) one was prepared with the chloride of the formaldehyde condensate of diphenylamine-4-diazonium chloride prepared in accordance with Example 1 of TT.S.A. Patent No. 3,311,605, b) while the other was prepared with the chloride of a mixed condensate of diphenylamine-4-diazonium salt and dimethylolurine, prepared as set forth below.

En forud sensibiliseret, pianografisk trykkeplade, der blev fremstillet i henhold til U.S.A, patent nr. 3.396,019» eksempel 1, exponeres fuldstændigt uden anvendelse af en original, f.eks. under en buelampe. Derpå renses pladen med vand og tørres. Pladen skæres i to halvdele, og af disse bliver den ene overtrukket med overtræksopløsning 1, og den anden med overtræksopløsning 2, der er beskrevet i det følgende, og overtrækkene bliver derpå tørret.A pre-sensitized pianographic printing plate made in accordance with U.S.A. Patent No. 3,396,019 to Example 1 is completely exposed without the use of an original, e.g. under an arc lamp. The plate is then rinsed with water and dried. The plate is cut into two halves, one of which is coated with coating solution 1 and the other with coating solution 2 described below and the coatings are then dried.

1. 0,125 vægtdele af kondensatet beskrevet under a), 0,38 vægtdele polyacrylamid (Cyanamer*? 250), og 100.0 volumendele vand.1. 0.125 parts by weight of the condensate described under a), 0.38 parts by weight of polyacrylamide (Cyanamer *? 250), and 100.0 parts by volume of water.

2. 0,125 vægtdele af det blandede kondensat beskrevet under b), 0,38 vægtdele polyacrylamin (Cyanamer4P 250), og 100.0 volumendele vand.2. 0.125 parts by weight of the mixed condensate described under b), 0.38 parts by weight of polyacrylamine (Cyanamer4P 250), and 100.0 parts by volume of water.

Efter billedmæssig exponering under en positiv original fremkaldes pladerne ved at tørre dem over med vand, og derpå sværtes de med fedtet sværte.After pictorial exposure during a positive original, the plates are developed by drying them with water, and then they are blackened with greasy ink.

89 14362189 143621

Mens der i tilfælde 1 fremkommer en positiv-trykkeform, der udviser extrem stor skumning i de ikke billedførende arealer, fremstilles der med opløsning 2 en positiv pianografisk trykke-plade, der bortset fra mindre overtræksfe ;jl er fuldt ud acceptabel, og hvis ikke billedførende arealer (hærdet hydrofilt kolloid) ikke accepterer fedtet sværte.While in case 1 a positive-print form is exhibited which exhibits extremely high foaming in the non-imaging areas, solution 2 produces a positive pianographic printing plate which, apart from minor overcoating, is fully acceptable and if not imaging areas (hardened hydrophilic colloid) do not accept greasy ink.

Det blandede kondensat, der fremstilles i dette eksempel, fremstilles på følgende måde: 23,2 vægtdele diphenylamin-4-diazoniumchlorid (Diazo 1, chlorid,The mixed condensate prepared in this example is prepared as follows: 23.2 parts by weight of diphenylamine-4-diazonium chloride (Diazo 1, chloride,

Tabel 1) opløses i 50 volumendele af en 36,5 tf vandig saltsyreopløsning. Under kraftig omrøring indføres der 12 vægtdele fint pulveriseret dimethylol-urinstof (Bestanddel , nr. 3, tabel 1) i opløsning, og omrøringen fortsættes, først i 3 timer ved stu etemperatur, og derpå i 1 time ved 40° C. Efter henstand natten over i et køleskab fortyndes blandingen med 80 volumendele methanol, og derpå indføres den i 1200 volumendele isopropanol. Bundfaldet filtreres fra ved sugning, vaskes to gange, hurtigt hver gang, med 400 volumendele isopropanol, og tørres under reduceret tryk ved 40° C. Udbytte: 15 vægtdele (chlorid). Der opnås således et gult, vandopløseligt pulver, der i henhold til analyse indeholder ca. 0,9 molekyler urinstof pr. diazogruppe (E 19,5 %, ND(diazo-N) 8,2 tf, Cl 10,8 tf; atomforhold: 4,8 : 2 : 1,04).Table 1) is dissolved in 50 parts by volume of a 36.5 tf aqueous hydrochloric acid solution. With vigorous stirring, 12 parts by weight of finely powdered dimethylol urea (Component No. 3, Table 1) is introduced into solution and stirring is continued, first for 3 hours at room temperature, and then for 1 hour at 40 ° C. over in a refrigerator, dilute the mixture with 80 parts by volume of methanol and then introduce it into 1200 parts by volume of isopropanol. The precipitate is filtered off by suction, washed twice, quickly each time, with 400 parts by volume of isopropanol, and dried under reduced pressure at 40 ° C. Yield: 15 parts by weight (chloride). There is thus obtained a yellow, water-soluble powder which according to analysis contains approx. 0.9 molecules of urea per diazo group (E 19.5%, ND (diazo-N) 8.2 tf, Cl 10.8 tf; atomic ratio: 4.8: 2: 1.04).

EKSEMPEL 53EXAMPLE 53

En trimetalplade, der består af lag af aluminium, kobber og chrom, dækkes med en overtræksopløsning med den i det følgende angivne sammensætning, man lader overskydende opløsning dræne fra, og pladen tørres.A trim metal plate consisting of layers of aluminum, copper and chromium is covered with a coating solution of the composition specified below, to which excess solution is allowed to drain and the plate is dried.

2 vægtdele af chloridet af det blandede kondensat, der er beskrevet i det følgende, 1 vægtdel polyvinylalkohol (residualt acetylindhold 12 tf, viskositet af en 4 tf vandig opløsning 6,5 til 8,8 cp ved 20° C), og 50 volumendele vand.2 parts by weight of the chloride of the mixed condensate described below, 1 part by weight of polyvinyl alcohol (residual acetyl content 12 tf, viscosity of a 4 tf aqueous solution 6.5 to 8.8 cp at 20 ° C), and 50 parts by volume of water .

90 14362190 143621

Efter billedmæssig exponering under en positiv original fremkaldes pladen ved hjælp af fremkalder II, der er beskrevet i eksempel 22 til 28, og derpå ætses cliromet væk til kobberlaget i de arealer, der ikke er dækket med reproduktionslaget, under anvendelse af en vandig ætse opløsning, der indeholder 30 vægt-# cal-eiumchlorid, 20 vægt~# zinkchlorid, og ca. 1,5 til 3 vægt-# ammoniumchlorid, vinsyre og koncentreret saltsyre, til chromla-get. Pladen dekoreres ved behandling med en pasta bestående af pulveriseret kalk og dimethylformamid. Per opnås en multimetal-trykfceform, ved hvis hjælp der kan trykkes meget store oplag.After imaging exposure under a positive original, the plate is developed by developer II described in Examples 22 to 28, and then the clirome is etched away to the copper layer in the areas not covered by the reproduction layer using an aqueous etching solution. containing 30% by weight of calcium chloride, 20% by weight of zinc chloride, and about 1.5 to 3% by weight of ammonium chloride, tartaric acid and concentrated hydrochloric acid, for the chromium layer. The plate is decorated by treatment with a paste consisting of powdered lime and dimethylformamide. Per a multimetal printing form is obtained, by means of which very large prints can be printed.

Det blandede diazokondensat fremstilles på lignende måde som den i eksempel 29 beskrevne måde, idet der dog anvendes følgende reaktanter og følgende reaktionsbetingelser: 32,3 vægtdele 3-methoxy-diphenylamin-4-diazonium-sulfat (Diazo 2, sulfat, tabel 1), 170,0 vægtdele 86 # phosphorsyre, og 64,4- vægtdele methoxymethyl-diphenylether fremstillet ud fra CMDPO-32 (Bestanddel nr. 22; se nedenfor).The mixed diazocondensate is prepared in a similar manner to that described in Example 29, however, using the following reactants and the following reaction conditions: 32.3 parts by weight of 3-methoxy-diphenylamine-4-diazonium sulfate (Diazo 2, sulfate, Table 1); 170.0 parts by weight of 86 # phosphoric acid, and 64.4 parts by weight of methoxymethyl diphenyl ether prepared from CMDPO-32 (Component No. 22; see below).

Massen kondenseres i 4,5 timer ved 40° C, filtreres til klarhed, bundfældes ved hjælp af saltsyre, opløses igen og genbundfældes med saltsyre. Udbytte: 44 vægtdele.The pulp is condensed for 4.5 hours at 40 ° C, filtered for clarity, precipitated by hydrochloric acid, dissolved again and precipitated with hydrochloric acid. Yield: 44 parts by weight.

I henhold til oplysning fra fabrikanten (jævnfør U.S.A. patent nr. 3.316.186, spalte 3, linie 41 til 64) har den chloromethyle-réde diphenylether CMDPO-32 .en CE^Cl substitutionsgrad på 2,8 og består af følgende bestanddele: 2,4'-di-chloromethyl-diphenylether 1,9# 4,4’-di-chlorimethyl-diphenylether 8,6 # 2,2*,4'-tri-chloromethyl-diphenylether 17,0 # 2,4,4'-tri-ohlorornethyl-diphenylether 72,0 # 2,2’,4,4’-tetra-chloromethyl-diphenylether under 2,0 #.According to the manufacturer's information (cf. US Patent No. 3,316,186, column 3, lines 41 to 64), the chloromethyl-red diphenyl ether CMDPO-32 has a degree of CE ^ Cl of 2.8 and consists of the following components: , 4'-dichloromethyl diphenyl ether 1.9 # 4,4'-dichloro methyl methyl diphenyl ether 8,6 # 2,2 *, 4'-tri-chloromethyl diphenyl ether 17.0 # 2,4,4 ' tri-chloro-ethyl-diphenyl ether 72.0 # 2.2 ', 4,4'-tetra-chloromethyl-diphenyl ether below 2.0 #.

Den etherblanding, der fremkommer ved erstatning af halogenatomer med methoxygrupper, havde et methoxyindhold på 28,9 #. Den blev 91 143621 anvendt til fremstilling af et kondensationsprodukt, hvis elemen-tæranalyse havde følgende værdier: (C 67,5 i, TU 4,4 f, Cl (total) 4,3 f>, Cl (ionogen) 3,8 f, OCH^ 12,7 1°% atomforhold: 53,6 : 3 : 1,16 : 1 ,03 : 3,92).The ether mixture obtained by substituting halogen atoms with methoxy groups had a methoxy content of 28.9 #. It was used to prepare a condensation product whose elemental analysis had the following values: (C 67.5 i, TU 4.4 f, Cl (total) 4.3 f>, Cl (ionogenic) 3.8 f , OCH ^ 12.7 1% atomic ratio: 53.6: 3: 1.16: 1, 03: 3.92).

Resultatet af analysen viser, at der i det blandede kondensat findes betydelige mængder reaktive methoxymethylgrupper.The results of the analysis show that substantial amounts of reactive methoxymethyl groups are present in the mixed condensate.

Et reproduktionsmateriale, der også kan fremstilles med godt resultat, fremstilles ved overtrækning af det samme underlag med en overtræksopløsning af den følgende sammensætning og ved tørring af overtrækket: 1 vægtdel af det i eksempel 29 beskrevne, blandede kondensat 2 vægtdele af den polyvinylalkohol, der er anført i det foregående i dette eksempel, og 50 volumendele vand.A reproducible material which can also be produced with good results is prepared by coating the same substrate with a coating solution of the following composition and by drying the coating: 1 part by weight of the mixed condensate described in Example 29 2 parts by weight of the polyvinyl alcohol which is as stated above in this example, and 50 parts by volume of water.

Efter billedmæssig exponering fremkaldes pladen ved rensning med vand. Yderligere behandling til dannelse af en multimetal-trykkeform foregår som beskrevet i begyndelsen af dette eksempel.After imaging exposure, the plate is evoked by purification with water. Further processing to form a multimetal printing form is carried out as described at the beginning of this example.

I stedet for en understøtning bestående af lag af aluminium, kobber og chrom kan man anvende en messingfolie, der er overtrukket med et tyndt chromlag.Instead of a support consisting of layers of aluminum, copper and chrome, a brass foil coated with a thin chrome layer can be used.

EKSEMPEL 54EXAMPLE 54

En kobberplade neddykkes i få sekunder i et bad af en 1 til 2f> ferrichloridopløsning, renses med vand, rengøres med pulveriseret kalk, renses igen og tørres derpå.A copper plate is immersed for a few seconds in a bath of a 1 to 2f ferric chloride solution, purified with water, cleaned with powdered lime, cleaned again and then dried.

Derpå hældes en opløsning bestående af 8 vægtdele af det nedenfor beskrevne, blandede kondensat, og 92 143621 100 volumendele af en "blanding af 8 volumendele ethylen-glycol-monomethylether og 2 volumendele butylacetat over pladen, og overtrækket tørres ved at blæse varm luft derpå.Then a solution of 8 parts by weight of the mixed condensate described below is poured into 100 parts by volume of a mixture of 8 parts by volume of ethylene-glycol monomethyl ether and 2 parts by volume of butyl acetate over the plate, and the coating is dried by blowing hot air thereon.

Efter billedmæssig exponering under en positiv skærmoriginal tørres pladen over med en 10 ^ vandig opløsning af n-propanol i få sekunder og fremkaldes med den fremkalder I, der anvendes i eksempel 22 til 28, indtil reproduktionslaget er fjernet fra de ikke exponerede arealer.After imaging exposure under a positive screen original, the plate is dried over with a 10 µl aqueous solution of n-propanol for a few seconds and developed with the developer I used in Examples 22 to 28 until the reproduction layer is removed from the unexposed areas.

Efter tørring ætses pladen på normal måde med en 40 f jern-III-chloridopløsning. Der opnås herved en halvtone-gravure-form.After drying, the plate is etched in a normal manner with a 40 µl iron III chloride solution. Hereby a halftone engraving form is obtained.

Eet blandede kondensat fremstilles som beskrevet i eksempel 53, idet man dog anvender følgende bestanddele og betingelser: 32,5 vægtdele diazo 2, sulfat (tabel 1), 170,0 vægtdele 86 f phosphorsyre, og 32,3 vægtdele bestanddel Uo. 22 (tabel 1).One mixed condensate is prepared as described in Example 53, however, using the following ingredients and conditions: 32.5 parts by weight of diazo 2, sulfate (Table 1), 170.0 parts by weight 86 of phosphoric acid, and 32.3 parts by weight of component Uo. 22 (Table 1).

Reaktionsblandingen kondenseres i 4,5 timer ved 40° C, kondensationsproduktet bundfældes ved tilsætning af en opløsning af na-triumchlorid, opløses igen og bundfældes påny med en opløsning af natriumchlorid. Eer foretages en sluttelig bundfældning i form af mesitylensulfonatet. Udbytte: 55,7 vægtdele (0 66,7 f, N 5,8 f, S 4,7 f, 0CH3 7,8 f; atomforhold: 40,2 : 3 : 1,06 : 1,82).The reaction mixture is condensed for 4.5 hours at 40 ° C, the condensation product is precipitated by the addition of a solution of sodium chloride, dissolved again and precipitated again with a solution of sodium chloride. A final precipitate is made in the form of the mesitylene sulfonate. Yield: 55.7 parts by weight (0 66.7 f, N 5.8 f, S 4.7 f, OCH 3 7.8 f; atomic ratio: 40.2: 3: 1.06: 1.82).

Resultatet af analysen viser, at også dette kondensat indeholder reaktive methoxymethylgrupper i betydende mængder.The result of the analysis shows that this condensate also contains reactive methoxymethyl groups in significant quantities.

Ted den i eksempel 40 beskrevne metode kan der fremstilles trykte kredsløb under anvendelse af den samme overtræksblanding.By the method described in Example 40, printed circuits can be prepared using the same coating mixture.

EKSEMPEL 55 til 67Examples 55 to 67

Bisse eksempler viser velegnetheden af en serie af blandede kondensater fremstillet ud fra forskellige bestanddele og separeret 93 143621 i forskellige former (lysfølsomme sulfonsyrer og polyfunktionelle sulfonsyrer) for lysfølsomme reproduktionslag, der er anvendelige ved fotomekanisk produktion af pianografiske trykkeplader.Some examples show the suitability of a series of mixed condensates made from various components and separated into different forms (photosensitive sulfonic acids and polyfunctional sulfonic acids) for photosensitive reproduction layers useful in photomechanical production of pianographic printing plates.

Det er overraskende, at det bundfældede produkt af det polyfunk-tionelle, blandede kondensat og de bivalente sulfonsyrer, der anvendes i eksempel 60 og 61, er letopløselige i organiske opløsningsmidler.Surprisingly, the precipitated product of the polyfunctional mixed condensate and the bivalent sulfonic acids used in Examples 60 and 61 is readily soluble in organic solvents.

Tabel 5 indeholder de data, der angår de anvendte blandede kondensater, overtræksopløsningerne og fremkaldelsen.Table 5 contains the data relating to the mixed condensates used, the coating solutions and the development.

I nogle tilfælde blev der tilsat phosphorsyre til overtræksopløsningerne. Tilsætningen af phosphorsyre, f.eks. selv i mængder fra 0,1 til 0,3 mol pr. mol diazogruppe, har en gavnlig indflydelse på lagerholdbarheden af de overtrukne materialer og deres fremkaldende egenskaber.In some cases, phosphoric acid was added to the coating solutions. The addition of phosphoric acid, e.g. even in amounts from 0.1 to 0.3 moles per mole diazo group, has a beneficial influence on the shelf life of the coated materials and their developing properties.

Efter billedmæssig exponering under et negativ bliver et billede klart synligt; dette billede er normalt blågrønt, men mere brunt i tilfælde af eksempel 60.After pictorial exposure during a negative, an image becomes clearly visible; this image is usually teal, but more brown in the case of example 60.

Fremkaldelsen kan gennemføres under anvendelse af en af fremkalderne I eller II, der er beskrevet i eksempel 22 til 28.The development can be carried out using one of the developers I or II described in Examples 22 to 28.

Efter sværtning med fedtet sværte fremkommer der trykkeplader, udfra hvilke der kan fremstilles et stort antal fejlfrie tryk. Trykkeoplaget kan forøges betydeligt ved at forstærke de grundigt fremkaldte trykkeplader med en konventionel lak.After hardening with greasy ink, printing plates emerge from which a large number of error-free prints can be produced. The printing pad can be significantly increased by reinforcing the thoroughly developed printing plates with a conventional varnish.

De trykkeplader, der er overtrukket i overensstemmelse med eksempel 55 til 62, er mere lysfølsomme end de, der fremstilles under anvendelse af formaldehydkondensatet af den diazoforbindelse, der er beskrevet i eksempel 1 i U.S.A. patent nr. 3.406.159·The printing plates coated in accordance with Examples 55 to 62 are more photosensitive than those prepared using the formaldehyde condensate of the diazo compound described in Example 1 of U.S.A. Patent No. 3,406,159 ·

Den væsentligste forøgelse af lysfølsomhed opnås i forbindelse med eksempel 59, 64 og 65, idet materialerne i eksempel 64 og 65 er særligt fordelagtige på grund af deres lettere syntese og den forøgede opløselighed af produkterne. Lagerholdbarheden af de trykkeplader, der fremstilles med de to sidst angivne materialer, 94 H3621 er bemærkelsesværdig.The major increase in light sensitivity is achieved in connection with Examples 59, 64 and 65, the materials of Examples 64 and 65 being particularly advantageous because of their easier synthesis and the increased solubility of the products. The storage durability of the printing plates made with the two last mentioned materials, 94 H3621 is remarkable.

Den understøtning, der anvendes i eksempel 55 til 65, var en aluminiumfolie, der var blevet gjort ru ad elektrolytisk vej, derpå anodiseret og slutteligt behandlet med pblyvinylphosphonsyre.The support used in Examples 55 to 65 was an aluminum foil which had been roughened electrolytically, then anodized and finally treated with pblyvinylphosphonic acid.

I eksempel 66 og 67 anvendtes der en aluminiumfolie, der var blevet gjort ru ved hjælp af metalbørster og derpå behandlet med polyvinylphosphonsyre.Examples 66 and 67 used an aluminum foil which had been roughened by metal brushes and then treated with polyvinylphosphonic acid.

Udover disse underlag kan man også anvende en serie af underlag i kombination med de reproduktionslag, der er fremstillet på basis af kondensationsprodukterne fremstillet ved fremgangsmåden ifølge opfindelsen, hvilke anbefales til den såkaldte "overtørringsn-fremgangsmåde med' kendte diazoharpikser, der er kommercielt rekvirer-bare.In addition to these substrates, a series of substrates can also be used in combination with the reproduction layers prepared on the basis of the condensation products prepared by the process of the invention, which are recommended for the so-called "diazo resin process" which is commercially available diazo resins .

ίπ η 95 s ” 143621 σ5 φ ,¾ H = = =S= = a h φ cd (hίπ η 95 s ”143621 σ5 φ, ¾ H = = = S = = a h φ cd (h

ft Hft H

i mi m

bo CM \ CMabove CM \ CM

S3 \ 'ΰ ·>_ •H s—- S-l ·* ?H *rl c. ** S CD I CD ! <D S ! mS3 \ 'ΰ ·> _ • H s—- S-l · *? H * rl c. ** S CD I CD! <D S! m

ro H H £3 CO H £3 ro H c-ι COro H H £ 3 CO H £ 3 ro H c-ι CO

s H cd op o p Η o πs H cd on o p Η o π

H CD Tp ΟΦ-P CdJ^M- O m PH CD Tp ΟΦ-P CdJ ^ M- O m P

ftp S3 !>jH Cd !>aiH O ^r—1 Cdftp S3!> jH Cd!> aiH O ^ r — 1 Cd

0 P CD Η t>>P H r-j'H ·· Η V P0 P CD Η t >> P H r-j'H ·· Η V P

P a bQ£3 CD bOftr-t bOc?<D === = PS? fjPO SP l>»co s3 £ o bO PH CD CD cd CD CD £3 CD m CdP a bQ £ 3 CD bOftr-t bOc? <D === = PS? fjPO SP l> »co s3 £ o bO PH CD CD CD CD CD £ 3 CD m Cd

S3 S3 O H S H H a -P H g HS3 S3 O H S H H a -P H g H

p CD !> O 5¾ C CD >10^0 S3 > ^ £3 s3 P £3 S3 a jzj if CD S3 P O ? POM -POP* IS -a! HI S^5 ¢0^ CD g ft (-1 -------------------------- ----- - ---------- ,—. I " ---- .......... " — ---1 ............. 1 1p CD!> O 5¾ C CD> 10 ^ 0 S3> ^ £ 3 s3 P £ 3 S3 a jzj if CD S3 P O? POM -POP * IS -a! HI S ^ 5 ¢ 0 ^ CD g ft (-1 ------------------------------- - ----- -----, -. I "---- .........." - --- 1 ............. 1 1

ft \Rft \ R

o >Ro> R

m u cd om u cd o

X Wg CO SX Wg CO S

ffi COffi CO

^ ω CD CD^ ω CD CD

-p 0 rH i—I H-p 0 rH i — I H

·· i—l φ Φ Φ·· i — l φ Φ Φ

0) ω cd p p P0) ω cd p p P

> h P -P -P -P> h P -P -P -P

o t>3 P M MK)o t> 3 P M MK)

rn USB EB Brn USB EB B

f I ! I 1 8 > > > ft !> d ft- co ft-f I! I 1 8>>> ft!> D ft- co ft-

LfM CD MO o CC"· OLfM CD MO o CC "· O

I Η O ft O ft ftl Ρ «· m ·» tn ft! Eh Ο ft Ο ft pgi ___—-.....—_ <jj| —I Η O ft O ft ftl Ρ «· m ·» tn ft! Eh Ο ft Ο ft pgi ___ —- ..... — _ <jj | -

^11 tR tR 'iR 3R ^ ?R "?R^ 11 tR tR 'iR 3R ^? R "? R

jgj CM CM CM CM CM CM C\Jjgj CM CM CM CM CM CM C \ J

SR _ bo · t- CM C— r- tft in Ρ Ο Ο K m ft- in on vo r- HØS0·· * ·> ·.·. » Λ ΟΟΜ ρ ο ο ο οο ο Ο ί|Η C\lrl ft ·>- g Sh Η ft ft ·· ·· ·· w O CD I r- Cd ftg^pqwr- *- *- *- r- —r--n-.SR _ bo · t- CM C— r- tft in Ρ Ο Ο K m ft- in on vo r- HØS0 ·· * ·> ·. ·. »Λ ΟΟΜ ρ ο ο οο ο Ο ί | Η C \ lrl ft ·> - g Sh Η ft ft ·· ·· ·· w O CD I r- Cd ftg ^ pqwr- * - * - * - r- s - n.

+S------ i T I+ S ------ i T I

cd I I ο H Ρ m r— r— I ft i>jftCD I I ο H Ρ m r— r— I ft i> jft

S3 I I Η H -P IS3 I I Η H -P I

CD·· S3 S3 ftp! pi S3 p -P ft CD CD P 01 P 0)CD ·· S3 S3 ftp! pi S3 p -P ft CD CD P 01 P 0)

S3CDCd Η H CD ft · HS3CDCd Η H CD ft · H

OSH cd cd oft -p cd 1*30)0 ft! £3 ft Eh ft!OSH cd cd often -p cd 1 * 30) 0 ft! £ 3 ft Eh ft!

S-ι Ph -P ft ft I I 0 PS-ι Ph -P ft ft I I 0 P

p cd O ,£3 11 £311, N P £3 1 <D ftft ft cn vo ftrn voi cdspp l ft onp cd O, £ 3 11 £ 311, N P £ 3 1 <D ftft ft cn vo ftrn voi cdspp l ft on

P cd cd o ft cdOPqftftcDcdftcdOP cd cd o ft cdOPqftftcDcdftcdO

S3 OT ft S3 co ft s3co ft O ρ ο sp ft s3 co cd 1—I · — — - - - - PQ , — — ·> ft S3 cd ocn o oc-oo P W *- t- r- <- <- m hS3 OT ft S3 co ft s3co ft O ρ ο sp ft s3 co cd 1 — I · - - - - - - PQ, - - ·> ft S3 cd ocn o oc-oo PW * - t- r- <- < - mh

CD CDCD CD

ft ft --a----i-^r~7-- r i o 1 ft-ft ft --a ---- i- ^ r ~ 7-- r i o 1 ft-

ft- ft- ft Oft- ft- ft O.

Ο O CM COΟ O CM CO

CO CO ftft ft ft e> » ·» ·»CO CO ftft ft ft e> »·» · »

I CM CM CM CMIn CM CM CM CM

1 S3 = = =1 S3 = = =

O-HCDlft Ο O OOO-HCDlft Ο O OO

N£3C0C\lN N NN.N £ 3C0C \ lN N NN.

cdSnHS cd cd cda)cdSnHS cd cd cda)

ft O CD I ·Η ft -HPft O CD I · Η ft -HP

_ nftcd <__o_0_Q p_ ω » invo t- CO CTi o r- pq min mmmvovo_ nftcd <__ o_0_Q p_ ω »invo t- CO CTi o r- pq min mmmvovo

ri Hri H

ω Η 96 η s usw-i a 3== = ® ® Η η L, Η Ηω Η 96 η s usw-i a 3 == = ® ® Η η L, Η Η

ΐ£ Η Iΐ £ Η I

W--ρ|-1- I (¾ Η m ι ίί ι >3 bn ο -ρ ο -ρW - ρ | -1- I (¾ Η m ι ίί ι> 3 bn ο -ρ ο -ρ

S ri © ri AS ri © ri A

•Η ο*' & ·Η Ο S• Η ο * '& · Η Ο S

ίί <D I © g S Ή -sh Sίί <D I © g S Ή -sh S

03 H Hi! Oi H Jri H \03 H Hi! Oi H Jri H \

ts> h ® o += S -Φ o\ — O CMts> h ® o + = S -Φ o \ - O CM

Η Φ O) O © ri O ri ©riΗ Φ O) O © ri O ri © ri

Pits ri = t*sH O .. i^OVD^OO-r = O 'ri Φ H t^A) H ,ri Η Λ •h a wj^jhvd wj-po m-p co -pari ri -p >a ri © ·π ri © M ri Η Φ iD^j Φ H S ΦΗ-Ρ ri ri o H S-P H >sri H !>sri •ri Φ ί> >» o Φ ri,ri S rj»ri +3 ri f> ^ ,ri ri S .ri -P ri .ri-P© m ri -ροή -ρφο-ρφο s <j i)S^ ¢8^ ®SuiPits ri = t * sH O .. i ^ OVD ^ OO-r = O 'ri Φ H t ^ A) H, ri Η Λ • ha wj ^ jhvd wj-po mp co -pari ri -p> a ri © · Π ri © M ri Η Φ iD ^ j Φ HS ΦΗ-Ρ ri ri o H SP H> sri H!> Sri • ri Φ ί>> »o Φ ri, ri S rj» ri +3 ri f> ^ , ri ri S .ri -P ri .ri-P © m ri -ροή -ρφο-ρφο s <ji) S ^ ¢ 8 ^ ®Sui

rHrh

Qi 1 - o ^ ra M CO O CO r*. I r·» 1 2 æ cos φο co g ftpa ® s P OOS ri ri JJ φ © Φ Η Φ r^H Φ hrl ri .· HH Φ Η ΗΦ Η © Φ H 2 .2 φφ ΦΦΗΦ © Ό ©ri 'ri © ri Ή t»cj Η ό © Ή ·ό -P <rio-p>riO-pQi 1 - o ^ ra M CO O CO r *. I r · »1 2 æ cos φο co g ftpa ® s P OOS ri ri JJ φ © Φ Η Φ r ^ H Φ hrl ri. · HH Φ Η ΗΦ Η © Φ H 2 .2 φφ ΦΦΗΦ © Ό © ri ' ri © ri Ή t »cj Η ό © Ή · ό -P <rio-p> riO-p

O fa, +3+Si^+3 -P hQ -P^WJ-P'HbOO fa, + 3 + Si ^ + 3 -P hQ -P ^ WJ-P'HbO

m W) tao -P W) W3 83 I Mij S W3H Sm W) tao -P W) W3 83 I Me S W3H S

sæ us æ i> ffi rij> ffi ri> -p > > £B > f> > ra\ >se us æ i> ffi rij> ffi ri> -p>> £ B> f>> ra \>

csj ri Scsj ri S

ro t— xj- -<j- lt\ -φ ιαφο moo H to o cvi o to o in ri cm cm ri cmro t— xj- - <j- lt \ -φ ιαφο moo H to o cvi o to o in ri cm cm ri cm

H O ri) OJA) O P-i fOHK 4HKH O ri) OJA) O P-i fOHK 4HK

C-J · (Λ il tr\ ·> fO »-O ·> o om otti o fri ο-p· o-p · '—'I ________ "51 ^ ^ ra i ^ ^ , -PI o rj- -ri-C-J · (Λ il tr \ ·> fO »-O ·> o about otti o free ο-p · o-p · '—'I ________" 51 ^^ ra i ^^, -PI o rj- -ri-

ri IS CVI CM OJ OJri IS CVI CM OJ OJ

oi o ooi o o

*H I* H I

-—Ί___ LO»} tfl o- oo to ΟΙ &0 · CT> fa- r- CO VD fa- p1 Η O o M - * ~ ~ " pqi Ha.. spoo r- o o o-—Ί ___ LO »} tfl o- oo to ΟΙ & 0 · CT> fa- r- CO VD fa- p1 Η O o M - * ~ ~" pqi Ha .. spoo r- o o o

Ml ^ ΟφΧ, ^ τ- -a) I O Λ H Cm Η A ·· ·· ·* " "Ml ^ ΟφΧ, ^ τ- -a) I O Λ H Cm Η A ·· ·· · * ""

Eh! S A H S P> O 0 L r QJ r τ— *— τ— τ— τ— τ— Α, g C FQ ν-____ Φ I I to, ro cm o O cm o ri f ,w <n 'ra Φ . ·· ri I 1 I fi «d -p *N © o-ri ® ri ω ri h i i ® h ° ri ri oH h ri Møa Λ N o t5*5 *-<Eh! S A H S P> O 0 L r QJ r τ— * - τ— τ— τ— τ— Α, g C FQ ν -____ Φ I I to, ro cm o O cm o ri f, w <n 'ra Φ. ·· ri I 1 I fi «d -p * N © o-ri ® ri ω ri h i i ® h ° ri ri oH h ri Møa Λ N o t5 * 5 * - <

ri ri -P ri +3 -P -Pri ri -P ri +3 -P -P

-p cd o riri I -ri -ri ri!-p cd o riri I -ri -ri ri!

φ ρ,«Η P) to» I ri A CQ P) i Iφ ρ, «Η P) to» I ri A CQ P) i I

Ό © ri Ο Η ΐίΰΦφ'Η HΌ © ri Ο Η ΐίΰΦφ'Η H

ricQH ri o o cm ri ari o o ri iH — 1 — - ~ a i § - +3pq o 1— LT»LPi C— τ- CQH -i-τ- v-1- T- v- ω φ --,-—-TrF--ricQH ri oo cm ri ari oo ri iH - 1 - - ~ ai § - + 3pq o 1— LT »LPi C— τ- CQH -i-τ- v-1- T- v- ω φ -, -— -TrF--

I -φ I I H- OI -φ I I H- O

rl· O Η- I rd- O PMrl · O Η- I rd- O PM

O Al O O A) OJO Al O O A) OJ

CQ CM W CO CM KCQ CM W CO CM K

fri K tri fri tri ·> ·, ·>. ·* ·*free K tri free tri ·> ·, ·>. · * · *

I CM CM CM CM CM CMI CM CM CM CM CM CM

ό·Η ®X O O o o o oό · Η ®X O O o o o o

N^QtaCMNtSI N N tsj NN ^ QtaCMNtSI N N tj N

d MH S dri ri ri ri ri •ri O Φ I -ri -ri -ri -ri -ri -ri fl<Hri<l R fri .....fri P_Θ___B.. - _ « ' 1 “d MH S dri ri ri ri ri • ri O Φ I -ri -ri -ri -ri -ri -ri -ri fl <Hri <l R free ..... free P_Θ ___ B .. - _ «'1“

CQCQ

id CM to» H- IT> CD C~- pq vp vo cd vp co co 97 143621id CM to »H- IT> CD C ~ - pq vp vo cd vp co co 97 143621

De diazoforbindelser, der anvendes i eksempel 55 til 65, fremstilles på følgende måde: EKSEMPEL 55 og 56The diazo compounds used in Examples 55 to 65 are prepared as follows: EXAMPLES 55 and 56

Kondensationen gennemføres som beskrevet i eksempel 29, idet man dog anvender følgende betingelser og underlag: 120,0 vægtdele 86 phosphorsyre, 32,2 vægtdele diazo 2, sulfat, og 8,3 vægtdele 1,3-dimethyl-4,6-dimethylol-benzen (Bestanddel B.j, nr. 9, tabel 1).The condensation is carried out as described in Example 29, however, using the following conditions and substrates: 120.0 parts by weight 86 phosphoric acid, 32.2 parts by weight diazo 2, sulfate, and 8.3 parts by weight 1,3-dimethyl-4,6-dimethylol. benzene (Component Bj, No. 9, Table 1).

Blandingen kondenseres i 20 timer ved 40° C. I forbindelse med eksempel 55 bliver halvdelen af blandingen opløst i vand, kondensatet bundfældes ved tilsætning af en opløsning af natrium-chlorid, bundfaldet opløses i vand, og det genbundfældes i form af naphthalen-1-sulfonsyresaltet. Udbytte: 11,5 vægtdele (C 65,5 $, N 8,0 lo, S 6,1 fa atomforhold: 28,7 : 3 : 1).The mixture is condensed for 20 hours at 40 ° C. In Example 55, half of the mixture is dissolved in water, the condensate is precipitated by the addition of a solution of sodium chloride, the precipitate is dissolved in water and it is precipitated in the form of naphthalene-1. sulfonic acid salt. Yield: 11.5 parts by weight (C 65.5 $, N 8.0 lo, S 6.1 fa atomic ratio: 28.7: 3: 1).

Den gennemsnitlige molekylvægt af det fremstillede farvestof med phenylmethyl-pyrazolon er 1256. 1 eksempel 56 opløses den anden halvdel af den rå kondensations-blanding i vand, og det tilsvarende hexafluorophosphat bundfældes ved tilsætning af hexafluorophosphorsyre. Udbytte: 21,2 vægtdele (C 45,4 N 9,2 $>\ atomforhold: 17,2 : 3). Bundfaldet indeholder en lille mængde ikke kondenseret diazoforbindel-se.The average molecular weight of the dye produced with phenylmethyl-pyrazolone is 1256. In Example 56, the other half of the crude condensation mixture is dissolved in water and the corresponding hexafluorophosphate is precipitated by the addition of hexafluorophosphoric acid. Yield: 21.2 parts by weight (C 45.4 N 9.2 $> \ atomic ratio: 17.2: 3). The precipitate contains a small amount of non-condensed diazo compound.

EKSEMPEL 57 og 58Examples 57 and 58

Den fremgangsmåde, der anvendes i eksempel 55 og 56, gentages, idet man dog anvender følgende stoffer og forbindelser: 98 143621 120.0 vægtdele 86 f> phosphorsyre, 32,3 vægtdele diazo 2, sulfat (tabel 1), og 11,1 vægtdele 4,6-diisopropyl-1,3-dimethylolbenzen (Bestanddel B1, nr. 10, tabel 1).The procedure used in Examples 55 and 56 is repeated, however, using the following substances and compounds: 98.0 parts by weight 86 f> phosphoric acid, 32.3 parts by weight diazo 2, sulfate (Table 1) and 11.1 parts by weight 4 , 6-diisopropyl-1,3-dimethylolbenzene (Component B1, No. 10, Table 1).

Blandingen kondenseres i 20 timer ved 40° 0. I eksempel 57 opløses halvdelen af blandingen i vand, kondensatet bundfældes ved tilsætning af en opløsning af natriumchlorid, bundfaldet opløses igen i vand, og bundfældes derpå i form af naphthalen- 1-sulfonsyresaltet, Udbytte: 13,3 vægtdele (C 66,3 f>, ΪΓ 7,5 f>, S 5,6 f>i atomforhold: 31 : 3 : 0,98). Bundfaldet indeholder en lille mængde ikke kondenseret diazoforbindelse.The mixture is condensed for 20 hours at 40 ° 0. In Example 57, half of the mixture is dissolved in water, the condensate is precipitated by adding a solution of sodium chloride, the precipitate is dissolved again in water, and then precipitated in the form of the naphthalene-1-sulfonic acid salt, Yield: 13.3 parts by weight (C 66.3 f>, ,5 7.5 f>, S 5.6 f> in atomic ratio: 31: 3: 0.98). The precipitate contains a small amount of non-condensed diazo compound.

Molekylvægten af pyrazolon-farvestoffet: 1299* ligesom i eksempel 58 opløses den anden halvdel af blandingen i vand, og hexafluorophosphatet bundfældes fra opløsningen ved tilsætning af hexafluorphosphorsyre. Udbytte: 11,1 vægtdele (C 52,9 f>, H 10,7 f \ atomforhold: 17,3 : 3).The molecular weight of the pyrazolone dye: 1299 *, as in Example 58, dissolves the other half of the mixture in water and the hexafluorophosphate is precipitated from the solution by the addition of hexafluorophosphoric acid. Yield: 11.1 parts by weight (C 52.9 f, H 10.7% atomic ratio: 17.3: 3).

Produktet indeholder en lille mængde ukondenseret diazoforbindelse .The product contains a small amount of uncondensed diazo compound.

EKSEMPEL· 59EXAMPLE · 59

Fremgangsmåden er en lignende som den, der er beskrevet i eksempel 28, men man anvender følgende betingelser og stoffer: 200,0 volumendele phosphorsyre, 3,23 vægtdele diazo 2, phosphat (tabel 1), og 1,33 vægtdele 9,10-bis-methoxymethyl-anthracen (Bestanddel B^, nr. 17, tabel 1), i 20.0 volumendele iseddikesyre.The procedure is similar to that described in Example 28, but the following conditions and substances are used: 200.0 parts by volume of phosphoric acid, 3.23 parts by weight of diazo 2, phosphate (Table 1) and 1.33 parts by weight of 9,10- bis-methoxymethyl-anthracene (Component B ^, No. 17, Table 1), in 20.0 parts by volume of glacial acetic acid.

Ben anden bestanddel opløses i kogende iseddikesyre, og opløsningen hældes derpå i diazoopløsningen. Kondensationen strækker 99 143621 sig over 20 timer ved 40° C. Kondensationsproduktet separeres af chloridet. Udbytte: 2,8 vægtdele (C 51,1 N 7,8 atomforhold: 23 : 3).The second component is dissolved in boiling glacial acetic acid and the solution is then poured into the diazo solution. The condensation extends over 20 hours at 40 ° C. The condensation product is separated by the chloride. Yield: 2.8 parts by weight (C 51.1 N 7.8 atomic ratio: 23: 3).

EKSEMPEL 60 og 61Examples 60 and 61

Kondensationsproduktet fremstilles på lignende måde som i eksempel 12, idet man dog anvender følgende betingelser og forbindelser: 240,0 vægtdele 86 $ phosphorsyre, 64,6 vægtdele diazo 2, sulfat (tabel 1), og 44,4 vægtdele bestanddel B^, nr. 10 (se eksempel 57 - 58).The condensation product is prepared in a similar manner to Example 12, however, using the following conditions and compounds: 240.0 parts by weight of 86 $ phosphoric acid, 64.6 parts by weight of diazo 2, sulfate (Table 1), and 44.4 parts by weight of component B 10 (see Examples 57 - 58).

Blandingen kondenseres i 20 timer ved 40° C. Den rå kondensationsblanding opløses i vand, og opløsningen deles i to dele.The mixture is condensed for 20 hours at 40 ° C. The crude condensation mixture is dissolved in water and the solution is divided into two parts.

I den første halvdel (eksempel 60) bundfældes kondensatet først med saltsyre til dannelse af chloridet, og slutteligt i form af 4,4'-diazido~stilben-disulfonsyresaltet. Udbytte: 41,9 vægtdele (C 63,7 #, N 12,9 $, S 4,8 %5 atomforhold: 70,6 : 12,3 : 2).In the first half (Example 60), the condensate is first precipitated with hydrochloric acid to form the chloride, and finally in the form of the 4,4'-diazido-stilbene disulfonic acid salt. Yield: 41.9 parts by weight (C 63.7 #, N $ 12.9, S 4.8% 5 atomic ratio: 70.6: 12.3: 2).

I den anden halvdel (eksempel 61) bundfældes kondensatet direkte som 2,6-di-tert-butyl-napt’thalen-åisulfonsyresaltet. Udbytte: 38,3 vægtdele. (C 68,1 ¢, N 7,7 S 4,9 atomforhold: 31 : 3 : 0,835).In the second half (Example 61), the condensate is precipitated directly as the 2,6-di-tert-butyl-naptthalene-isulfonic acid salt. Yield: 38.3 parts by weight. (C 68.1 ¢, N 7.7 S 4.9 atomic ratio: 31: 3: 0.835).

EKSEMPEL 62EXAMPLE 62

Kondensationen gennemføres som i eksempel 60 og 61. Kondensatet bundfældes først med saltsyre og derpå med naphthalen-2-sulfon-syre (0 68,3 ¢, N 6,6 $, S 4,9 atomforhold: 36,2 : 3 : 100 143621 0,98).The condensation is carried out as in Examples 60 and 61. The condensate is first precipitated with hydrochloric acid and then with naphthalene-2-sulfonic acid (0 68.3 ¢, N 6.6 $, S 4.9 atomic ratio: 36.2: 3: 100 143621 0.98).

EKSEMPEL 63EXAMPLE 63

En fremgangsmåde af lignende art som den i eksempel 5 beskrevne anvendes, idet man dog bruger følgende forbindelser og betingelser: 4,85 vægtdele diazo 2, phosphat (tabel 1), 15,00 volumendele methan-sulfonsyre (90 $), og 2,04 vægtdele 1,5-di-acetoxymethyl-naphthalen (Bestanddel B1, nr. 11, tabel 1).A process similar to that described in Example 5 is used, however, using the following compounds and conditions: 4.85 parts by weight of diazo 2, phosphate (Table 1), 15.00 parts by volume of methanesulfonic acid (90 $), and 2, 04 parts by weight of 1,5-di-acetoxymethyl-naphthalene (Component B1, No. 11, Table 1).

Kondensationen gennemføres i 2 timer ved stuetemperatur. Kondensationsproduktet bundfældes i form af chloridet. Udbytte: 3,2 vægtdele (0 64,0 $, U 9,4 atomforhold: 23,8 : 3).The condensation is carried out for 2 hours at room temperature. The condensation product is precipitated in the form of the chloride. Yield: 3.2 parts by weight ($ 64.0, U 9.4 atomic ratio: 23.8: 3).

EKSEMPEL 64EXAMPLE 64

Det i eksempel 42 beskrevne kondensat bundfældes i form af 2-diazo-1-naphthol-5-sulfonsyresaltet og tørres over phosphor-pentoxid til konstant vægt.The condensate described in Example 42 is precipitated in the form of the 2-diazo-1-naphthol-5-sulfonic acid salt and dried over phosphorus pentoxide to constant weight.

EKSEMPEL 65 1:1 kondensatet svarer til det, der er anvendt i eksempel 42 til fremstilling af det azofarvestof, der skal fraktioneres.EXAMPLE 65 The 1: 1 condensate corresponds to that used in Example 42 to prepare the azo dye to be fractionated.

Det andet kondensat, der indeholder 3-methoxy-diphenylamin-4-diazoniumsalt og den anden bestanddel i et forhold på approxima-tivt 1:0,67, fremstilles analogt med eksempel 42 i henhold til følgende metode: 101 U3S21 120,0 vægtdele 86 $> phosphorsyre, 32,3 vægtdele diazo 2, sulfat ( tabel 1), og 12,9 vægtdele bestanddel , nr. 15 (tabel 1)(98 - 99 %),The second condensate containing 3-methoxy-diphenylamine-4-diazonium salt and the second component at an approximate ratio of 1: 0.67 is prepared analogously to Example 42 according to the following method: 101 U3S21 120.0 parts by weight 86 phosphoric acid, 32.3 parts by weight of diazo 2, sulfate (Table 1), and 12.9 parts by weight of component, No. 15 (Table 1) (98 - 99%),

Blandingen kondenseres i 21 timer ved 40° C, og reaktionsproduktet bundfældes to gange med saltsyre til dannelse af ehlo-ridet. Slutteligt bundfældes kondensatet i form af naphthalen- 2-sulfonsyresaltet. Udbytte: 35 vægtdele (C 67,0 %, N 7,2$, S 5,6 %, P 0,18%,, Cl 0,21 atomforhold: C:N:S = 32,6 : 3 : 1),The mixture is condensed for 21 hours at 40 ° C and the reaction product is precipitated twice with hydrochloric acid to form the aqueous chloride. Finally, the condensate is precipitated in the form of the naphthalene-2-sulfonic acid salt. Yield: 35 parts by weight (C 67.0%, N 7.2 $, S 5.6%, P 0.18%, Cl 0.21 atomic ratio: C: N: S = 32.6: 3: 1) .

Den gennemsnitlige molekylvægt af det azofarvestof, der fremstilles med phenylmethyl-pyrazolon, er 1455.The average molecular weight of the azo dye produced with phenylmethyl-pyrazolone is 1455.

En fraktioneringsprøve, hvorved en film af farvestoffet på en aluminiumfolie opløses fraktionsvis, viser følgende resultater:A fractionation test whereby a film of the dye on an aluminum foil is fractionally dissolved shows the following results:

Fraktion: Chloroform: Methanol: Fraktion N Gennemsnitlig (ml) (ml) (Mængde) (%) molekylvægt (mg) 1 ---- 150 1,5 — ------- 2 60 90 90,9 13,5 874 3 67,5 82,5 217,7 13,6 1097 4 75 75 274,1 13,2 1261 5 82,5 67,5 232,0 12,6 1779 6 90 60 204,2 12,2 2475 7 150 —- 143,3 11,5 3995 EKSEMPEL 66Fraction: Chloroform: Methanol: Fraction N Average (ml) (ml) (Quantity) (%) Molecular Weight (mg) 1 ---- 150 1.5 ------- 2 60 90 90.9 13, 5 874 3 67.5 82.5 217.7 13.6 1097 4 75 75 274.1 13.2 1261 5 82.5 67.5 232.0 12.6 1779 6 90 60 204.2 12.2 2475 EXAMPLE 66

Man anvender det i eksempel 59 beskrevne kondensat.The condensate described in Example 59 is used.

102 143621 EKSEMPEL 67EXAMPLE 67

Man anvender det i eksempel 63 beskrevne kondensat.The condensate described in Example 63 is used.

EKSEMPEL 68EXAMPLE 68

Man fremstiller en skærmtrykkeform som beskrevet i eksempel 38, med undtagelse af, at diazoforbindelsen erstattes med den samme mængde af det blandede kondensat, der er beskrevet i eksempel 52, og overtræksopløsningen fortyndes med 200 volumendele vand.A screen printing form is prepared as described in Example 38, except that the diazo compound is replaced by the same amount of the mixed condensate described in Example 52 and the coating solution is diluted with 200 parts by volume of water.

EKSEMPEL 69EXAMPLE 69

En aluminiumfolie, der er gjort ru ved hjælp af metalbørster, behandles med polyvinylphosphonsyre som beskrevet i U.S.A. patent nr. 3.220.832. Denne plade bliver derpå overtrukket med en 0,5 $ opløsning af det blandede kondensat, der er beskrevet i eksempel 42 (udgangsmateriale for fremstillingen af det farvestof, som skal fraktioneres) i en blanding af ethylen-glycolmonomethylether/butylacetat (i forholdet 8:2 på volumenbasis), og overtrækket tørres overfladisk.An aluminum foil roughened by metal brushes is treated with polyvinylphosphonic acid as described in U.S.A. Patent No. 3,220,832. This plate is then coated with a 0.5 $ solution of the mixed condensate described in Example 42 (starting material for the preparation of the dye to be fractionated) in a mixture of ethylene glycol monomethyl ether / butyl acetate (8: 2 ratio on a volume basis) and the coating is superficially dried.

Pladen overtrækkes derpå med følgende opløsning: 12.0 vægtdele af en diallylisophthalat-præpolymer, der er kommercielt rekvirerbar under handelsnavnet "Dapon M", 55.0 vægtdele xylen, 33.0 vægtdele 4-methoxy-4-methyl-2-pentanon 0,1 vægtdele Michler's keton, 0,1 vægtdele benzil, og 0,4 vægtdele xanthon.The plate is then coated with the following solution: 12.0 parts by weight of a diallylisophthalate prepolymer commercially available under the trade name "Dapon M", 55.0 parts by weight xylene, 33.0 parts by weight 4-methoxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone 0.1 parts by weight Michler's ketone, 0.1 parts by weight of benzil, and 0.4 parts by weight of xanthone.

103 143521103 143521

Efter at pladen er tørret, exponeres den billedmæssigt under en negativ master. Den fremkaldes ved at blive skyllet med et passende opløsningsmiddel, f.eks. 1,1,1-trichlorethan. Efter tørring fuldføres fremkaldelsen med fremkalder II, der er beskrevet i eksempel 22 til 28, og pladen bliver derpå sværtet med fedtet sværte. Der opnås herved en trykkeplade, der giver længere trykkeoplag end en trykkeplade, der blev fremstillet ud fra et reproduktionsmateriale uden det andet overtræk (af et andet reproduktionslag). Den blanding, der er beskrevet i dette eksempel, udviser en relativt god lysfølsomhed, fordi det blandede kondensat, der findes i det første lag, har en højere lysfølsomhed.After the plate is dried, it is exposed imagery under a negative master. It is induced by rinsing with a suitable solvent, e.g. 1,1,1-trichloroethane. After drying, the developer is completed with developer II described in Examples 22 to 28 and the plate is then blackened with greasy ink. There is thus obtained a printing plate which provides longer printing layers than a printing plate which was made from a reproduction material without the second coating (of a different reproduction layer). The mixture described in this example exhibits a relatively good light sensitivity because the mixed condensate present in the first layer has a higher light sensitivity.

I stedet for den netop beskrevne overtræksopløsning kan man til det andet overtræk anvende en tilsvarende opløsning af polyvinylcinnamat, hvilket andet overtræk er blevet gjort følsomt over for lys med længere bølgelængde ved tilsætning af 5 i<> Miehler's keton.Instead of the just described coating solution, a similar solution of polyvinylcinnamate can be used for the second coating, which has been made sensitive to longer wavelength light by the addition of 5 in Miehler's ketone.

EKSEMPEL 70EXAMPLE 70

Den i eksempel 54 anvendte fremgangsmåde gentages, med undtagelse af, at den anvendte overtræksopløsning er en opløsning af 6 vægtdele af det blandede kondensat, der er beskrevet i eksempel 6, i 12 vægtdele af en blanding omfattende ethylengly-colmonomethylether/butylacetat (volumenforhold: 8:2).The procedure used in Example 54 is repeated, except that the coating solution used is a solution of 6 parts by weight of the mixed condensate described in Example 6 in 12 parts by weight of a mixture comprising ethylene glycol monomethyl ether / butyl acetate (volume ratio: 8 : 2).

Efter billedmæssig exponering under en positiv skærm fremkaldes materialet med fremkalder II, angivet i eksempel 22 - 28.After imaging exposure under a positive screen, the material is developed with developer II, set forth in Examples 22 - 28.

Ted behandling med en 40 f vandig opløsning af jern-III-chlo-rid bliver kobberet i de ikke exponerede arealer dybtætset.Ted treatment with a 40 µl aqueous solution of iron III chloride becomes copper-tight in the unexposed areas.

Med henblik på fjernelse af overtrækket bliver materialet tørret over med dimethylformamid. Der opnås herved en halvtone-gravureplade, STår materialet er exponeret vinder et negativ og yderligere yide-rebehandlet på passende måde, kan der opnås en positiv relief- 104 143621 trykkeform.For removal of the coating, the material is dried over with dimethylformamide. Hereby a halftone engraving plate is obtained, and when the material is exposed to gain a negative and further surface treatment appropriately, a positive relief form can be obtained.

EKSEMPEL 71EXAMPLE 71

Lette eksempel viser, at blandede kondensater, der kun indeholder meget lidt diazoforbindelse, stadig giver anledning til dannelse af nyttige reproduktionsmaterialer.Easy examples show that mixed condensates containing only very little diazo compound still give rise to the formation of useful reproductive materials.

En ad elektrolytisk vej rugjort aluminiumfolie overtrækkes med en 2 $> ethylenglycolmonomethylether-opløsning af et blandet kondensat (der i henhold til analyse indeholder ca. 18 p-cre-solenheder pr. enhed 3-methoxy-4-diazo-diphenylamin, og overtrækket tørres derefter.An aluminum foil roughened aluminum foil is coated with a 2 $ ethylene glycol monomethyl ether solution of a mixed condensate (which, by analysis, contains about 18 p-cre sol units per unit of 3-methoxy-4-diazo-diphenylamine and the coating is dried then.

Efter billedmæssig exponering under en negativ original fremkaldes folien ved skylning med acetone, hvorpå den tørres, tørres over med vand og sværtes med fedtet sværte.After pictorial exposure during a negative original, the film is elicited by rinsing with acetone and then dried, dried over with water and bleached with greasy ink.

Ler opnås på denne måde en positiv trykkeform, der udviser en let skumning, men som kan renses ved overtørring med en opløsning, der indeholder 75 volumendele vand, 35 volumendele n-propanol og 2 vægtdele UaHgPO^'21^0.In this way, clay is obtained in a positive form, which exhibits a slight foaming, but which can be purified by drying with a solution containing 75 parts by volume of water, 35 parts by volume of n-propanol and 2 parts by weight of UaHgPO 2.

Mr man fremstiller et kondensat, der kun består af p-cresol-enheder, under identiske betingelser, og der derefter tilsættes en mængde 3-methoxydiphenylamin-4—diazoniumchlorid svarende til den mængde diazoforbindelse, der er inkorporeret i henhold til det foregående, opnår man en blanding, ud fra hvilken man kan fremstille et reproduktionslag, der også danner en skummende positiv trykkeform ved billedmæssig exponering og fremkaldelse med acetone. Hvis man imidlertid i et forsøg på at rense denne trykkeform tørrer den med den i det foregående beskrevne opløsning, vil den blive fuldstændigt ødelagt.One produces a condensate consisting of p-cresol units only under identical conditions and then an amount of 3-methoxydiphenylamine-4-diazonium chloride corresponding to the amount of diazo compound incorporated according to the foregoing is obtained. a mixture from which to produce a reproduction layer which also forms a foaming positive printing form by image exposure and induction with acetone. However, if in an attempt to purify this printing form it is dried with the solution described above, it will be completely destroyed.

Selv når man senere tilsætter 10 gange diazomængden, opnås der ingen bedre resultater.Even when you add 10 times the amount of diazo, no better results are obtained.

105 143621105 143621

Til fremstilling af det blandede kondensat opløses 0,323 vægtdele diazo 2, sulfat (tabel 1) i 100 volumenåele 86 % phosphor-syre, og denne opløsning blandes under kraftig omrøring med en opløsning af 3,36 vægtdele 2,6-dimethylol-4-methyl-phenyl (Bestanddel B^, No. 5, tabel 1) i 20 volumendele varm methanol.To prepare the mixed condensate, 0.323 parts by weight of diazo 2, sulfate (Table 1) is dissolved in 100% by volume 86% phosphoric acid and this solution is mixed with vigorous stirring with a solution of 3.36 parts by weight of 2,6-dimethylol-4-methyl -phenyl (Component B ^, No. 5, Table 1) in 20 parts by volume of hot methanol.

I sammenblandingsøjeblikket dannes der en klar opløsning, der hurtigt bliver uklar, mens kondensatet bundfældes. Efter omrøring i 1 time og henstand natten over blev massen fortyndet med 400 volumendele vand og blandet med 150 volumendele mættet opløsning af natriumchlorid. Bundfaldet blev frafiltreret ved sugning, vasket til neutralitet med vand, og tørret. Udbytte: 2,8 vægtdele (C 71,0 N 1,4 atomforhold: 177 : 3).At the instant of mixing, a clear solution is formed which quickly becomes cloudy while the condensate settles. After stirring for 1 hour and standing overnight, the mass was diluted with 400 parts by volume of water and mixed with 150 parts by volume of saturated solution of sodium chloride. The precipitate was filtered off by suction, washed to neutral with water, and dried. Yield: 2.8 parts by weight (C 71.0 N 1.4 atomic ratio: 177: 3).

En analyse af det 2,6-dimethylol-p-cresol-rhomokondensat, der fremstilledes under identiske betingelser, udviste følgende værdier: C 71,6 #, H 7,1 Analysen viser en dibenzylether- lignende binding mellem enhederne.An analysis of the 2,6-dimethylol-β-cresol rhomocondensate prepared under identical conditions showed the following values: C 71.6 #, H 7.1 The analysis shows a dibenzyl ether-like bond between the units.

EKSEMPEL 72EXAMPLE 72

Til den fotomekaniske fremstilling af en skærmtrykkestencil anvender man følgende fremgangsmåde: 120 vægtdele af en 25 $ vandig opløsning af polyvinylålkohol (re-sidualt acetatindhold: under 2 viskositet af en 4 ^ vandig opløsning ved 20° C: 17 - 12 cP) blev grundigt blandet med 100 vægtdele af en vandig dispersion af en copolymer på basis af vinylacetat/maleinsyreester (beskyttende kolloid: polyvinylal- kohol; tørstofindhold; 55 #, viskositet 5 - 29 F målt med et HcSppler viskosimeter).For the photomechanical preparation of a screen printing stencil, the following procedure is used: 120 parts by weight of a 25 $ aqueous solution of polyvinyl alcohol (residual acetate content: less than 2 viscosity of a 4 ^ aqueous solution at 20 ° C: 17-12 cP) was thoroughly mixed with 100 parts by weight of an aqueous dispersion of a copolymer based on vinyl acetate / maleic ester (protective colloid: polyvinyl alcohol; dry matter content; 55 #, viscosity 5 - 29 F as measured with an HcSppler viscometer).

100 vægtdele af denne emulsion blandes grundigt med en opløsning af 1,5 vægtdele af det blandede kondensat, der er beskrevet i eksempel 29, i 10 volumendele vand. Ben således fremstillede emulsion anvendes på kendt måde til overtrækning af skærme, hvorudfra man ad fotomekanisk vej fremstiller skærmtrykkesten-cils. lagene har en exceptionelt god lysfølsomhed.100 parts by weight of this emulsion are thoroughly mixed with a solution of 1.5 parts by weight of the mixed condensate described in Example 29 in 10 parts by volume of water. Legs thus obtained emulsion are used in known manner for coating screens, from which photomechanical paths are prepared screen printing stone cils. the layers have an exceptionally good light sensitivity.

106 1-43 621 I sammenligning med kendte skærme, der er sensibiliseret ved hjælp af chromater, udmærker disse skærme sig ved en betydeligt forbedret lageropbevaringsevne ved stuetemperatur.106 1-43 621 Compared to known screens sensitized by chromates, these screens are characterized by a significantly improved storage capacity at room temperature.

De nye diazoniumsalte kan også anvendes til sensibilisering af kommercielle, forud overtrukne, men endnu ikke sensibiliserede skærme.The new diazonium salts can also be used to sensitize commercial, pre-coated but not yet sensitized screens.

Den ovenfor angivne, ikke sensibiliserede emulsion blev eksempelvis påført på en skærm og tørret, og det således frembragte lag blev derpå grundigt befugtet med en 5 opløsning af det blandede kondensat, der er beskrevet i eksempel 29, i en 1:1 blanding af methanol og vand. Efter tørring opnåedes der en skærmtrykkestencil under anvendelse af den sædvanlige metode.For example, the aforementioned non-sensitized emulsion was applied to a screen and dried, and the layer thus formed was then thoroughly wetted with a solution of the mixed condensate described in Example 29 in a 1: 1 mixture of methanol and water. After drying, a screen printing stencil was obtained using the usual method.

Eksempel 73 til 82 udviser igen de gode oleofile egenskaber af exponeringsprodukterne af nogle af de blandede diazokondensater, når påføringen foretages på overfladisk hydrolyseret cellulose-acetatfilm. De blandinger, der er fremkommet under kondensationen, fortyndes, og derpå anvendes de direkte til overtrækning, for at vise, at man opnår gode resultater uden separation af de store mængder tilstedeværende syre. Der opnås naturligvis endnu bedre resultater, når der tilsættes mindre mængder af syre. Til praktiske formål vil man til denne type af understøtning foretrække syretilsætninger på under 3 mol syre pr. mol diazogruppe.Examples 73 to 82 again show the good oleophilic properties of the exposure products of some of the mixed diazocondensates when applied to superficially hydrolyzed cellulose acetate film. The mixtures obtained during the condensation are diluted and then used directly for coating to show that good results are obtained without separation of the large amounts of acid present. Obviously, even better results are obtained when lesser amounts of acid are added. For practical purposes, for this type of support, acid additions of less than 3 moles of acid per day are preferred. mole of diazo group.

Detaljerede data i forbindelse med kondensationsmetoden og over-træksopløsningeme er angivet i tabel 6.Detailed data related to the condensation method and the coating solutions are given in Table 6.

De bedste resultater fik man i forbindelse med eksempel 76, 78, 80, 81 og 82. Eksempel 74 og 75 udviste de ringeste virkninger på grund af de høje syreindhold.The best results were obtained in Examples 76, 78, 80, 81 and 82. Examples 74 and 75 showed the slightest effects due to the high acid content.

Af sammenligningsgrunde fremstilles der et kondensationsprodukt analogt med eksempel 1 i TJ.S.A. patent nr. 3.406.159 ud fra diazo 3, chlorid, (tabel 1) og formaldehyd i 2,8 basiske mol phosphorsyre, og phosphorsyreindholdet indstilles derpå til 15 107 143621 basiske mol. Overfladisk hydrolyseret celluloseacetatfilm, der er overtrukket med henholdsvis en 1 $ og en 10 $ vandig opløsning af denne blanding, udviser næsten ingen sværteoptagelses-evne i billedarealerne efter billedmæssig exponering og fremkaldes med vand.For purposes of comparison, a condensation product is prepared analogous to Example 1 of TJ.S.A. Patent No. 3,406,159 from diazo 3, chloride, (Table 1) and formaldehyde in 2.8 basic moles of phosphoric acid, and the phosphoric acid content is then adjusted to basic moles. Superficially hydrolyzed cellulose acetate film coated with a 1 $ and a 10 $ aqueous solution of this mixture, respectively, exhibits almost no ink absorption ability in the image areas after image exposure and is elicited with water.

108 f 436.21 u108 f 436.21 u

TOTHAW

ooooooooooOOOOOOOOOO

$ <M CM (MWWWWWNW$ <M CM (MWWWWWNW

Q idWKKidWWWKWQ idWKKidWWWKW

to dto d

HH

TOTHAW

d dd d

•Η Η H• Η Η H

a O Oand O O

TO fjr- feO cd cd ti o A ·· A ·· •H cm -p -p CU3 £j JlJ ® r- CD 1—TO fjr- feO cd cd ti o A ·· A ·· • H cm -p -p CU3 £ j JlJ ® r- CD 1—

d TOd TO

"cjH OOOOOOOOO"cjH OOOOOOOOO

m ft CM CM CMCMCMCMCMCMCMm ft CM CM CMCMCMCMCMCMCM

so KKKWWWWWKso KKKWWWWWK

ft--- m ^ æd o £ χ \£. ’tR. ^ ^ 7’ ^ft --- m ^ æd o £ χ \ £. 'T R. ^ 7 '^

ft* -p ^ tcOft * -p ^ tcO

0) .p cd T-O O CM CM CM CM O CM0) .p cd T-O O CM CM CM CM O CM

vd! i> ®cd m <- ., i o d d ^- H' ωvd! i> ®cd m <-., i o d d ^ - H 'ω

pqt ^.d <Mpqt ^ .d <M

w <ij!--------- EH ! ·>φd TO'—» O Pc · ft HAN co o d ow <ij! --------- EH! ·> Φd TO'— »O Pc · ft HAN co o d o

tdSSAd too o to to Ο Ό CM O CMtdSSAd too o to Ό Ό CM O CM

tco Pc τ— to to T- T- CM FJ CO CD 'd- H · O Pc >— *- 0 d N cd g Pc cd^tco Pc τ— to to T- T- CM FJ CO CD 'd- H · O Pc> - * - 0 d N cd g Pc cd ^

1 HX ' H1 HX 'H

to f I x d d 0< Ο T- T- -r- τ- τ- τ- rr- τ- τ- r-to f I x d d 0 <Ο T- T- -r- τ- τ- τ- rr- τ- τ- r-

d ’Η -Hthe Η -H

o , a -p ·· ..............o, a -p ·· ..............

,¾ · TO V- cd ft, H pqro t-T- τ- •c- τ* ^ ^ •ΓΗ’ -PH d, ¾ · TO V- cd ft, H pqro t-T- τ- • c- τ * ^ ^ • ΓΗ '-PH d

TO g TO W) TOTO g TO W) TO

d o a o d d----- cdd o a o d d ----- cd

Η HΗ H

m tom two

rd (O CO -M- ΙΟ t- CTi O CD Γ- CMrd (O CO -M- ΙΟ t- CTi O CD Γ- CM

£,- CM CM CM CM CO CM CO CM CM CO£, - CM CM CM CM CO CM CO CM CM CO

CdPQ -P TO TOCdPQ -P TO TO

—a--43 .........—A - 43 .........

cd Ήcd Ή

HH

dd

TOTHAW

I CM = = = = = = = = = 1 d d ^ 1 Ο Η ®X οIn CM = = = = = = = = = 1 d d ^ 1 Ο Η ®X ο

N A TO CM NN A TO CM N

cj ft HS <Scj ft HS <S

•Η O TO I -H• Η O TO I -H

QCM.riC__Q-—-- •QCM.riC__Q -—-- •

CDCD

V CO H* LO CO C“ CD Ο* Ο T— CMV CO H * LO CO C “CD Ο * Ο T— CM

(¾ f-C- h C'C-t't'ffiCOffl 1Q9 143621(¾ f-C- h C'C-t't'ffiCOffl 1Q9 143621

De blandede kondensater fremstilles på følgende måde: EKSEMPEL 73The mixed condensates are prepared as follows: EXAMPLE 73

Fremstilling af bestanddel 12,4 vægtdele af 4,4'-dimethyldiphenylether opløses i 27 volumen dele iseddikesyre, og derpå tilsættes først 5,7 vægtdele para-formaldehyd, derpå 28 vægtdele 63 $ vandig opløsning af hydro-genbromid, og slutteligt tilsættes der 16,5 vægtdele 95 svovlsyre til opløsningen under omrøring. Efter opvarmning i to timer til 90 - 95° C lader man blandingen afkøle natten over.Preparation of Component 12.4 parts by weight of 4,4'-dimethyldiphenyl ether are dissolved in 27 parts by volume of glacial acetic acid and then 5.7 parts by weight of para-formaldehyde are first added, then 28 parts by weight 63 $ aqueous solution of hydrogen bromide, and finally 16 , 5 parts by weight of 95 sulfuric acid to the solution with stirring. After heating for two hours to 90 - 95 ° C, the mixture is allowed to cool overnight.

De krystaller, der findes i blandingen, frafiltreres ved sugning, vaskes med vand og rekrystalliseres af acetone uden mellemliggende tørring. Udbytte: 14,75 vægtdele. Smeltepunkt: 109 - 110° C.The crystals present in the mixture are filtered off by suction, washed with water and recrystallized from acetone without intermediate drying. Yield: 14.75 parts by weight. Melting point: 109 - 110 ° C.

Forbindelsen opløses i benzen, og opløsningen indføres derpå i en kogende opløsning af natriumhydroxid i methanol (stort overskud af NaOH). Efter opvarmning i to timer under tilbagesvaling blandes opløsningen med vand, benzenfasen separeres, vaskes, tørres og afdampes.The compound is dissolved in benzene and the solution is then introduced into a boiling solution of sodium hydroxide in methanol (large excess of NaOH). After heating for two hours at reflux, the solution is mixed with water, the benzene phase is separated, washed, dried and evaporated.

Der opnås 9,2 vægtdele af et olieagtigt materiale (Bestanddel Blf nr. 28) (OCH^ indhold: 31,7 #) 4,85 vægtdele diazo 2, sulfat (tabel 1) opløses i 15 volumendele 86 $ phosphorsyre, og 4,3 vægtdele af den ovenfor angivne bestanddel B^, nr. 28, tilsættes til opløsningen under omrøring.9.2 parts by weight of an oily material is obtained (Component Blf No. 28) (OCH ^ content: 31.7 #) 4.85 parts by weight of diazo 2, sulfate (Table 1) is dissolved in 15 parts by volume of 86 $ phosphoric acid, and 4, 3 parts by weight of the above component B ^, No. 28, are added to the solution with stirring.

Der opnås en klar, homogen reaktionsblanding. Efter kondensering i 5 timer ved 40° C opløses massen i vand, og kondensationsproduktet bundfældes i form af chloridet ved tilsætning af en vandig opløsning af natriumchlorid.A clear, homogeneous reaction mixture is obtained. After condensing for 5 hours at 40 ° C, the mass is dissolved in water and the condensation product is precipitated in the form of the chloride by the addition of an aqueous solution of sodium chloride.

Udbytte: 6,9 vægtdele (C 65,0 N 7,4 atomforhold: C: N = 30,8 : 3).Yield: 6.9 parts by weight (C 65.0 N 7.4 atomic ratio: C: N = 30.8: 3).

EKSEMPEL 74 143621 110EXAMPLE 74 143621 110

Bestanddel B^, nr. 23, fremstilles ud fra kaliumsaltet af p-hydroxy-benzaldehyd og 2,2’-dichlorodiethylether (jævnfør "Ma-kromolekulare Chemie", Vol. 17, side 156, 1955 - 56) og påfølgende reduktion med natrium-borhydrid i en vand-methanol blanding.Component B 2, No. 23, is prepared from the potassium salt of p-hydroxy-benzaldehyde and 2,2'-dichlorodiethyl ether (see "Macromolecular Chemistry", Vol. 17, pages 156, 1955-56) and subsequent reduction with sodium. -borohydride in a water-methanol mixture.

Til fremstilling af kondensatet opløses 1,62 vægtdele diazo 2, sulfat (tabel 1) i 50 volumendele 86 $ phosphorsyre, og denne opløsning blandes derpå med en opløsning af 1,6 vægtdele af Bestanddel B^, nr. 23, i 5 volumendele næsten kogende iseddikesyre. Efter 5 timers kondensation ved 40° C og henstand natten over dannes der et råt kondensat, der anvendes til fremstilling af overtræksopløsningen.To prepare the condensate, 1.62 parts by weight of diazo 2, sulfate (Table 1) is dissolved in 50 parts by volume of 86 $ phosphoric acid and this solution is then mixed with a solution of 1.6 parts by weight of Component B ^, No. 23, in nearly 5 parts by volume. boiling glacial acetic acid. After 5 hours of condensation at 40 ° C and standing overnight, a crude condensate is formed which is used to prepare the coating solution.

EKSEMPEL 75EXAMPLE 75

Bestanddel B^, nr. 24, fremstilles analogt med bestanddel B^, nr. 23, ud fra kaliumsaltet af p-hydroxy-benzaldehyd og 1,3-dibrom-propan, og ved påfølgende reduktion af det fremkomne dialdehyd til di-alkoholen ved hjælp af natriumborhydrid.Component B ^, No. 24, is prepared analogously to component B ^, No. 23, from the potassium salt of p-hydroxy-benzaldehyde and 1,3-dibromo-propane, and by subsequent reduction of the resulting dialdehyde to the di-alcohol by sodium borohydride.

Med henblik på fremstilling af kondensationsproduktet opløses 0,213 vægtdele diazo 2, sulfat (tabel 1) i 1,5 volumendele 93 i* phosphorsyre og blandes med en varm opløsning af 0,19 vægtdele bestanddel B-j, nr . 24, i 1 volumendel iseddikesyre. Efter tilsætning af 3,5 volumendele 93 $ phosphorsyre holdes blandingen i 5 timer på en temperatur af 40° C. Let klare, rå kondensat, der danner sig, anvendes til fremstilling af overtræksopløsningen.To prepare the condensation product, 0.213 parts by weight of diazo 2, sulfate (Table 1) is dissolved in 1.5 parts by volume 93 of * phosphoric acid and mixed with a hot solution of 0.19 parts by weight of component B-no. 24, in 1 volume of glacial acetic acid. After the addition of 3.5 parts by volume of 93 $ phosphoric acid, the mixture is kept for 5 hours at a temperature of 40 ° C. Light clear, crude condensate which forms is used to prepare the coating solution.

EKSEMPEL 76 og 77Examples 76 and 77

Til fremstilling af bestanddel. B^, nr. 25, brommethyleres 100 vægtdele diphenylenoxid, analogt med eksempel 73, i en blanding 111 143621 af 300 volumendele iseddikesyre, 54 vægtdele paraformaldehyd, 500 vægtdele 63 # hydrogenbromid, og 294 vægtdele 96 $ svovlsyre ved en temperatur på 75° C, og reaktionsproduktet rekry-stalliseres derpå af acetone, (bis- brømmethyl-diphenylenoxid: beregnede værdier - C 47,5 #, Br 45,3 fundne værdier: C 47,7 #, Br. 46,2 og bringes derpå til reaktion med et overskud af en opløsning af natriumhydroxid i methanol.For the manufacture of component. No. 25, bromomethylated 100 parts by weight of diphenylene oxide, analogous to Example 73, in a mixture 111 parts by volume of glacial acetic acid, 54 parts by weight paraformaldehyde, 500 parts by weight 63 # hydrogen bromide, and 294 parts by weight 96 $ sulfuric acid at a temperature of 75 ° C and the reaction product is then recrystallized from acetone, (bis-bromomethyl diphenylene oxide: calculated values - C 47.5 #, Br 45.3 values found: C 47.7 #, Br 46.2 and then reacted with an excess of a solution of sodium hydroxide in methanol.

Til fremstilling af kondensationsproduktet opløses 16,2 vægtdele diazo 2, sulfat (tabel 1) i 50 volumendele 86 $ phosphorsyre, og 12,8 vægtdele bestanddel , nr. 51, opvarmes til 35° C og tilsættes derpå dråbevis.To prepare the condensation product, 16.2 parts by weight of diazo 2, sulfate (Table 1) is dissolved in 50 parts by volume of 86 $ phosphoric acid, and 12.8 parts by weight of component, No. 51, is heated to 35 ° C and then added dropwise.

Blandingen kondenseres i 5 timer ved 40° C. Det klare, rå kondensat anvendes direkte til forBøget. Den resterende del af blandingen (mindre end 0,2 vægtdele) opløses i vand, og reaktionsproduktet bundfældes fra den vandige opløsning ved tilsætning af en opløsning af natriumchlorid. Udbytte: 22,6 vægtdele. (C 65,7 N 8,2 P atomforhold: 28*3).The mixture is condensed for 5 hours at 40 ° C. The clear, raw condensate is used directly for the increase. The remaining portion of the mixture (less than 0.2 parts by weight) is dissolved in water and the reaction product is precipitated from the aqueous solution by the addition of a solution of sodium chloride. Yield: 22.6 parts by weight. (C 65.7 N 8.2 P atomic ratio: 28 * 3).

Bestanddel B^, nr. 31, og det kondensat!onsprodukt, der fremstilles derudfra, og som anvendes i eksempel 77» fremstilles analogt med eksempel 76, med undtagelse af, at der som udgangsmateriale anvendes dibenzothiophen.Component B3, No. 31, and the condensation product prepared therefrom, used in Example 77, are prepared analogously to Example 76, except that dibenzothiophene is used as a starting material.

EKSEMPEL 78 og 79Examples 78 and 79

Til fremstilling af bestanddel B^, nr. 29, brommethylerer man thymylphenylether fremstillet i henhold til "Liebig’s Annalen der Chemie", vol. 350, side 89 (1906) i 3,5 timer ved 90 -95° C analogt med eksempel 73, og det opnåede reaktionsprodukt omsættes med en opløsning af natriumhydroxid i methanol uden yderligere rensning. Det således opnåede reaktionsprodukt, der er en viskos olie, har et OCH^ indhold på 18,6 ¢.For the preparation of component B 2, No. 29, bromomethylates thymylphenyl ether prepared according to "Liebig's Annalen der Chemie", vol. 350, page 89 (1906) for 3.5 hours at 90 -95 ° C analogous to Example 73, and the reaction product obtained is reacted with a solution of sodium hydroxide in methanol without further purification. The reaction product thus obtained, which is a viscous oil, has an OCH 2 content of 18.6 ¢.

Med henblik på fremstilling af kondensatet opløses 4,85 vægtdele diazo 2, sulfat (tabel 1) i 20 volumendele 86 $ phosphorsyre, 112 143*21 6,0 vægtdele bestanddel B., nr. 29 tilsættes, og blandingen kondenseres i 4 timer ved 40° 0.To prepare the condensate, 4.85 parts by weight of diazo 2, sulfate (Table 1) is dissolved in 20 parts by volume of 86 $ phosphoric acid, 112 143 * 21 6.0 parts by weight of component B., No. 29 is added and the mixture is condensed for 4 hours at 40 ° 0.

Det således fremkomne, rå kondensat (1 vægtdel) anvendtes til fremstilling af overtræksopløsningen. Den tiloversblevne rest opløses i vand, og kondensationsproduktet bundfældes i form af chloridet ved tilsætning af en opløsning af natriumohlorid. Udbytte: 9 vægtdele (C 66,9 $, N 6,7 f>i atomforhold: 35 : 3).The crude condensate thus obtained (1 part by weight) was used to prepare the coating solution. The remaining residue is dissolved in water and the condensation product is precipitated in the form of the chloride by the addition of a solution of sodium chloride. Yield: 9 parts by weight (C 66.9 $, N 6.7 f> in atomic ratio: 35: 3).

Det i eksempel 79 anvendte kondensat fremstilles analogt med eksempel 78, med undtagelse af, at der anvendes 3-bromo-4~methoxy-diphenylether (fremstillet i henhold til J.Am.Chem.Soc. 61, 2702, 1959) som udgangsmateriale for fremstillingen af bestanddel nr. 30.The condensate used in Example 79 is prepared analogously to Example 78 except that 3-bromo-4-methoxy-diphenyl ether (prepared according to J.Am.Chem.Soc. 61, 2702, 1959) is used as starting material for the manufacture of component # 30.

EKSEMPEL 80EXAMPLE 80

Til fremstilling af bestanddel B^, nr. 26, brommethyleres diphe-nylmethan i 5 timer ved 90 - 95° 0 analogt med eksempel 73, og det rene 4,4,~bis-bromomethyl-diphenylmethan (smeltepunkt 153 -154° 0), der er fremkommet ved rekrystallisation af benzen, omsættes derpå med natriumhydroxid i methanol.To prepare Component B, No. 26, diphenylmethane is bromomethylated for 5 hours at 90 - 95 ° 0, analogous to Example 73, and the pure 4.4, bis-bromomethyl diphenylmethane (mp 153-154 °) obtained by recrystallization from benzene is then reacted with sodium hydroxide in methanol.

Til fremstilling af kondensatet opløses 4,85 vægtdele diazo 2, sulfat (tabel 1) i 15 volumendele 86 fa phosphorsyre og 3,85 vægtdele bestanddel Bnr. 26, tilsættes dråbevis. Efter tilsætning af 15 volumendele 93 f> phosphorsyre kondenseres blandingen i 10 timer ved 40° C.To prepare the condensate, 4.85 parts by weight of diazo 2, sulfate (Table 1) is dissolved in 15 parts by volume of 86 fa phosphoric acid and 3.85 parts by weight of component Bnr. 26, is added dropwise. After adding 15 parts by volume of 93 f> phosphoric acid, the mixture is condensed for 10 hours at 40 ° C.

2 vægtdele af det rå kondensat anvendes til fremstilling af overtræksopløsningen, Den resterende del opløses i vand, og der tilsættes en opløsning af natriumohlorid for at bundfælde kondensatet i form af chloridet, der separeres og tørres. (C 68,6 f<>, IT 8,0 f>, atomforhold: 30 : 3).2 parts by weight of the crude condensate are used to prepare the coating solution. The remaining part is dissolved in water and a solution of sodium chloride is added to precipitate the condensate in the form of the chloride which is separated and dried. (C 68.6 f <>, IT 8.0 f>, atomic ratio: 30: 3).

115 143*21 EKSEMPEL 81EXAMPLE 81

Med henblik på fremstillingen af bestanddel , nr. 27, brorame-thyleres diphenyl i 5 timer ved 90 - 92° C analogt med eksempel 73, og den bestanddel af reaktionsproduktet, der er tungt-* opløselig i acetone, omsættes med natriumhydroxid og methanol (0GH3 indhold : 23,8 ¢).For the preparation of component # 27, diphenyl is methylated for 5 hours at 90 - 92 ° C analogous to Example 73, and the component of the reaction product which is heavily soluble in acetone is reacted with sodium hydroxide and methanol ( 0GH3 content: 23.8 ¢).

Til fremstilling af kondensatet opløses 6,4 vægtdele diazo 2, sulfat (tabel 1) i 50 volumendele 86 f> phosphorsyre, og 4,8 vægtdele bestanddel B^, nr. 27, opløses i 10 volumendele varm methanol, og denne opløsning tilsættes til diazoopløsningen. Efter opvarmning i 2 timer til 40° 0 tilsættes der 50 volumendele 93 f> phosphorsyre til blandingen, der kondenseres i 12,5 timer ved 40° 0.To prepare the condensate, 6.4 parts by weight of diazo 2, sulfate (Table 1) are dissolved in 50 parts by volume of 86 f of phosphoric acid, and 4.8 parts by weight of component B ^, No. 27, are dissolved in 10 parts by volume of hot methanol and this solution is added to diazo. After heating for 2 hours at 40 ° 0, 50 volumes of 93 f> phosphoric acid are added to the mixture, which is condensed for 12.5 hours at 40 ° 0.

En prøve af det rå kondensat anvendes til fremstilling af overtræksopløsningen. Den resterende del opløses i vand, og der tilsættes saltsyre til den vandige opløsning for at bundfælde chloridet af kondensatet, der derpå separeres og tørres (C 68,2 #, N 8,2 fo·, atomforhold; C : N - 29,1 : 3).A sample of the raw condensate is used to prepare the coating solution. The remaining part is dissolved in water and hydrochloric acid is added to the aqueous solution to precipitate the chloride of the condensate which is then separated and dried (C 68.2 #, N 8.2 fo, atomic ratio; C: N - 29.1 : 3).

EKSEMPEL 82EXAMPLE 82

Por at syntetisere bestanddel , nr. 32, brommethyleres 1,4-diphenoxy-benzen, fremstillet i henhold til "Liebig's Annalen der Chemie", vol. 350, side 98 (1906) i 3 timer ved 90 - 92° C analogt med eksempel 73, og det fremkomne reaktionsprodukt omsættes med methanolisk opløsning af natriumchlorid (OCH^ indhold: 19,2 f).Por to synthesize component, No. 32, bromomethylated 1,4-diphenoxy-benzene, prepared according to "Liebig's Annalen der Chemie", vol. 350, page 98 (1906) for 3 hours at 90 - 92 ° C analogous to Example 73, and the resulting reaction product is reacted with methanolic solution of sodium chloride (OCH 3 content: 19.2 f).

Med henblik på fremstilling af det blandede kondensat opløses 2,3 vægtdele diazo 2, sulfat (tabel 1) i 20 volumendele 86 f> phosphorsyre, og 2,3 vægtdele bestanddele B^, nr. 32 tilsættes som en varm opløsning i 1 volumendel iseddikesyre. Efter kondensering i 6 timer ved 40° C og henstand natten over dannedes et * 114 149*21 råt kondensat, der anvendes til fremstilling af overtræksopløsningen.To prepare the mixed condensate, 2.3 parts by weight of diazo 2, sulfate (Table 1) is dissolved in 20 parts by volume of 86 f of phosphoric acid, and 2.3 parts by weight of components B . After condensing for 6 hours at 40 ° C and standing overnight, a * 114 149 * 21 crude condensate was used which is used to prepare the coating solution.

Det blandede kondensat kan bundfældes fra en vandig opløsning ved tilsætning af saltsyre, methansulfonsyre og benzensulfon-syre.The mixed condensate can be precipitated from an aqueous solution by the addition of hydrochloric acid, methanesulfonic acid and benzenesulfonic acid.

EKSEMPEL 83EXAMPLE 83

Det blandede diazokondensat, der er beskrevet i eksempel 42, opløses i form af chloridet i vand, og den vandige opløsning tilsættes derpå til en vandig opløsning af natriumazid. Azidet, der bundfældes under nitrogenudvikling, opløses i toluen, og en 1 f> toluenopløsning, der er fremstillet på denne måde, anvendes til sensibilisering af en aluminiumfolie, der er forud overtrukket med polyvinylphosphonsyre.The mixed diazocondensate described in Example 42 is dissolved in the form of the chloride in water and the aqueous solution is then added to an aqueous solution of sodium azide. The azide precipitated during nitrogen evolution is dissolved in toluene and a 1 µg toluene solution prepared in this way is used to sensitize an aluminum foil previously coated with polyvinylphosphonic acid.

Efter billedmæssig exponering under en negativ original bliver et brunligt billede synligt, Yed fremkaldelse med den fremkalder, der er beskrevet i eksempel 1 i U.S.A. patent nr. 2.994,609, frembringes der en offset-trykkeform, der har gode oleofile egenskaber.After imaging exposure during a negative original, a brownish image becomes visible, Yed development with the developer described in Example 1 of U.S.A. Patent No. 2,994,609, an offset printing form having good oleophilic properties is produced.

EKSEMPEL 84EXAMPLE 84

En aluminiumunderstøtning, der er blevet gjort ru med trådbørster og forbehandlet med polyvinylphosphonsyre i henhold til U.S.A. patent nr. 3.220.832, sensibiliseres med en blåtfarvet, sensibiliserende opløsning med følgende sammensætning: 0,55 vægtdele af det blandede kondensat, der er beskrevet i eksempel 42, 1,65 vægtdele af en p o lyvinylf ormal-harpiks CFormvar') indeholdende 5,5 - 7,0 fo hydroxylgrupper, 22 - 30 fo acetatgrupper (OH^COO), 115 143821 og 50 $ formalgrupper og med en viskositet på 18 - 22 op (5 $ opløsning i ethylenchlorid, målt med et Ostwald visko-simeter), 0,10 vægtdele crystalviolet, 0,55 volumendele 1 M ortho-phosphorsyre, 60.00 volumendele ethylenglycolmonomethylether, 32.00 volumendele tetrahydrofuran, og 8.00 volumendele ethylenglyeolmethyletheracetat.An aluminum support that has been roughened with wire brushes and pre-treated with polyvinylphosphonic acid according to U.S.A. Patent No. 3,220,832, is sensitized with a blue-colored, sensitizing solution of the following composition: 0.55 parts by weight of the mixed condensate described in Example 42, 1.65 parts by weight of a polyvinylformal resin (CFormvar) containing 5 , 5 - 7.0 fo hydroxyl groups, 22 - 30 fo acetate groups (OH 2 COO), 115 143821 and 50 $ formal groups and having a viscosity of 18 - 22 op (5 $ solution in ethylene chloride, measured with an Ostwald viscometer) , 0.10 parts by weight of crystal violet, 0.55 parts by volume of 1 M ortho-phosphoric acid, 60.00 parts by volume of ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, 32.00 parts by volume of tetrahydrofuran, and 8.00 parts by volume of ethylene glycol methyl ether acetate.

Efter tørring er den overtrukne aluminiumfolie ufølsom over for fugtighed, og den har en udmærket lagerholdbarhed, således at den kan opbevares i mange måneder, hvis den holdes i mørke.After drying, the coated aluminum foil is insensitive to moisture and has an excellent shelf life so that it can be stored for many months if kept in the dark.

Med henblik på fremstilling af en trykkeform exponeres materialet i 1 minut under en konventionel xenonlampe, fremkaldes med den fremkalder II, der er anført i eksempel 22 - 28, hvortil der ei tilsat 30 $ n-propanol, og sværtes derpå på sædvanlig måde med fedtet sværte. Den således fremstillede trykkeform kan anvendes til trykning af ca, 100 000 tryk i en offset-maskine .For preparation of a printing form, the material is exposed for 1 minute under a conventional xenon lamp, developed with the developer II listed in Examples 22-28, to which no 30 $ n-propanol is added, and then blended in the usual manner with the fat. ink. The printing form thus produced can be used for printing about 100 000 prints in an offset machine.

EKSEMPEL 85 og 86Examples 85 and 86

Aluminiumfolier, der er gjort ru ved hjælp af metalbørster og forud overtrukket med polyvinylphosphonsyre, overtrækkes med opløsninger af følgende sammensætning, og overtrækkene tørres.Aluminum foils roughened by metal brushes and pre-coated with polyvinylphosphonic acid are coated with solutions of the following composition and the coatings are dried.

85 86 MG fra eksempel 80 (chlorid) 0,83 vægtdele — MC fra eksempel 81 (chlorid) ------ 0,81 vægtdele p-toluensulfonsyre * 1 HgO 0,3 vægtdele 0,3 vægtdele85 86 MG of Example 80 (chloride) 0.83 parts by weight - MC of Example 81 (chloride) ------ 0.81 parts by weight of p-toluenesulfonic acid * 1 HgO 0.3 parts by weight 0.3 parts by weight

Blanding af 80 volumendele ethylen- 116 143621 85 86 glycolmonomethylether og 20 volumendele butylacetat 100 volumendele 100 volumendeleMixture of 80 parts by volume of ethylene-116 143621 85 86 glycol monomethyl ether and 20 parts by volume of butyl acetate 100 parts by volume 100 parts by volume

Efter billedmæssig exponering under et skærmnegativ gennemføres fremkaldelsen med en af de fremkaldere, der er angivet i eksempel 22 til 28, og folien sværtes med fedtet sværte. Der fremkommer på denne måde effektive trykkeforme med gode oleofile egenskaber.After imaging exposure during a screen negative, the development is performed with one of the inducers set forth in Examples 22 to 28 and the foil is blackened with greasy ink. In this way, effective printing forms with good oleophilic properties are obtained.

Til de beskrevne reproduktionsmaterialer er ca. en fjerdedel af den exponeringstid, der kræves til et materiale i henhold til eksempel 30, forsøg 1, der omfatter et formaldehydkondensat af den samme diazoforbindelse, men uden den anden bestanddel, tilstrækkelig.For the reproduction materials described, approx. a quarter of the exposure time required for a material according to Example 30, Experiment 1, comprising a formaldehyde condensate of the same diazo compound, but without the other component, is sufficient.

Det er muligt på tilfredsstillende måde at viderebehandle de forsensibiliserede trykkeplader, der er fremstillet i henhold til eksempel 85 og 86, til trykkeforme, selv om de har været opvarmet i 6 timer til 100° C før exponeringen for lys.It is possible to satisfactorily process the pre-sensitized printing plates prepared according to Examples 85 and 86 into printing molds, even though they have been heated for 6 hours to 100 ° C prior to exposure to light.

Trykkeformenes effektivitet kan på den sædvanlige måde forbedres ved lakering.The efficiency of the printing forms can be improved in the usual way by varnishing.

Det blandede kondensat, der anvendes i eksempel 85 og 86, kan også først isoleres som salte af organiske sulfonsyrer og derpå anvendes, som det allerede er beskrevet som en særligt fordelagtig modifikation i tilfælde af de tilsvarende kondensationsprodukter af bis-methoxymethyl-diphenylether (eksempel 42) og bis-methoxymethyl-diphenylsulfid (eksempel 46).The mixed condensate used in Examples 85 and 86 may also first be isolated as salts of organic sulfonic acids and then used, as already described as a particularly advantageous modification in the case of the corresponding condensation products of bis-methoxymethyl diphenyl ether (Example 42 ) and bis-methoxymethyl diphenylsulfide (Example 46).

Som sulfonsyrer til separeringen af kondensationsprodukterne anvender man fortrinsvis i denne forbindelse aromatiske monosul-fonsyrer, d.v.s. monosulfonsyrer af benzen- og naphthalenrækken, der indeholder op til 12 carbonatomer, f.eks. benzensulfonsyre, • toluensulfonsyre, mesitylensulfonsyre, p-chlor-benzensulfonsyre, p-methoxybenzensulfonsyre, naphthalen-1-sulfonsyre, og naphtha-len-2-sulfonsyre; mesitylensulfonsyre og naphthalen-2-sulfonsyre 117 143621 er særligt fordelagtige.As sulfonic acids for the separation of the condensation products, aromatic monosulfonic acids, i.e. monosulfonic acids of the benzene and naphthalene series containing up to 12 carbon atoms, e.g. benzenesulfonic acid, toluene sulfonic acid, mesitylene sulfonic acid, p-chlorobenzene sulfonic acid, p-methoxybenzenesulfonic acid, naphthalene-1-sulfonic acid, and naphthalen-2-sulfonic acid; mesitylene sulfonic acid and naphthalene-2-sulfonic acid are particularly advantageous.

Kondensaterne af 3-methoxy-diphenylamin-4-diazoniumsalte beskrevet i eksempel 46 (1:1 kondensat), 85 og 86, i form af saltene . af sådanne sulfonsyrer, er ligesom de tilsvarende kondensationsprodukter med bis-methoxymethyl-diphenylether særligt velegnet til kombination med harpikser, der er uopløselige i vand, som beskrevet i eksempel 42, til fremstilling af lagerstabile og særligt effektivt forsensibiliserede, pianografiske trykkeplader.The condensates of 3-methoxy-diphenylamine-4-diazonium salts described in Example 46 (1: 1 condensate), 85 and 86, in the form of the salts. of such sulfonic acids, like the corresponding condensation products with bis-methoxymethyl-diphenyl ether, is particularly well suited for combination with water-insoluble resins, as described in Example 42, for the production of storage-stable and particularly efficiently sensitized, pianographic printing plates.

Man opnår også i dette tilfælde særligt høje trykkeoplag ved tilsætning af polyvinylformaler, f.eks. når overtræksopløsningen fremstilles analogt med eksempel 84, med den undtagelse, at man i stedet for de der anvendte, blandede kondensater anvender den samme mængde af mesitylensulfonaterne af diazokondensaterne i henhold til eksempel 46, 85 eller 86.In this case, too, particularly high printing layers are obtained by the addition of polyvinyl formulations, e.g. when the coating solution is prepared analogously to Example 84, except that, instead of the mixed condensates used, the same amount of the mesitylene sulfonates of the diazocondensates according to Examples 46, 85 or 86 is used.

Som beskrevet i eksempel 42 fremstilles mesitylensulfonatet af diazokondensaterne ud fra de tilsvarende chlorider.As described in Example 42, the mesitylene sulfonate of the diazocondensates is prepared from the corresponding chlorides.

Til fremkaldelse af de billedmæssigt exponerede plader er det muligt at anvende den fremkalder n, der er anført i eksempel 22 til 28, hvortil der hensigtsmæssigt er tilsat ca. 30 % n-propa-nol.To develop the image-exposed plates, it is possible to use the developer n listed in Examples 22 to 28, to which approx. 30% n-propanol.

EKSEMPEL 87EXAMPLE 87

Det aluminiumunderlag, der er anvendt i eksempel 42, overtrækkes med en overtræksopløsning med følgende sammensætning: 1,0 vægtdel af det blandede kondensat, der er beskrevet i eksempel 2, 1,8 volumendele 1 N saltsyre i ethylenglycolmonomethylether (til omdannelse af diazoforbindelsen til chloridet), 118 143621 2.0 vægtdele af en epoxy-harpiks på basis af bisphenol og med et smelteinterval på 96 - 104° C og en epoxyækvivalent vægt på 875 - 975 $3pikote*'1004), 4.0 volumendele vand, 75.0 volumendele ethylenglycolmonomethylether og 20.0 volumendele butylacetat.The aluminum support used in Example 42 is coated with a coating solution of the following composition: 1.0 part by weight of the mixed condensate described in Example 2, 1.8 parts by volume of 1 N hydrochloric acid in ethylene glycol monomethyl ether (to convert the diazo compound to the chloride 2.0, by weight of a bisphenol-based epoxy resin having a melting range of 96 - 104 ° C and an epoxy equivalent weight of 875-975 $ 3picote * (1004), 4.0 parts by volume of water, 75.0 parts by volume of ethylene glycol monomethyl ether and 20.0 parts by volume butyl acetate.

Ved tørring af overtrækket frembringes der et lysfølsomt reproduktionsmateriale. Efter exponering kan det omdannes til en trykkeform ved hjælp af den fremkalderopløsning, der er anført i eksempel 42.Upon drying the coating, a photosensitive reproduction material is produced. After exposure, it can be converted into a printing mold by the developer solution set forth in Example 42.

En yderligere behandling med den fremkalder II, der er beskrevet i eksempel 22 til 28, kan være fordelagtig.Further treatment with the developer II described in Examples 22 to 28 may be advantageous.

De følgende eksempler viser velegnetheden af et antal yderligere forbindelser til fremstilling af de blandede kondensater: EKSEMPEb 88The following examples show the suitability of a number of additional compounds for preparing the mixed condensates: EXAMPLE 88

En intim blanding af 10,8 vægtdele 3-methoxy-diphenylamin-4-diazoniumchlorid (Diazo 2, chlorid, tabel 1) (97,3 $>) og 0,96 vægtdele paraformaldehyd indføres under omrøring i 11,8 vægtdele 93 $> phosphorsyre. 1,57 vægtdele 2,6-bis-(methoxymethyl)- 4-methyl-phenpl (Bestanddel B^, nr. 33, tabel 1) tilsættes derpå under passende omrøring. Derpå kondenseres blandingen under omrøring i 24 timer ved 40° C, og der opnås et råt kondensat, der danner en klar opløsning i vand og ikke mister denne egenskab selv efter opbevaring i adskillige måneder ved stuetemperatur.An intimate mixture of 10.8 parts by weight of 3-methoxy-diphenylamine-4-diazonium chloride (Diazo 2, chloride, Table 1) (97.3 $>) and 0.96 parts by weight of paraformaldehyde are introduced with stirring into 11.8 parts by weight of 93 $> phosphoric acid. 1.57 parts by weight of 2,6-bis- (methoxymethyl) -4-methyl-phenpl (Component B ^, No. 33, Table 1) are then added with appropriate stirring. Then, the mixture is condensed under stirring for 24 hours at 40 ° C and a crude condensate is obtained which forms a clear solution in water and does not lose this property even after storage for several months at room temperature.

Hvis imidlertid 2,6-bis-(methoxymethyl)-4-methyl-phenol indføres i phosphorsyren i fravær af diazoforbindelsen og formaldehyd, opløses produktet hurtigt, men efter adskillige sekunders forløb separeres der et kondensationsprodukt, der er tungtopløseligt i 119 U3621 syren og i varmt vand.However, if 2,6-bis- (methoxymethyl) -4-methyl-phenol is introduced into the phosphoric acid in the absence of the diazo compound and formaldehyde, the product dissolves rapidly, but after several seconds, a condensation product which is highly soluble in the 119 U3621 acid is separated. hot water.

EKSEMPEL 89 32,3 vægtdele 3-methoxy-diphenylamin-4-diazoniumsulfat (Dlazo 2, sulfat, tabel 1) opløses i 100 volumendele 36 # phosphorsyre, 28.6 vægtdele 4,4'-bis-(ethoxymethyl)-diphenylether (Bestanddel B^, nr. 34, tabel 1) tilsættes derpå dråbevis under Kraftig omrøring; omrøringen fortsættes i 1 time uden opvarmning og derpå i yderligere 3,5 timer ved 40° C. Efter henstand natten over (stuetemperatur) opløses massen i vand (Klar opløsning), og chlo-ridet af KondensationsproduKtet bundfældes som beskrevet i eksempel 29. Udbytte: 41,8 vægtdele. I sammenligning med den ikke kondenserede diazoforbindelse har kondensationsproduktet et overskydende indhold på 15,8 carbonatomer pr. diazogruppe (C 65,9 #, U 8,0 $>, Cl 8,8 atoraforhold: 28,8 : 3 : 1,3).EXAMPLE 89 32.3 parts by weight of 3-methoxy-diphenylamine-4-diazonium sulfate (Dlazo 2, sulfate, Table 1) are dissolved in 100 parts by volume of 36 # phosphoric acid, 28.6 parts by weight of 4,4'-bis (ethoxymethyl) diphenyl ether (Component B , No. 34, Table 1) is then added dropwise with vigorous stirring; Stirring is continued for 1 hour without heating and then for an additional 3.5 hours at 40 ° C. After standing overnight (room temperature), the mass is dissolved in water (Clear solution) and the chloride of the Condensation product is precipitated as described in Example 29. Yield : 41.8 parts by weight. Compared to the non-condensed diazo compound, the condensation product has an excess content of 15.8 carbon atoms per diazo group (C 65.9 #, U 8.0 $>, Cl 8.8 ator ratio: 28.8: 3: 1.3).

4,4'-bis-(ethoxymethyl)-diphenyletheren fremstilles som en viskos olie ud fra den kommercielle 4,4,-bis-(chloromethyl)-diplienyl-ether ved reaktion med natriumethylat.The 4,4'-bis (ethoxymethyl) diphenyl ether is prepared as a viscous oil from the commercial 4,4, bis (chloromethyl) -dipienyl ether by reaction with sodium ethylate.

EKSEMPEL 90EXAMPLE 90

Fremgangsmåden er den samme som beskrevet i eksempel 89, raed undtagelse af, at man i stedet for 4,4*-bis-(ethoxymethyl)-di-phenylether anvender den ækvivalente mængde (23,0 vægtdele) 4,4*-bis-(hydroxymethyl)-diphenylether (Bestanddel , nr. 35, tabel 1). Hydroxymethylforbindelsen må anvendes i meget fint pulveriseret form og skal indføres langsomt. Skødesløst arbejde kan medføre dannelsen af produkter, der er tungtopløselige eller uopløselige i vand (overvejende bestående af kondensater af hydroxymethylforbindelsen med sig selv). Oparbejdningen foretages på samme måde som i eksempel 89. Udbytte; 41,2 vægtdele (CThe procedure is the same as described in Example 89 except that instead of 4,4 * bis (ethoxymethyl) di-phenyl ether the equivalent amount (23.0 parts by weight) of 4,4 * bis is used. (hydroxymethyl) diphenyl ether (Component, No. 35, Table 1). The hydroxymethyl compound must be used in very fine powdered form and must be introduced slowly. Careless work can result in the formation of products that are heavily soluble or insoluble in water (predominantly consisting of condensates of the hydroxymethyl compound with themselves). The work-up is carried out in the same way as in Example 89. Yield; 41.2 parts by weight (C

65.6 i, ΓΓ 8,4 Cl 8,7 atomforhold: 27,4 : 3 : 1,23).65.6 in, ΓΓ 8.4 Cl 8.7 atomic ratio: 27.4: 3: 1.23).

Man fremstiller f.eks. forbindelsen 4,4'-bis-(hydroxymethyl)- 120 143621 diphenylether ved alkalisk hydrolyse af den diacetylforbindelt* se, der er beskrevet i eksempel 29.For example, compound 4,4'-bis (hydroxymethyl) - diphenyl ether by alkaline hydrolysis of the diacetyl compound described in Example 29.

De kondensationsprodukter, der fremstilles i henhold til eksempel 89 og 90, kan med godt resultat anvendes til lysfølsomme lag svarende til de, i hvilke man har anvendt det kondensationsprodukt, hvis fremstilling er beskrevet i eksempel 29.The condensation products prepared according to Examples 89 and 90 can be successfully used for photosensitive layers similar to those in which the condensation product whose preparation is described in Example 29 has been used.

EKSEMPEL 91EXAMPLE 91

Man kondenserer en blanding af følgende bestanddele som beskrevet i eksempel 65: a) b) 4-diazo-diphenylamin-3- 5,5 vægtdele 11,0 vægtdele carboxylsyre (indre salt) (Liazo 11, indre salt, tabel 1) 86 f phosphorsyre 51,0 vægtdele 51,0 vægt dele 4,4'-bis-(methoxymethyl)-di-phenylether(Bestanddel B^),A mixture of the following ingredients is condensed as described in Example 65: a) b) 4-diazo-diphenylamine-3, 5.5 parts by weight 11.0 parts by weight of carboxylic acid (inner salt) (Liazo 11, inner salt, Table 1) 86 f phosphoric acid 51.0 parts by weight 51.0 parts by weight 4,4'-bis (methoxymethyl) di-phenyl ether (Component B

No. 15, tabel 1) 5,2 vægtdele 5,2 vægtdeleNo. 15, Table 1) 5.2 parts by weight 5.2 parts by weight

Let klare, rå kondensat indføres a) i 290 volumendele methanol, og b) i 370 volumendele methanol, og det dannede bundfald vaskes a) med 80 volumendele methanol og b) med tre gange hundrede volumendele methanol, og tørres derefter.Light clear, crude condensate is introduced a) into 290 parts by volume of methanol, and b) into 370 parts by volume of methanol, and the precipitate formed is a) washed with 80 parts by volume of methanol and b) with three times a hundred parts by volume of methanol, and then dried.

Udbytte: a) 8,0 vægtdele (C 59,1 fo, U 6,1 fo, P 5,6 atomforhold: 34 : 3 : 1,25) b) 6,8 vægtdele (C 63,5 %, N 7,3 %, P 5,3 atomforhold: 30,4:3:0,61).Yield: a) 8.0 parts by weight (C 59.1 fo, U 6.1 fo, P 5.6 atomic ratio: 34: 3: 1.25) b) 6.8 parts by weight (C 63.5%, N 7 , 3%, P 5.3 atomic ratio: 30.4: 3: 0.61).

På basis af analyseresultaterne kan det antages, at diazoforbin- 121 143621 delsen og den anden bestanddel er til stede i kondensatet i et forhold på ca. 1 : 1,5 (i tilfælde a) og ca. 1 : 1,24 (i tilfælde b).On the basis of the analysis results, it can be assumed that the diazoforb compound and the other component are present in the condensate at a ratio of approx. 1: 1.5 (in case a) and approx. 1: 1.24 (in case b).

EKSEMPEL 92 15.42 vægtdele diphenylamin-4-diazoniumsulfat (Diazo 1, snifat, tabel 1) opløses i 100 volumendele 96,5 $ phosphorsyre, og 7,4 vægtdele dimethyloloxamid (Bestanddel B^,nr. 56, tabel 1) tilsættes derpå under omrøring i små portioner. Kondensationen gennemføres i 24 timer ved stuetemperatur. Kondensationsblandingen opløses i 0,5 1 vand, og 80 volumendele 50 f zinkchlorid-opløsning tilsættes langsomt og dråbevis under omrøring ved 40°C, Efter afkøling til 10° C filtreres bundfaldet fra ved sugning og opløses igen i 0,5 1 vand ved 50° 0, hvorpå produktet igen bundfældes ved dråbevis tilsætning af en zinkchloridopløsning (45 volumendele) og isoleres som beskrevet i det foregående.Example 92 15.42 parts by weight of diphenylamine-4-diazonium sulfate (Diazo 1, sniffate, Table 1) is dissolved in 100 parts by volume of 96.5 $ phosphoric acid and 7.4 parts by weight of dimethyloloxamide (Component B ^, No. 56, Table 1) is then added with stirring in small portions. The condensation is carried out for 24 hours at room temperature. The condensation mixture is dissolved in 0.5 L of water and 80 parts by volume of 50 F of zinc chloride solution is slowly and dropwise stirred at 40 ° C. After cooling to 10 ° C, the precipitate is filtered off by suction and dissolved again in 0.5 L of water at 50 ° 0, whereupon the product is again precipitated by dropwise addition of a zinc chloride solution (45 parts by volume) and isolated as described above.

Udbytte: 16,3 vægtdele. I henhold til analysen indeholder kondensationsproduktet 3 N atomer pr. 10,6 C atomer (C 43,0 f>, N 14,2 f). Diazo-homokondensatet ville have et C : N forhold på 13 : 3.Yield: 16.3 parts by weight. According to the analysis, the condensation product contains 3 N atoms per minute. 10.6 C atoms (C 43.0 f>, N 14.2 f). The diazo homocondensate would have a C: N ratio of 13: 3.

EKSEMPEL 93 15.42 vægtdele diphenylamin-4-diazoniumsulfat (Diazo 1, sulfat, tabel 1) (95 f>) opløses i 100 volumendele methansulfonsyre (90/6). 10,8 vægtdele fint pulveriseret dimethyloladipinsyredia- mid (Bestanddel B^, nr. 37, tabel 1) (94,7 %) tilsættes portionsvis under passende omrøring. Når den ringe varmeudvikling hidrørende fra reaktionen er afsluttet, kondenseres massen i 25 timer ved stuetemperatur. Det rå kondensat opløses i 500 volumendele vand. Ved tilsætning af 80 volumendele 50 f> zinkchloridopløsning separerer kondensatet som et klæbrigt bundfald ved stuetemperatur. Moderluden dekanteres, bundfaldet opløses i 500 volumendele vand ved 50° C, og det bundfældes igen efter afkøling til 10° C ved tilsætning af 50 volumendele 50 % zinkchloridopløsning.EXAMPLE 93 15.42 parts by weight of diphenylamine-4-diazonium sulfate (Diazo 1, sulfate, Table 1) (95 f) are dissolved in 100 parts by volume of methanesulfonic acid (90/6). 10.8 parts by weight of finely powdered dimethylol adipic acid medium (Component B ^, No. 37, Table 1) (94.7%) is added portionwise with appropriate stirring. When the slight heat generation resulting from the reaction is complete, the mass is condensed for 25 hours at room temperature. The crude condensate is dissolved in 500 parts by volume of water. By adding 80 parts by volume of 50 µl of zinc chloride solution, the condensate separates as a sticky precipitate at room temperature. The mother liquor is decanted, the precipitate is dissolved in 500 parts by volume of water at 50 ° C, and it is again precipitated after cooling to 10 ° C by the addition of 50 parts by volume of 50% zinc chloride solution.

122 1436Æ1122 1436Æ1

Produktet filtreres ved sugning og tørres under reduceret tryk.The product is filtered by suction and dried under reduced pressure.

I henhold til analysen indeholder kondensatet ca. 0,7 mol af det sure amid pr. molekyle diazoforbindelse.According to the analysis, the condensate contains approx. 0.7 mole of the acidic amide per molecular diazo compound.

EKSEMPEL 94 4,47 vægtdele diphenylamin-4-diazoniumphosphat (Diazo 1, phos-phat, tabel 1) (98,4 f>) opløses i 60 volumendele 92 f> phosphor-syre. 4,85 vægtdele trimethylolcitramid (Bestanddel B1, nr. 38, tabel 1) (86, 3 f>, resten vand) tilsættes derpå, og massen kondenseres i 45 timer ved stuetemperatur. Kondensationsblandingen, der danner en klar opløsning i vand, fortyndes med 30 volumendele methanol, og blandingen holdes under omrøring i 599 volumendele isopropanol. Det bundfældende reaktionsprodukt frafiltre-res ved sugning og tørres under reduceret tryk. Bdbytte: 10,8 vægtdele. I henhold til analysen er forholdet ΪΓ : C lig 3 : 10,8 (C 28,8 N 9,3 fo).Example 94 4.47 parts by weight of diphenylamine-4-diazonium phosphate (Diazo 1, Phosphate, Table 1) (98.4 f>) is dissolved in 60 parts by volume 92 f> phosphoric acid. 4.85 parts by weight of trimethylol citramide (Component B1, No. 38, Table 1) (86, 3 f, residual water) is then added and the mass is condensed for 45 hours at room temperature. The condensation mixture, which forms a clear solution in water, is diluted with 30 parts by volume of methanol and the mixture is kept under stirring in 599 parts by volume of isopropanol. The precipitated reaction product is filtered off by suction and dried under reduced pressure. Body exchange: 10.8 parts by weight. According to the analysis, the ratio ΪΓ: C equals 3: 10.8 (C 28.8 N 9.3 fo).

EKSEMPEL 95 og 96 I disse eksempler er det vist, hvorledes to yderligere diazo-forbindelser (nr. 12 og 13, tabel 1) kan kondenseres med en bestanddel B^ i et surt kondensationsmedium til dannelse af blandede kondensater.Examples 95 and 96 In these examples, it is shown how two additional diazo compounds (Nos. 12 and 13, Table 1) can be condensed with a component B 2 in an acid condensation medium to form mixed condensates.

I begge eksempler opløses diazoforbindelsen i kondensationsmediet i form af deres metalhalogeniddobbeltsalte. Der føres tør luft gennem blandingen, indtil der ikke undslipper mere hydro-genchlorid. Derpå tilsættes den anden bestanddel, og kondensationen gennemføres ved stuetemperatur i de angivne tidsrum. Der fremkommer herved blandede kondensater, der danner klare opløsninger i vand.In both examples, the diazo compound is dissolved in the condensation medium in the form of their metal halide double salts. Dry air is passed through the mixture until no more hydrogen chloride escapes. Then the second component is added and the condensation is carried out at room temperature for the specified time. This results in mixed condensates forming clear solutions in water.

Hvis bestanddelen B^ indføres alene i kondensationsmediet, dannes der et homokondensat af bestanddel B^ under en kondensations- 123 143621 proces af samme varighed, hvilket homokondensat let separerer fra kondensationshlandingen og ikke opløses ved tilsætning af vand.If component B ^ is introduced into the condensation medium alone, a homocondensate of component B ^ is formed during a condensation process of the same duration, which homocondensate readily separates from the condensation mixture and does not dissolve upon addition of water.

I den følgende tabel er de anvendte mængder og varigheden af kondensationen angivet:The following table lists the quantities used and the duration of the condensation:

Eksempel 95 Eksempel 96Example 95 Example 96

Kondensationsmedium: 90 f methansulfon- 90 f> methansulfon syre (10 volumendele) syre (10 volumendele)Condensation medium: 90 f methanesulfone- 90 f> methanesulfone acid (10 parts by volume) acid (10 parts by volume)

Diazoforbindelse: 2,5-dimethoxy-4- 4-[N-methyl-N-(p- (N-methyl-JT-phe- phenyl-mercapto- nyl-mercaptoace- ethyl)-aminoJ- tylamino)-benzen- benzendiazonium- diazonium-chlorid chlorid + 1/2 mol + 1/2 mol af zink- tintetrachlorid chlorid (H 8,8 f) (N 6,3 f) (0,95 vægtdele) (1*33 vægtdele) Ånden bestanddel: 1,4-bis-hydroxymethyl-1,4-bis-hydroxy- benzen (0,14 vægt- methylbenzen dele)(Bestanddel B1, (0,14 vægtdele) nr. 12, tabel 1) (Bestanddel B1, nr. 12, tabel 1)Diazo compound: 2,5-dimethoxy-4- 4- [N-methyl-N- (p- (N-methyl-JT-phenylphenyl-mercaptonyl-mercaptoacetyl) -amino] -ethylamino) -benzenebenzene diazonium - diazonium chloride chloride + 1/2 mol + 1/2 mol of zinc tin tetrachloride chloride (H 8.8 f) (N 6.3 f) (0.95 parts by weight) (1 * 33 parts by weight) Spirit constituent: 1 , 4-Bis-hydroxymethyl-1,4-bis-hydroxybenzene (0.14% by weight methylbenzene) (Component B1, (0.14% by weight) No. 12, Table 1) (Component B1, No. 12, Table 1)

Varighed af kondensationsprocessen: 4 timer 4 timer.Duration of the condensation process: 4 hours 4 hours.

EKSEMPEL 97 og 98Examples 97 and 98

Sammenligningen mellem eksempel 97 og 98 viser fordelene ved fremstilling af diazopolykondensaterne i henhold til fremgangsmåden ifølge opfindelsen (eksempel 98) i forhold til fremgangsmåden i henhold til dansk paténtansøgning nr. 2533/70 (eksempel 97), og de forskellige egenskaber af de ved processen frem-* bragte produkter.The comparison between Examples 97 and 98 shows the advantages of producing the diazopolycondensates according to the process of the invention (Example 98) over the method of Danish Patent Application No. 2533/70 (Example 97) and the various properties of the process - * brought products.

I tksempel 98 opløses 0,1 mol 3-methoxy-diphenylamin-4-diazoni-umsulfat (Diazo 2, sulfat) i 100 volumendele 86 f> ortho-phosphor- 124 1 43 6 21 syre, og efter tilsætning af 0,1 mol 4,4'-bis-methoxymethyl-diphenylether (Bestanddel B^, nr. 15) kondenseres opløsningen i 5 timer red 40° C under omrøring.In Example 98, 0.1 mole of 3-methoxy-diphenylamine-4-diazonium sulfate (Diazo 2, sulfate) is dissolved in 100 parts by volume of 86-ortho-phosphoric acid, and after the addition of 0.1 mole 4,4'-Bis-methoxymethyl diphenyl ether (Component B 2, # 15), the solution is condensed for 5 hours at 40 ° C with stirring.

I eksempel 97 tilsættes 0,1 mol diphenylether i smeltet form til den samme mængde diazo 2, sulfat, 100 volumendele phosphor-syre, 0,2 mol paraformaldehyd indføres inden for 10 minutter, og blandingen kondenseres ligeledes under omrøring i 5 timer ved 40° C.In Example 97, 0.1 mol of diphenyl ether in molten form is added to the same amount of diazo 2, sulfate, 100 parts by volume of phosphoric acid, 0.2 mol of paraformaldehyde is introduced within 10 minutes, and the mixture is also condensed with stirring for 5 hours at 40 °. C.

Under kondensationen bliver de følgende egenskaber af kondensationsblandingen undersøgt fra tid til tid: (a) Udseende: evalueres visuelt (b) Opløselighed: til dette formål blandes 0,5 vægtdele af kondensationsblandingen med 3 volumendele vand, og blandingen evalueres visuelt.During condensation, the following properties of the condensation mixture are examined from time to time: (a) Appearance: visually evaluated (b) Solubility: For this purpose 0.5 parts by weight of the condensation mixture is mixed with 3 parts by volume of water and the mixture is visually evaluated.

(c) Bundfældeligheden af det resulterende kondensationsprodukt: 1 volumendel mættet, vandig opløsning af natriumchlorid tilsættes til den blanding, der er fremkommet under (b), og det eventuelt fremkomne resulterende bundfald iagttages.(c) The precipitate of the resulting condensation product: 1 part by volume of saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride is added to the mixture obtained under (b) and the resulting resulting precipitate is observed.

Når kondensationen er færdig, fortyndes hele mængden af det rå kondensat i hvert eksempel med 300 volumendele vand og blandes med 100 volumendele 20 fo vandig opløsning af natriumchlorid.When the condensation is complete, the entire amount of the raw condensate in each example is diluted with 300 parts by volume of water and mixed with 100 parts by volume of 20 fo aqueous solution of sodium chloride.

X eksempel 97 separerer der ikke noget bundfald fra den meget uklare blandingf i eksempel 98 forekommer der øjeblikkeligt en meget kraftig bundfældning af chloridet af kondensationsproduktet. I eksempel 97 fremkommer der slutteligt et bundfald i form af en sejg masse efter tilsætning af yderligere 200 volumendele 20 i» opløsning af natriumchlorid.In Example 97, no precipitate separates from the very cloudy mixture of Example 98, there is immediately a very strong precipitation of the chloride of the condensation product. Example 97 finally gives a precipitate in the form of a tough mass after the addition of an additional 200 volume portions 20 in sodium chloride solution.

Bundfaldene omdannes slutteligt til mesitylensulfonaterne.The precipitates are finally converted to the mesitylene sulfonates.

Yderligere detaljer i forbindelse med eksempel 97 og 98 er sammen- 125 143&21 stillet i den følgende tabel:Further details of Examples 97 and 98 are summarized in the following table:

Eksempel 97 98Example 97 98

Prøve på det rå kondensat: efter 0,5 timer·Sample on the raw condensate: after 0.5 hours ·

Udseende: uklar klarAppearance: cloudy clear

Opløselighed: uklarSolubility: cloudy

Bundfældning: ingen klæbrigt bundfald efter 2,5 timer:Precipitation: no sticky precipitate after 2.5 hours:

Udseende: uklar klarAppearance: cloudy clear

Opløselighed uklar klarSolubility cloudy clear

Bundfældning: intet, turbidi- kraftigt, flageteten forøges agtigt bundfald efter 5 timer:Precipitation: nothing, turbidity, flake density increases precipitously after 5 hours:

Udseende: uklar klarAppearance: cloudy clear

Opløselighed: uklar klarSolubility: cloudy

Bundfældelse: intet, lidt mere kraftigt, findelt uklar end efter bundfald 2,5 timerPrecipitation: nothing, slightly more vigorous, finely divided than after precipitation 2.5 hours

Behandling: Råt kondensat + 300 meget uklar klar opløsning volumendele vand opløsning 126 143621Treatment: Raw condensate + 300 very cloudy clear solution volume parts water solution 126 143621

Eksempel 97 98Example 97 98

Tilsætning af 100 volu- ingen separation meget kraftigt bundfald.Addition of 100 volume separation very precipitate.

, η nrs cf ældet ved 35 til 37° C, mendele, vandig 20 # frafiltreret ved sug-, η no. cf aged at 35 to 37 ° C, male parts, aqueous 20 # filtered off by suction.

KaCl-opløsning ' ning ved 21° 0, vasketKaCl solution at 21 °, washed

med 1 000 volumendele 4 # NaCl-opløsning = Awith 1000 parts by volume of 4 # NaCl solution = A

Tilsætning af yderligere klæbrigt bundfald mindre, påfølgende 200 volumendele 20 # bundfældningAddition of additional sticky precipitate less, subsequent 200 volume portions of 20 # precipitate

NaCl-opløsning _ ^NaCl solution

Bundfald opløst i: 1 000 volumendele A i 1 000 volumendele vand vandPrecipitation dissolved in: 1 000 volumes A in 1 000 volumes water water

Bundfældet meds 28 vægtdele af 28 vægtdele af na- natriumsaltet af triumsaltet af mesity- mesitylensulfonsy- lensulfonsyre i 500 re i 500 volumen- volumendele vandThe precipitate meds 28 parts by weight of 28 parts by weight of the sodium salt of the tri-salt of mesitymesitylenesulfonic acid sulfonic acid in 500 microns in 500 parts by volume of water

dele vand fra Adivide water from A

Udbytte 29 vægtdele 55 vægtdeleYield 29 parts by weight 55 parts by weight

Mesitylensulfonat: grøngult og klæb- dybtgult fint pulver rigt (stærk lugt af diphenylether)Mesitylene sulfonate: green yellow and sticky deep yellow fine powder rich (strong odor of diphenyl ether)

Atomforhold AtomforholdAtomic conditions Atomic conditions

Analyse: G 69,4 $ 44,2 67,4 $ 38,6 H 5,5 # 3 6,1 # 3 S 4,5 $ 1,07 4,8# 1,035Analysis: G 69.4 $ 44.2 67.4 $ 38.6 H 5.5 # 3 6.1 # 3 S 4.5 $ 1.07 4.8 # 1.035

Udbytte i forhold til den ca. 38 # ca. 80 # anvendte mængde diazofor- bindelse _______________________________________Yield relative to approx. 38 # approx. 80 # amount of diazo compound used _______________________________________

Udbytte fra BYield from B

1,5 vægtdele gult pulver (C 67,2 #, U 6,4 #, S 5,2 #; atomforhold 36,7 : 3 : 1,07).1.5 parts by weight of yellow powder (C 67.2 #, U 6.4 #, S 5.2 #; atomic ratio 36.7: 3: 1.07).

127 143621127 143621

Ved de kondensationsforsøg, dqr er gennemført som angivet i eksempel 97, bundfældes det kondensat, der foreligger i den rå kondensationsblanding, i tre fraktioner med en opløsning af na-triumchlorid eller zinkchlorid. Den første fraktion indeholder ca. 48 $ af den anvendte diazoforbindelse og pr. diazogruppe et overskud på ca. 16 carbonatomer, den anden fraktion ca, 12 $ af den anvendte diazoforbindelse og pr. diazogruppe et overskud af ca. 12 carbonatomer, og den tredje fraktion ca. 15 $ af den anvendte diazoforbindelse og pr. diazogruppe et overskud af ca.In the condensation experiments carried out as described in Example 97, the condensate present in the crude condensation mixture is precipitated in three fractions with a solution of sodium chloride or zinc chloride. The first fraction contains approx. $ 48 of the diazo compound used and per. diazo group an excess of approx. 16 carbon atoms, the second fraction about, $ 12 of the diazo compound used and per. diazo group an excess of approx. 12 carbon atoms, and the third fraction ca. $ 15 of the diazo compound used and per. diazo group an excess of approx.

6 carbonatomer.6 carbon atoms.

75$ af den anvendte diazoforbindelse opnås således i form af kon densationsprodukter.Thus, $ 75 of the diazo compound used is obtained in the form of condensation products.

De mesitylensulfonater af kondensaterne, der er blevet isoleret i eksempel 98 ud fra chloridbundfaldene A og B, indeholder ca.The mesitylene sulfonates of the condensates isolated in Example 98 from the chloride precipitates A and B contain ca.

82 $ af den anvendte diazoforbindelse. Analysen af de to fraktioner afviger kun lidt fra hinanden.$ 82 of the diazo compound used. The analysis of the two fractions differs slightly from each other.

Eksempel 98 frembyder således følgende fordele i sammenligning med eksempel 97:Example 98 thus offers the following advantages over Example 97:

Kondensationsblandinger er klart opløselige i vand.Condensation mixtures are clearly soluble in water.

Betydeligt lettere adskillelsesevne af kondensationsprodukterne (betydeligt mindre mængde bundfældelsesmiddel).Significantly easier separability of the condensation products (significantly less amount of precipitant).

Bedre udbytter.Better yields.

Bedre egenskaber under separeringen.Better properties during separation.

Bedre kemisk ensartethed af kondensatet.Better chemical uniformity of the condensate.

Bedre kvalitet (ingen lugt, ingen misfarvning, let strømmende pulver).Better quality (no odor, no discoloration, light flowing powder).

De kondensationsprodukter, der fremkommer i eksempel 97 og 98 i form af mesitylensulfonaterne, sammenlignes hvad angår den 128 143621 gulfarvende virkning. Et reproduktionslag på basis af polyvinyl-pyrrolidon og kondensatet i eksempel 98 har en bedre lysfølsomhed og således en forbedret gulfarvende virkning i sammenligning med et lignende lag, der er fremstillet med kondensatet i eksempel 97* Forsøget gennemføres på følgende måde:The condensation products obtained in Examples 97 and 98 in the form of the mesitylene sulfonates are compared for the yellowing effect. A polyvinyl-pyrrolidone-based reproduction layer and the condensate of Example 98 have a better light sensitivity and thus an improved yellowing effect compared to a similar layer made with the condensate of Example 97 * The experiment is carried out as follows:

Eksempel 97 98Example 97 98

Diazokondensat 1 vægtdel 0,9 vægtdele (N 5,5 fo) (V 6,1 fa)Diazocondensate 1 part by weight 0.9 parts by weight (N 5.5 fo) (V 6.1 fa)

Polyvinylpyrrolidon 4 vægtdele 4 vægtdele (K værdi 30)Polyvinylpyrrolidone 4 parts by weight 4 parts by weight (K value 30)

Ethylenglycolmonome- 100 vægtdele 100 vægtdele thyle ther/butylac etat 8 : 2 (volumendele) (Mængden af diazokondensat i begge lag indstilles til den samme mængde diazogrupper pr. vægtdel bindemiddel).Ethylene glycol monomer 100 parts by weight 100 parts by weight thyle ther / butylac etate 8: 2 (by volume) (The amount of diazocondensate in both layers is adjusted to the same amount of diazo groups per part by weight of binder).

Reproduktionsmaterialerne fremstilles ved overtrækning med et roterende organ på ad elektrolytisk vej rugjort aluminium og tørring med en kold luftstrøm, derpå med en varm luftstrøm, og slutteligt i 2 minutter ved 100° C. Lagvægtene er: Eks. 97 : 39 mg/dm2, eks. 98 : 42 mg/dm2.The reproduction materials are prepared by coating with a rotating means electrolytically aluminum-incubated and drying with a cold air stream, then with a hot air stream, and finally for 2 minutes at 100 ° C. The layer weights are: Ex. 97: 39 mg / dm2, ex 98: 42 mg / dm2.

Efter henstand natten over gennemføres exponeringen under en "Ko-.dald'® trinkile (tæthedsinkrement 0,15) med 5 kW xenon-impulslampe i en afstand af 1 m. Begge prøver bliver derpå gnedet kraftigt side ved side i 1 minut ved hjælp af en flad plyspude, der er gennemblødt med vand.After standing overnight, the exposure is conducted under a Ko-.dald'® step wedge (density increment 0.15) with 5 kW xenon pulse lamp at a distance of 1 m. Both samples are then rubbed vigorously side by side for 1 minute. a flat plush pillow soaked with water.

I eksempel 97 er det kun trin 1, der adhærerer til understøtningen, men ikke fuldstændigt. Ydermere udviser den overflade, der er exponeret med tætheden 0,05, allerede en mindre mekanisk beskadigelse.In Example 97, only step 1 adheres to the support, but not completely. Furthermore, the surface exposed with the 0.05 density already exhibits minor mechanical damage.

129 1 4 3 6 21 I eksempel 98 adhærerer trin 2 fuldstændigt og trin 3 delvist til underlaget. Den overflade, der er exponeret med tætheden 0,05, udviser ingen mekanisk beskadigelse.129 1 4 3 6 21 In Example 98, step 2 fully adheres and step 3 partially adheres to the substrate. The surface exposed with a density of 0.05 shows no mechanical damage.

EKSEMPEL 99EXAMPLE 99

Dette eksempel viser, at kondensationen i henhold til fremgangsmåden ifølge opfindelsen også kan initieres med den reaktive, anden bestanddel.This example shows that the condensation according to the process of the invention can also be initiated with the reactive second component.

25,8 vægtdele 4,4'-bis-methoxymethyl-diphenylether (Bestanddel nr. 15) tilsættes dråbevis under omrøring til 100 volumend?le 86 io phosphorsyre. Efter mindre end 1 minut dannes der en meget mælket turbiditet hidrørende fra et prækondensat. Opvarmningen gennemføres i 20 minutter ved 40° C, 32,3 vægtdele dia2;o 2, sul- ø fat, tilsættes, og kondensationen gennemføres i 5 timer ved 40 C. Der dannes slutteligt en klar kondensationsblanding, der er klart opløselig i vand.25.8 parts by weight of 4,4'-bis-methoxymethyl-diphenyl ether (Component # 15) is added dropwise with stirring to 100 volume 86 l of phosphoric acid. After less than 1 minute, a very milky turbidity arises from a precondensate. The heating is carried out for 20 minutes at 40 ° C, 32.3 parts by weight dia2; o 2, soluble barrel is added and the condensation is carried out for 5 hours at 40 C. Finally, a clear condensation mixture is formed which is clearly soluble in water.

Med henblik på separation af kondensatet opløses blandingen i 300 volumendele vand, bundfældes med 200 volumendele 20 NaCl opløsning, hvorpå bundfaldet frafiltreres under sugning, vaskes med ca. 1 000 volumendele 4 7? opløsning af natriumchlorid og omdannes til mesitylensulfonatet som beskrevet i eksempel 98.For separation of the condensate, the mixture is dissolved in 300 parts by volume of water, precipitated with 200 parts by volume of 20 NaCl solution, and the precipitate is filtered off with suction, washed with approx. 1 000 volume parts 4 7? solution of sodium chloride and converted to the mesitylene sulfonate as described in Example 98.

Udbytte: 47,8 volumendele (G 68,8 $, F 5,8 #, S 4,5 i°\ atom forhold 41,6 : 3 : 1,02).Yield: 47.8 parts by volume (G 68.8 $, F 5.8 #, S 4.5 in ° / atom ratio 41.6: 3: 1.02).

Kondensationsproduktet er velegnet til anvendelse i forskellige lysfølsomme reproduktionslag.The condensation product is suitable for use in various photosensitive reproduction layers.

Claims (11)

130 143621 Patentkrav :130 143621 Patent claims: 1. Fremgangsmåde til fremstilling af et kondensationsprodukt af en aromatisk diazoniumforbindelse og en dermed kondenserbar forbindelse, kendetegnet ved, at man omsætter i det mindste en forbindelse A-N2X med formlen (R-^-R^-)^ί^-Ν^Χ i et stærkt surt medium med mindst en forbindelse B-^ med formlen E(-CHRa-0Rt))m, idet X er anionen af diazoniumforbindelsen, p betyder 1, 2 eller 3, R-^ er en en- eller tokernet, eventuelt substitueret aromatisk gruppe med mindst en kondenserbar position, R2 er en eventuelt substitueret phenylengruppe, R^ er en enkeltbinding eller en af grupperne -(CH2)q-NR4--(CH2)q-NR4-(CH2)r-NR5--0-(CH2)r-NR4--S-(CH2)r-NR4- -s-ch2-conr4- -o-r6-o- -0- -s- -S02-NR4- , hvor q er et tal fra 0 til 5 r er et tal fra 2 til 5 R4 er hydrogen, en alkylgruppe med 1-5 carbonatomer, en aralkyl-gruppe med 7-12 G-atomer eller en arylgruppe med 6-12 C-atomer, R^ er hydrogen eller en alkylgruppe med 1-5 C-atomer, og Rg er en arylengruppe med 6-12 C-atomer, E er den gruppe, som dannes ved fraspaltning af m hydrogenatomer fra en forbindelse , uden at der dannes diazoniumgrupper, hvilken forbindelse kan kondensere i mindst en stilling med en aktiv car-bonylforbindelse i surt miljø, og som tilhører en af følgende grupper: aromatiske aminer, phenoler, thiophenoler, phenolethere, aromatiske thioethere, aromatiske carbonhydrider, aromatiske, heterocyeliske forbindelser eller organiske syreamider, R„ er hydrogen, en alkyl- eller en arylgruppe, Rk er hydrogen, en alkyl- eller en acylgruppe med 1-4 C-atomer eller en phenylgruppe, og m er et helt tal fra 1 til 10, 131 143621 og at omsætningen finder sted i et sådant forhold mellem A-NgX og B^, at der fremkommer et produkt, der gennemsnitligt indeholder mellem 0,1 og 50 indkondenserede enheder for hver diazoniumsaltgruppe.A process for the preparation of a condensation product of an aromatic diazonium compound and a condensable compound, characterized in that at least one compound A-N2X of the formula (R - ^ - R ^ -) in a highly acidic medium having at least one compound B- of formula E (-CHRa-ORt) m, where X is the anion of the diazonium compound, p means 1, 2 or 3, R substituted aromatic group having at least one condensable position, R 2 is an optionally substituted phenylene group, R 2 is a single bond or one of the groups - (CH 2) q-NR 4 - (CH 2) q-NR 4 - (CH 2) r-NR 5-0 - (CH2) r-NR4 - S- (CH2) r-NR4- -s-ch2-conr4- -o-r6-o- -O- -s-SO2-NR4-, where q is a number from 0 to 5 R is a number from 2 to 5 R 4 is hydrogen, an alkyl group of 1-5 carbon atoms, an aralkyl group of 7-12 G atoms or an aryl group of 6-12 C atoms, R an alkyl group having 1-5 C atoms, and Rg is an arylene group having 6-12 C atoms, E being that group, so m is formed by the decomposition of m hydrogen atoms from a compound without the formation of diazonium groups which can condense at least one position with an active carbonyl compound in an acidic environment and belonging to one of the following groups: aromatic amines, phenols, thiophenols, phenol ethers, aromatic thioethers, aromatic hydrocarbons, aromatic, heterocyelic compounds or organic acid amides, R 2 is hydrogen, an alkyl or an aryl group, R k is hydrogen, an alkyl or an acyl group of 1-4 C atoms or a phenyl group, and m is an integer from 1 to 10, 131 143621 and the reaction takes place in such a ratio of A-NgX to B ^ that a product is obtained containing on average between 0.1 and 50 condensed units for each diazonium salt group. 2. Fremgangsmåde ifølge krav 1, kendetegnet ved, at det anvendte kondensationsmedium er en koncentreret syre.Process according to claim 1, characterized in that the condensation medium used is a concentrated acid. 3. Fremgangsmåde ifølge krav 2, kendetegnet ved, at kondensationsmediet er phosphorsyre, methansulfonsyre eller svovlsyre i en koncentration i intervallet mellem 70 og 100Process according to claim 2, characterized in that the condensation medium is phosphoric acid, methanesulfonic acid or sulfuric acid in a concentration in the range between 70 and 100. 4. Fremgangsmåde ifølge krav 3, kendetegnet ved, at kondensationsmediet er ortophosphorsyre i en koncentration på ca. 80 til 100 %.Process according to claim 3, characterized in that the condensation medium is orthophosphoric acid at a concentration of approx. 80 to 100%. 5. Fremgangsmåde ifølge krav 1, kendetegnet ved, at kondensationen gennemføres ved en temperatur mellem 10 og 70° C.Process according to claim 1, characterized in that the condensation is carried out at a temperature between 10 and 70 ° C. 6. Fremgangsmåde ifølge krav 4 eller 5» kendetegnet ved, at kondensationen gennemføres i et temperaturinterval mellem 10 og 40° C.Process according to claim 4 or 5, characterized in that the condensation is carried out in a temperature range between 10 and 40 ° C. 7. Fremgangsmåde ifølge krav 6, kendetegnet ved, at E(-CHR -OR^ forbindelsen er en diphenylether, et diphenylsulfid, en diphenylmethan eller et biphenyl.Process according to claim 6, characterized in that the E (-CHR -OR 1 compound is a diphenyl ether, a diphenyl sulfide, a diphenylmethane or a biphenyl). 8. Fremgangsmåde ifølge krav 7, kendetegnet ved, at der anvendes en B^ forbindelse, hvori m er 2.Process according to claim 7, characterized in that a B 1 compound is used wherein m is 2. 9. Fremgangsmåde ifølge krav 1, kendetegnet ved, at der anvendes en B-, forbindelse, i hvilken R„ er H.Process according to claim 1, characterized in that a B-compound in which R 1 is H is used. 10. Fremgangsmåde ifølge krav 1, kendetegnet ved, at der anvendes en B1 forbindelse, i hvilken R^ er CH^.Process according to claim 1, characterized in that a B1 compound is used in which R 1 is CH 2. 11. Fremgangsmåde ifølge krav 18, kendetegnet ved, at A-NgX enhederne er afledt af en forbindelse med den almene formelProcess according to claim 18, characterized in that the A-NgX units are derived from a compound of the general formula
DK253570A 1969-05-20 1970-05-19 PROCEDURE FOR PREPARING A PHARMACEUTICAL CONDENSATION PRODUCT OF AN AROMATIC DIAZONIUM COMPOUND DK143621C (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US82629669A 1969-05-20 1969-05-20
US82629669 1969-05-20

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
DK143621B true DK143621B (en) 1981-09-14
DK143621C DK143621C (en) 1982-02-15

Family

ID=25246170

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
DK253570A DK143621C (en) 1969-05-20 1970-05-19 PROCEDURE FOR PREPARING A PHARMACEUTICAL CONDENSATION PRODUCT OF AN AROMATIC DIAZONIUM COMPOUND

Country Status (20)

Country Link
JP (1) JPS4945323B1 (en)
AT (1) AT327171B (en)
BE (1) BE750693A (en)
BG (1) BG20629A3 (en)
CA (1) CA971160A (en)
CH (1) CH607098A5 (en)
DE (2) DE2024242C2 (en)
DK (1) DK143621C (en)
ES (1) ES379775A1 (en)
FI (1) FI53896C (en)
FR (1) FR2048537A5 (en)
GB (1) GB1312926A (en)
IL (1) IL34548A (en)
NL (1) NL174835C (en)
NO (1) NO133756C (en)
PL (1) PL92450B1 (en)
SE (1) SE386435B (en)
SU (1) SU660590A3 (en)
YU (1) YU33996B (en)
ZA (1) ZA703394B (en)

Families Citing this family (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE2058178C2 (en) * 1970-11-26 1982-04-01 Hoechst Ag, 6000 Frankfurt Process for the production of screen printing forms
US3915707A (en) * 1972-11-25 1975-10-28 Hoechst Ag Diazo resin composition with phosphor pigments and process for the manufacture of a screen for cathode ray tubes
JPS5128001A (en) * 1974-08-29 1976-03-09 Polychrome Corp Kizaijono kankohifuku oyobi sonoseizoho
FR2406230A1 (en) * 1977-10-11 1979-05-11 Eastman Kodak Co PHOTOSENSITIVE AND PRODUCED COMPOSITION
DE2822887A1 (en) * 1978-05-26 1979-11-29 Hoechst Ag LIGHT SENSITIVE RECORDING MATERIAL AND METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION OF RELIEF RECORDS
EP0061150B1 (en) * 1981-03-20 1986-10-15 American Hoechst Corporation Light-sensitive polycondensation product, process for its preparation and light-sensitive recording material containing the same
US4436804A (en) 1981-03-20 1984-03-13 American Hoechst Corporation Light-sensitive polymeric diazonium condensates and reproduction compositions and materials therewith
EP0096326B1 (en) * 1982-06-03 1986-07-30 American Hoechst Corporation Photosensitive composition developable with water, and photosensitive copying material produced therefrom
US4469772A (en) * 1982-06-03 1984-09-04 American Hoechst Corporation Water developable dye coating on substrate with two diazo polycondensation products and water soluble polymeric binder
JP2944296B2 (en) 1992-04-06 1999-08-30 富士写真フイルム株式会社 Manufacturing method of photosensitive lithographic printing plate
CN110317130B (en) * 2018-03-29 2021-12-21 深圳翰宇药业股份有限公司 Compound and preparation method and application thereof

Family Cites Families (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
NL273557A (en) * 1961-01-25

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JPS4945323B1 (en) 1974-12-03
FI53896C (en) 1978-08-10
NL174835C (en) 1984-08-16
DK143621C (en) 1982-02-15
IL34548A0 (en) 1970-07-19
SE386435B (en) 1976-08-09
CA971160A (en) 1975-07-15
FR2048537A5 (en) 1971-03-19
YU125470A (en) 1978-02-28
AT327171B (en) 1976-01-26
ZA703394B (en) 1971-06-30
IL34548A (en) 1985-04-30
CH607098A5 (en) 1978-11-30
SU660590A3 (en) 1979-04-30
DE2065733A1 (en) 1975-09-04
NL7006716A (en) 1970-11-24
ATA763971A (en) 1975-04-15
FI53896B (en) 1978-05-02
BE750693A (en) 1970-11-20
PL92450B1 (en) 1977-04-30
NO133756B (en) 1976-03-15
ES379775A1 (en) 1973-02-01
NO133756C (en) 1976-06-23
NL174835B (en) 1984-03-16
BG20629A3 (en) 1975-12-05
DE2024242C2 (en) 1984-09-20
DE2065733C2 (en) 1982-10-07
YU33996B (en) 1978-09-08
GB1312926A (en) 1973-04-11
DE2024242A1 (en) 1970-12-17

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US3849392A (en) Process for the production of polycondensation products of aromatic diazonium compounds
US3046110A (en) Process of making printing plates and light sensitive material suitable for use therein
US3219447A (en) Material for the photo mechanical manufacture of printing plates and method for converting the same into printing plates
KR950009202B1 (en) Novel mixed ester o-quinone photosensitizers
US3295974A (en) Light sensitive epoxy material for the photomechanical production of printing plates
JPS6313529B2 (en)
JPH0616174B2 (en) Naphthoquinonediazide compound and positive photoresist composition containing the compound
DK143621B (en) PROCEDURE FOR THE PREPARATION OF A PHYSICAL SENSITIVE CONDENSATION PRODUCT OF AN AROMATIC DIAZONIUM COMPOUND
DK143818B (en) PHARMACEUTICAL CONDENSATION PRODUCT OF AN AROMATIC DIAZONUM COMPOUND AND PROCEDURE FOR PRODUCING THEREOF
US4661432A (en) Light-sensitive, diazonium group-containing polycondensation product, process for its production, and light-sensitive recording material containing this polycondensation product
US3092494A (en) Light sensitive azides, printing plates comprising such compounds and process for the production thereof
US3179518A (en) Presensitized printing foil having as a coating thereon a light-sensitive diazo compound with polyvinyl phosphonic acid
US4596763A (en) Positive photoresist processing with mid U-V range exposure
JPS60150047A (en) Positive photosensitive composition
US3236646A (en) Copying material for the photomechanical production of printing plates especially planographic and offset printing plates
US3126281A (en) Formula
JPH06509380A (en) Acid-substituted tertiary acetal polymer and its use in photosensitive compositions and lithographic printing plates
GB2183858A (en) Aqueous development of photosensitive elements containing condensation products of diagonium salts
US3050387A (en) Light-sensitive material
US4299907A (en) Storage stable photosensitive diazo lithographic printing plates
US3294533A (en) Presensitized printing plate and process of developing printing plate
GB2029592A (en) Storage stable lithographic printing plates
JPH0727200B2 (en) Photosensitive polycondensation product, process for producing the same and photosensitive copying material containing the product
JPH0525257A (en) Production of radiation-sensitive component, and positive resist composition
US3180732A (en) Light sensitive iminoquinone diazide and material for the photomechanical preparation of printing plates therewith

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
PBP Patent lapsed